changeset
Added pdcurses source files, if no curses library is provided, these source files will be fallen back to instead of raising an error. Should make compiling on windows slightly less painful.
Thu, 23 Jul 2015 18:07:39 +0300
- author
- Teemu Piippo <tsapii@utu.fi>
- date
- Thu, 23 Jul 2015 18:07:39 +0300
- changeset 97
- 2d43f05b284c
- parent 96
- 5314ebdcb38d
- child 98
- 4f0f0b1b8e0b
Added pdcurses source files, if no curses library is provided, these source files will be fallen back to instead of raising an error. Should make compiling on windows slightly less painful.
--- a/CMakeLists.txt Thu Jul 23 17:51:35 2015 +0300 +++ b/CMakeLists.txt Thu Jul 23 18:07:39 2015 +0300 @@ -54,13 +54,13 @@ target_link_libraries (${TARGET_NAME} huffman) if (WIN32) - add_definitions (-D_CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS) - target_link_libraries (${TARGET_NAME} wsock32 ws2_32) - if (PDCURSES_PATH OR PDCURSES_WIN32A_PATH) if (NOT PDCURSES_PATH) set (PDCURSES_PATH "${PDCURSES_WIN32A_PATH}") add_definitions (-DHAVE_PDCURSES_WIN32A) + message (STATUS "Using external PDCurses-win32a in ${PDCURSES_WIN32A_PATH}") + else() + message (STATUS "Using external PDCurses in ${PDCURSES_PATH}") endif() include_directories (${PDCURSES_PATH}/include) @@ -71,14 +71,64 @@ target_link_libraries (${TARGET_NAME} ${PDCURSES_PATH}/lib/pdcurses.lib) endif() else() - message (SEND_ERROR "Must provide PDCURSES_PATH or PDCURSES_WIN32A_PATH on Windows") + add_library (pdcurses STATIC + pdcurses/addch.c + pdcurses/addchstr.c + pdcurses/addstr.c + pdcurses/attr.c + pdcurses/beep.c + pdcurses/bkgd.c + pdcurses/border.c + pdcurses/clear.c + pdcurses/color.c + pdcurses/debug.c + pdcurses/delch.c + pdcurses/deleteln.c + pdcurses/deprec.c + pdcurses/getch.c + pdcurses/getstr.c + pdcurses/getyx.c + pdcurses/inch.c + pdcurses/inchstr.c + pdcurses/initscr.c + pdcurses/inopts.c + pdcurses/insch.c + pdcurses/insstr.c + pdcurses/instr.c + pdcurses/kernel.c + pdcurses/keyname.c + pdcurses/mouse.c + pdcurses/move.c + pdcurses/outopts.c + pdcurses/overlay.c + pdcurses/pad.c + pdcurses/panel.c + pdcurses/pdcclip.c + pdcurses/pdcdisp.c + pdcurses/pdcgetsc.c + pdcurses/pdckbd.c + pdcurses/pdcscrn.c + pdcurses/pdcsetsc.c + pdcurses/pdcutil.c + pdcurses/printw.c + pdcurses/refresh.c + pdcurses/scanw.c + pdcurses/scroll.c + pdcurses/scr_dump.c + pdcurses/slk.c + pdcurses/termattr.c + pdcurses/terminfo.c + pdcurses/touch.c + pdcurses/util.c + pdcurses/window.c + ) + target_link_libraries (${TARGET_NAME} pdcurses) + message (STATUS "Using internal pdcurses") + endif() - if (MINGW) - message (SEND_ERROR "This path must contain pdcurses.a in lib/, and curses.h in include/.") - else() - message (SEND_ERROR "This path must contain pdcurses.lib in lib/, and curses.h in include/.") - endif() - endif() + add_definitions (-D_CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS) + target_link_libraries (${TARGET_NAME} wsock32 ws2_32) + include_directories (pdcurses) else() include_directories (${CURSES_INCUDE_DIRS}) # sic target_link_libraries (${TARGET_NAME} ${CURSES_LIBRARIES})
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 +++ b/pdcurses/addch.c Thu Jul 23 18:07:39 2015 +0300 @@ -0,0 +1,408 @@ +/* Public Domain Curses */ + +#include <curspriv.h> + +RCSID("$Id: addch.c,v 1.54 2008/07/13 16:08:17 wmcbrine Exp $") + +/*man-start************************************************************** + + Name: addch + + Synopsis: + int addch(const chtype ch); + int waddch(WINDOW *win, const chtype ch); + int mvaddch(int y, int x, const chtype ch); + int mvwaddch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const chtype ch); + int echochar(const chtype ch); + int wechochar(WINDOW *win, const chtype ch); + + int addrawch(chtype ch); + int waddrawch(WINDOW *win, chtype ch); + int mvaddrawch(int y, int x, chtype ch); + int mvwaddrawch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, chtype ch); + + int add_wch(const cchar_t *wch); + int wadd_wch(WINDOW *win, const cchar_t *wch); + int mvadd_wch(int y, int x, const cchar_t *wch); + int mvwadd_wch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const cchar_t *wch); + int echo_wchar(const cchar_t *wch); + int wecho_wchar(WINDOW *win, const cchar_t *wch); + + Description: + addch() adds the chtype ch to the default window (stdscr) at the + current cursor position, and advances the cursor. Note that + chtypes can convey both text (a single character) and + attributes, including a color pair. add_wch() is the wide- + character version of this function, taking a pointer to a + cchar_t instead of a chtype. + + waddch() is like addch(), but also lets you specify the window. + (This is in fact the core output routine.) wadd_wch() is the + wide version. + + mvaddch() moves the cursor to the specified (y, x) position, and + adds ch to stdscr. mvadd_wch() is the wide version. + + mvwaddch() moves the cursor to the specified position and adds + ch to the specified window. mvwadd_wch() is the wide version. + + echochar() adds ch to stdscr at the current cursor position and + calls refresh(). echo_wchar() is the wide version. + + wechochar() adds ch to the specified window and calls + wrefresh(). wecho_wchar() is the wide version. + + addrawch(), waddrawch(), mvaddrawch() and mvwaddrawch() are + PDCurses-specific wrappers for addch() etc. that disable the + translation of control characters. + + The following applies to all these functions: + + If the cursor moves on to the right margin, an automatic newline + is performed. If scrollok is enabled, and a character is added + to the bottom right corner of the window, the scrolling region + will be scrolled up one line. If scrolling is not allowed, ERR + will be returned. + + If ch is a tab, newline, or backspace, the cursor will be moved + appropriately within the window. If ch is a newline, the + clrtoeol routine is called before the cursor is moved to the + beginning of the next line. If newline mapping is off, the + cursor will be moved to the next line, but the x coordinate will + be unchanged. If ch is a tab the cursor is moved to the next + tab position within the window. If ch is another control + character, it will be drawn in the ^X notation. Calling the + inch() routine after adding a control character returns the + representation of the control character, not the control + character. + + Video attributes can be combined with a character by ORing them + into the parameter. Text, including attributes, can be copied + from one place to another by using inch() and addch(). + + Note that in PDCurses, for now, a cchar_t and a chtype are the + same. The text field is 16 bits wide, and is treated as Unicode + (UCS-2) when PDCurses is built with wide-character support + (define PDC_WIDE). So, in functions that take a chtype, like + addch(), both the wide and narrow versions will handle Unicode. + But for portability, you should use the wide functions. + + Return Value: + All functions return OK on success and ERR on error. + + Portability X/Open BSD SYS V + addch Y Y Y + waddch Y Y Y + mvaddch Y Y Y + mvwaddch Y Y Y + echochar Y - 3.0 + wechochar Y - 3.0 + addrawch - - - + waddrawch - - - + mvaddrawch - - - + mvwaddrawch - - - + add_wch Y + wadd_wch Y + mvadd_wch Y + mvwadd_wch Y + echo_wchar Y + wecho_wchar Y + +**man-end****************************************************************/ + +int waddch(WINDOW *win, const chtype ch) +{ + int x, y; + chtype text, attr; + bool xlat; + + PDC_LOG(("waddch() - called: win=%p ch=%x (text=%c attr=0x%x)\n", + win, ch, ch & A_CHARTEXT, ch & A_ATTRIBUTES)); + + if (!win) + return ERR; + + x = win->_curx; + y = win->_cury; + + if (y > win->_maxy || x > win->_maxx || y < 0 || x < 0) + return ERR; + + xlat = !SP->raw_out && !(ch & A_ALTCHARSET); + text = ch & A_CHARTEXT; + attr = ch & A_ATTRIBUTES; + + if (xlat && (text < ' ' || text == 0x7f)) + { + int x2; + + switch (text) + { + case '\t': + for (x2 = ((x / TABSIZE) + 1) * TABSIZE; x < x2; x++) + { + if (waddch(win, attr | ' ') == ERR) + return ERR; + + /* if tab to next line, exit the loop */ + + if (!win->_curx) + break; + } + return OK; + + case '\n': + /* if lf -> crlf */ + + if (!SP->raw_out) + x = 0; + + wclrtoeol(win); + + if (++y > win->_bmarg) + { + y--; + + if (wscrl(win, 1) == ERR) + return ERR; + } + + break; + + case '\b': + /* don't back over left margin */ + + if (--x < 0) + case '\r': + x = 0; + + break; + + case 0x7f: + if (waddch(win, attr | '^') == ERR) + return ERR; + + return waddch(win, attr | '?'); + + default: + /* handle control chars */ + + if (waddch(win, attr | '^') == ERR) + return ERR; + + return waddch(win, ch + '@'); + } + } + else + { + /* If the incoming character doesn't have its own attribute, + then use the current attributes for the window. If it has + attributes but not a color component, OR the attributes to + the current attributes for the window. If it has a color + component, use the attributes solely from the incoming + character. */ + + if (!(attr & A_COLOR)) + attr |= win->_attrs; + + /* wrs (4/10/93): Apply the same sort of logic for the window + background, in that it only takes precedence if other color + attributes are not there and that the background character + will only print if the printing character is blank. */ + + if (!(attr & A_COLOR)) + attr |= win->_bkgd & A_ATTRIBUTES; + else + attr |= win->_bkgd & (A_ATTRIBUTES ^ A_COLOR); + + if (text == ' ') + text = win->_bkgd & A_CHARTEXT; + + /* Add the attribute back into the character. */ + + text |= attr; + + /* Only change _firstch/_lastch if the character to be added is + different from the character/attribute that is already in + that position in the window. */ + + if (win->_y[y][x] != text) + { + if (win->_firstch[y] == _NO_CHANGE) + win->_firstch[y] = win->_lastch[y] = x; + else + if (x < win->_firstch[y]) + win->_firstch[y] = x; + else + if (x > win->_lastch[y]) + win->_lastch[y] = x; + + win->_y[y][x] = text; + } + + if (++x >= win->_maxx) + { + /* wrap around test */ + + x = 0; + + if (++y > win->_bmarg) + { + y--; + + if (wscrl(win, 1) == ERR) + { + PDC_sync(win); + return ERR; + } + } + } + } + + win->_curx = x; + win->_cury = y; + + if (win->_immed) + wrefresh(win); + if (win->_sync) + wsyncup(win); + + return OK; +} + +int addch(const chtype ch) +{ + PDC_LOG(("addch() - called: ch=%x\n", ch)); + + return waddch(stdscr, ch); +} + +int mvaddch(int y, int x, const chtype ch) +{ + PDC_LOG(("mvaddch() - called: y=%d x=%d ch=%x\n", y, x, ch)); + + if (move(y,x) == ERR) + return ERR; + + return waddch(stdscr, ch); +} + +int mvwaddch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const chtype ch) +{ + PDC_LOG(("mvwaddch() - called: win=%p y=%d x=%d ch=%d\n", win, y, x, ch)); + + if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR) + return ERR; + + return waddch(win, ch); +} + +int echochar(const chtype ch) +{ + PDC_LOG(("echochar() - called: ch=%x\n", ch)); + + return wechochar(stdscr, ch); +} + +int wechochar(WINDOW *win, const chtype ch) +{ + PDC_LOG(("wechochar() - called: win=%p ch=%x\n", win, ch)); + + if (waddch(win, ch) == ERR) + return ERR; + + return wrefresh(win); +} + +int waddrawch(WINDOW *win, chtype ch) +{ + PDC_LOG(("waddrawch() - called: win=%p ch=%x (text=%c attr=0x%x)\n", + win, ch, ch & A_CHARTEXT, ch & A_ATTRIBUTES)); + + if ((ch & A_CHARTEXT) < ' ' || (ch & A_CHARTEXT) == 0x7f) + ch |= A_ALTCHARSET; + + return waddch(win, ch); +} + +int addrawch(chtype ch) +{ + PDC_LOG(("addrawch() - called: ch=%x\n", ch)); + + return waddrawch(stdscr, ch); +} + +int mvaddrawch(int y, int x, chtype ch) +{ + PDC_LOG(("mvaddrawch() - called: y=%d x=%d ch=%d\n", y, x, ch)); + + if (move(y, x) == ERR) + return ERR; + + return waddrawch(stdscr, ch); +} + +int mvwaddrawch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, chtype ch) +{ + PDC_LOG(("mvwaddrawch() - called: win=%p y=%d x=%d ch=%d\n", + win, y, x, ch)); + + if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR) + return ERR; + + return waddrawch(win, ch); +} + +#ifdef PDC_WIDE +int wadd_wch(WINDOW *win, const cchar_t *wch) +{ + PDC_LOG(("wadd_wch() - called: win=%p wch=%x\n", win, *wch)); + + return wch ? waddch(win, *wch) : ERR; +} + +int add_wch(const cchar_t *wch) +{ + PDC_LOG(("add_wch() - called: wch=%x\n", *wch)); + + return wadd_wch(stdscr, wch); +} + +int mvadd_wch(int y, int x, const cchar_t *wch) +{ + PDC_LOG(("mvaddch() - called: y=%d x=%d wch=%x\n", y, x, *wch)); + + if (move(y,x) == ERR) + return ERR; + + return wadd_wch(stdscr, wch); +} + +int mvwadd_wch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const cchar_t *wch) +{ + PDC_LOG(("mvwaddch() - called: win=%p y=%d x=%d wch=%d\n", + win, y, x, *wch)); + + if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR) + return ERR; + + return wadd_wch(win, wch); +} + +int echo_wchar(const cchar_t *wch) +{ + PDC_LOG(("echo_wchar() - called: wch=%x\n", *wch)); + + return wecho_wchar(stdscr, wch); +} + +int wecho_wchar(WINDOW *win, const cchar_t *wch) +{ + PDC_LOG(("wecho_wchar() - called: win=%p wch=%x\n", win, *wch)); + + if (!wch || (wadd_wch(win, wch) == ERR)) + return ERR; + + return wrefresh(win); +} +#endif
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 +++ b/pdcurses/addchstr.c Thu Jul 23 18:07:39 2015 +0300 @@ -0,0 +1,242 @@ +/* Public Domain Curses */ + +#include <curspriv.h> + +RCSID("$Id: addchstr.c,v 1.43 2008/07/13 16:08:17 wmcbrine Exp $") + +/*man-start************************************************************** + + Name: addchstr + + Synopsis: + int addchstr(const chtype *ch); + int addchnstr(const chtype *ch, int n); + int waddchstr(WINDOW *win, const chtype *ch); + int waddchnstr(WINDOW *win, const chtype *ch, int n); + int mvaddchstr(int y, int x, const chtype *ch); + int mvaddchnstr(int y, int x, const chtype *ch, int n); + int mvwaddchstr(WINDOW *, int y, int x, const chtype *ch); + int mvwaddchnstr(WINDOW *, int y, int x, const chtype *ch, int n); + + int add_wchstr(const cchar_t *wch); + int add_wchnstr(const cchar_t *wch, int n); + int wadd_wchstr(WINDOW *win, const cchar_t *wch); + int wadd_wchnstr(WINDOW *win, const cchar_t *wch, int n); + int mvadd_wchstr(int y, int x, const cchar_t *wch); + int mvadd_wchnstr(int y, int x, const cchar_t *wch, int n); + int mvwadd_wchstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const cchar_t *wch); + int mvwadd_wchnstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const cchar_t *wch, + int n); + + Description: + These routines write a chtype or cchar_t string directly into + the window structure, starting at the current or specified + position. The four routines with n as the last argument copy at + most n elements, but no more than will fit on the line. If n = + -1 then the whole string is copied, up to the maximum number + that will fit on the line. + + The cursor position is not advanced. These routines do not check + for newline or other special characters, nor does any line + wrapping occur. + + Return Value: + All functions return OK or ERR. + + Portability X/Open BSD SYS V + addchstr Y - 4.0 + waddchstr Y - 4.0 + mvaddchstr Y - 4.0 + mvwaddchstr Y - 4.0 + addchnstr Y - 4.0 + waddchnstr Y - 4.0 + mvaddchnstr Y - 4.0 + mvwaddchnstr Y - 4.0 + add_wchstr Y + wadd_wchstr Y + mvadd_wchstr Y + mvwadd_wchstr Y + add_wchnstr Y + wadd_wchnstr Y + mvadd_wchnstr Y + mvwadd_wchnstr Y + +**man-end****************************************************************/ + +#include <string.h> + +int waddchnstr(WINDOW *win, const chtype *ch, int n) +{ + int y, x, maxx, minx; + chtype *ptr; + + PDC_LOG(("waddchnstr() - called: win=%p n=%d\n", win, n)); + + if (!win || !ch || !n || n < -1) + return ERR; + + x = win->_curx; + y = win->_cury; + ptr = &(win->_y[y][x]); + + if (n == -1 || n > win->_maxx - x) + n = win->_maxx - x; + + minx = win->_firstch[y]; + maxx = win->_lastch[y]; + + for (; n && *ch; n--, x++, ptr++, ch++) + { + if (*ptr != *ch) + { + if (x < minx || minx == _NO_CHANGE) + minx = x; + + if (x > maxx) + maxx = x; + + PDC_LOG(("y %d x %d minx %d maxx %d *ptr %x *ch" + " %x firstch: %d lastch: %d\n", + y, x, minx, maxx, *ptr, *ch, + win->_firstch[y], win->_lastch[y])); + + *ptr = *ch; + } + } + + win->_firstch[y] = minx; + win->_lastch[y] = maxx; + + return OK; +} + +int addchstr(const chtype *ch) +{ + PDC_LOG(("addchstr() - called\n")); + + return waddchnstr(stdscr, ch, -1); +} + +int addchnstr(const chtype *ch, int n) +{ + PDC_LOG(("addchnstr() - called\n")); + + return waddchnstr(stdscr, ch, n); +} + +int waddchstr(WINDOW *win, const chtype *ch) +{ + PDC_LOG(("waddchstr() - called: win=%p\n", win)); + + return waddchnstr(win, ch, -1); +} + +int mvaddchstr(int y, int x, const chtype *ch) +{ + PDC_LOG(("mvaddchstr() - called: y %d x %d\n", y, x)); + + if (move(y, x) == ERR) + return ERR; + + return waddchnstr(stdscr, ch, -1); +} + +int mvaddchnstr(int y, int x, const chtype *ch, int n) +{ + PDC_LOG(("mvaddchnstr() - called: y %d x %d n %d\n", y, x, n)); + + if (move(y, x) == ERR) + return ERR; + + return waddchnstr(stdscr, ch, n); +} + +int mvwaddchstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const chtype *ch) +{ + PDC_LOG(("mvwaddchstr() - called:\n")); + + if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR) + return ERR; + + return waddchnstr(win, ch, -1); +} + +int mvwaddchnstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const chtype *ch, int n) +{ + PDC_LOG(("mvwaddchnstr() - called: y %d x %d n %d \n", y, x, n)); + + if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR) + return ERR; + + return waddchnstr(win, ch, n); +} + +#ifdef PDC_WIDE +int wadd_wchnstr(WINDOW *win, const cchar_t *wch, int n) +{ + PDC_LOG(("wadd_wchnstr() - called: win=%p n=%d\n", win, n)); + + return waddchnstr(win, wch, n); +} + +int add_wchstr(const cchar_t *wch) +{ + PDC_LOG(("add_wchstr() - called\n")); + + return wadd_wchnstr(stdscr, wch, -1); +} + +int add_wchnstr(const cchar_t *wch, int n) +{ + PDC_LOG(("add_wchnstr() - called\n")); + + return wadd_wchnstr(stdscr, wch, n); +} + +int wadd_wchstr(WINDOW *win, const cchar_t *wch) +{ + PDC_LOG(("wadd_wchstr() - called: win=%p\n", win)); + + return wadd_wchnstr(win, wch, -1); +} + +int mvadd_wchstr(int y, int x, const cchar_t *wch) +{ + PDC_LOG(("mvadd_wchstr() - called: y %d x %d\n", y, x)); + + if (move(y, x) == ERR) + return ERR; + + return wadd_wchnstr(stdscr, wch, -1); +} + +int mvadd_wchnstr(int y, int x, const cchar_t *wch, int n) +{ + PDC_LOG(("mvadd_wchnstr() - called: y %d x %d n %d\n", y, x, n)); + + if (move(y, x) == ERR) + return ERR; + + return wadd_wchnstr(stdscr, wch, n); +} + +int mvwadd_wchstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const cchar_t *wch) +{ + PDC_LOG(("mvwadd_wchstr() - called:\n")); + + if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR) + return ERR; + + return wadd_wchnstr(win, wch, -1); +} + +int mvwadd_wchnstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const cchar_t *wch, int n) +{ + PDC_LOG(("mvwadd_wchnstr() - called: y %d x %d n %d \n", y, x, n)); + + if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR) + return ERR; + + return wadd_wchnstr(win, wch, n); +} +#endif
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 +++ b/pdcurses/addstr.c Thu Jul 23 18:07:39 2015 +0300 @@ -0,0 +1,237 @@ +/* Public Domain Curses */ + +#include <curspriv.h> + +RCSID("$Id: addstr.c,v 1.44 2008/07/13 16:08:17 wmcbrine Exp $") + +/*man-start************************************************************** + + Name: addstr + + Synopsis: + int addstr(const char *str); + int addnstr(const char *str, int n); + int waddstr(WINDOW *win, const char *str); + int waddnstr(WINDOW *win, const char *str, int n); + int mvaddstr(int y, int x, const char *str); + int mvaddnstr(int y, int x, const char *str, int n); + int mvwaddstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const char *str); + int mvwaddnstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const char *str, int n); + + int addwstr(const wchar_t *wstr); + int addnwstr(const wchar_t *wstr, int n); + int waddwstr(WINDOW *win, const wchar_t *wstr); + int waddnwstr(WINDOW *win, const wchar_t *wstr, int n); + int mvaddwstr(int y, int x, const wchar_t *wstr); + int mvaddnwstr(int y, int x, const wchar_t *wstr, int n); + int mvwaddwstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const wchar_t *wstr); + int mvwaddnwstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const wchar_t *wstr, int n); + + Description: + These routines write all the characters of the null-terminated + string str or wide-character string wstr to the given window. + The functionality is similar to calling waddch() once for each + character in the string; except that, when PDCurses is built + with wide-character support enabled, the narrow-character + functions treat the string as a multibyte string in the current + locale, and convert it. The routines with n as the last + argument write at most n characters; if n is negative, then the + entire string will be added. + + Return Value: + All functions return OK or ERR. + + Portability X/Open BSD SYS V + addstr Y Y Y + waddstr Y Y Y + mvaddstr Y Y Y + mvwaddstr Y Y Y + addnstr Y - 4.0 + waddnstr Y - 4.0 + mvaddnstr Y - 4.0 + mvwaddnstr Y - 4.0 + addwstr Y + waddwstr Y + mvaddwstr Y + mvwaddwstr Y + addnwstr Y + waddnwstr Y + mvaddnwstr Y + mvwaddnwstr Y + +**man-end****************************************************************/ + +int waddnstr(WINDOW *win, const char *str, int n) +{ + int i = 0; + + PDC_LOG(("waddnstr() - called: string=\"%s\" n %d \n", str, n)); + + if (!win || !str) + return ERR; + + while (str[i] && (i < n || n < 0)) + { +#ifdef PDC_WIDE + wchar_t wch; + int retval = PDC_mbtowc(&wch, str + i, n >= 0 ? n - i : 6); + + if (retval <= 0) + return OK; + + i += retval; +#else + chtype wch = (unsigned char)(str[i++]); +#endif + if (waddch(win, wch) == ERR) + return ERR; + } + + return OK; +} + +int addstr(const char *str) +{ + PDC_LOG(("addstr() - called: string=\"%s\"\n", str)); + + return waddnstr(stdscr, str, -1); +} + +int addnstr(const char *str, int n) +{ + PDC_LOG(("addnstr() - called: string=\"%s\" n %d \n", str, n)); + + return waddnstr(stdscr, str, n); +} + +int waddstr(WINDOW *win, const char *str) +{ + PDC_LOG(("waddstr() - called: string=\"%s\"\n", str)); + + return waddnstr(win, str, -1); +} + +int mvaddstr(int y, int x, const char *str) +{ + PDC_LOG(("mvaddstr() - called: y %d x %d string=\"%s\"\n", y, x, str)); + + if (move(y, x) == ERR) + return ERR; + + return waddnstr(stdscr, str, -1); +} + +int mvaddnstr(int y, int x, const char *str, int n) +{ + PDC_LOG(("mvaddnstr() - called: y %d x %d string=\"%s\" n %d \n", + y, x, str, n)); + + if (move(y, x) == ERR) + return ERR; + + return waddnstr(stdscr, str, n); +} + +int mvwaddstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const char *str) +{ + PDC_LOG(("mvwaddstr() - called: string=\"%s\"\n", str)); + + if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR) + return ERR; + + return waddnstr(win, str, -1); +} + +int mvwaddnstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const char *str, int n) +{ + PDC_LOG(("mvwaddnstr() - called: y %d x %d string=\"%s\" n %d \n", + y, x, str, n)); + + if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR) + return ERR; + + return waddnstr(win, str, n); +} + +#ifdef PDC_WIDE +int waddnwstr(WINDOW *win, const wchar_t *wstr, int n) +{ + int i = 0; + + PDC_LOG(("waddnwstr() - called\n")); + + if (!win || !wstr) + return ERR; + + while (wstr[i] && (i < n || n < 0)) + { + chtype wch = wstr[i++]; + + if (waddch(win, wch) == ERR) + return ERR; + } + + return OK; +} + +int addwstr(const wchar_t *wstr) +{ + PDC_LOG(("addwstr() - called\n")); + + return waddnwstr(stdscr, wstr, -1); +} + +int addnwstr(const wchar_t *wstr, int n) +{ + PDC_LOG(("addnwstr() - called\n")); + + return waddnwstr(stdscr, wstr, n); +} + +int waddwstr(WINDOW *win, const wchar_t *wstr) +{ + PDC_LOG(("waddwstr() - called\n")); + + return waddnwstr(win, wstr, -1); +} + +int mvaddwstr(int y, int x, const wchar_t *wstr) +{ + PDC_LOG(("mvaddstr() - called\n")); + + if (move(y, x) == ERR) + return ERR; + + return waddnwstr(stdscr, wstr, -1); +} + +int mvaddnwstr(int y, int x, const wchar_t *wstr, int n) +{ + PDC_LOG(("mvaddnstr() - called\n")); + + if (move(y, x) == ERR) + return ERR; + + return waddnwstr(stdscr, wstr, n); +} + +int mvwaddwstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const wchar_t *wstr) +{ + PDC_LOG(("mvwaddstr() - called\n")); + + if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR) + return ERR; + + return waddnwstr(win, wstr, -1); +} + +int mvwaddnwstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const wchar_t *wstr, int n) +{ + PDC_LOG(("mvwaddnstr() - called\n")); + + if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR) + return ERR; + + return waddnwstr(win, wstr, n); +} +#endif
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 +++ b/pdcurses/attr.c Thu Jul 23 18:07:39 2015 +0300 @@ -0,0 +1,349 @@ +/* Public Domain Curses */ + +#include <curspriv.h> + +RCSID("$Id: attr.c,v 1.41 2008/07/13 16:08:17 wmcbrine Exp $") + +/*man-start************************************************************** + + Name: attr + + Synopsis: + int attroff(chtype attrs); + int wattroff(WINDOW *win, chtype attrs); + int attron(chtype attrs); + int wattron(WINDOW *win, chtype attrs); + int attrset(chtype attrs); + int wattrset(WINDOW *win, chtype attrs); + int standend(void); + int wstandend(WINDOW *win); + int standout(void); + int wstandout(WINDOW *win); + + int color_set(short color_pair, void *opts); + int wcolor_set(WINDOW *win, short color_pair, void *opts); + + int attr_get(attr_t *attrs, short *color_pair, void *opts); + int attr_off(attr_t attrs, void *opts); + int attr_on(attr_t attrs, void *opts); + int attr_set(attr_t attrs, short color_pair, void *opts); + int wattr_get(WINDOW *win, attr_t *attrs, short *color_pair, + void *opts); + int wattr_off(WINDOW *win, attr_t attrs, void *opts); + int wattr_on(WINDOW *win, attr_t attrs, void *opts); + int wattr_set(WINDOW *win, attr_t attrs, short color_pair, + void *opts); + + int chgat(int n, attr_t attr, short color, const void *opts); + int mvchgat(int y, int x, int n, attr_t attr, short color, + const void *opts); + int mvwchgat(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, int n, attr_t attr, + short color, const void *opts); + int wchgat(WINDOW *win, int n, attr_t attr, short color, + const void *opts); + + chtype getattrs(WINDOW *win); + + Description: + These functions manipulate the current attributes and/or colors + of the named window. These attributes can be any combination + of A_STANDOUT, A_REVERSE, A_BOLD, A_DIM, A_BLINK, A_UNDERLINE. + + These constants are defined in <curses.h> and can be combined + with the bitwise-OR operator (|). + + The current attributes of a window are applied to all chtypes + that are written into the window with waddch(). Attributes are + a property of the chtype, and move with the character through + any scrolling or insert/delete operations. + + attrset() sets the current attributes of the given window to + attrs. attroff() turns off the named attributes without + affecting any other attributes; attron() turns them on. + color_set() sets the window color to the value of color_pair. + + standout() is the same as attron(A_STANDOUT). standend() is the + same as attrset(A_NORMAL); that is, it turns off all attributes. + + Return Value: + All functions return OK on success and ERR on error. + + Portability X/Open BSD SYS V + attroff Y Y Y + wattroff Y Y Y + attron Y Y Y + wattron Y Y Y + attrset Y Y Y + wattrset Y Y Y + standend Y Y Y + wstandend Y Y Y + standout Y Y Y + wstandout Y Y Y + color_set Y + wcolor_set Y + attr_get Y + wattr_get Y + attr_on Y + wattr_on Y + attr_off Y + wattr_off Y + attr_set Y + wattr_set Y + chgat Y + wchgat Y + mvchgat Y + mvwchgat Y + getattrs - + +**man-end****************************************************************/ + +int wattroff(WINDOW *win, chtype attrs) +{ + PDC_LOG(("wattroff() - called\n")); + + if (!win) + return ERR; + + win->_attrs &= (~attrs & A_ATTRIBUTES); + + return OK; +} + +int attroff(chtype attrs) +{ + PDC_LOG(("attroff() - called\n")); + + return wattroff(stdscr, attrs); +} + +int wattron(WINDOW *win, chtype attrs) +{ + chtype newcolr, oldcolr, newattr, oldattr; + + PDC_LOG(("wattron() - called\n")); + + if (!win) + return ERR; + + if ((win->_attrs & A_COLOR) && (attrs & A_COLOR)) + { + oldcolr = win->_attrs & A_COLOR; + oldattr = win->_attrs ^ oldcolr; + newcolr = attrs & A_COLOR; + newattr = (attrs & A_ATTRIBUTES) ^ newcolr; + newattr |= oldattr; + win->_attrs = newattr | newcolr; + } + else + win->_attrs |= (attrs & A_ATTRIBUTES); + + return OK; +} + +int attron(chtype attrs) +{ + PDC_LOG(("attron() - called\n")); + + return wattron(stdscr, attrs); +} + +int wattrset(WINDOW *win, chtype attrs) +{ + PDC_LOG(("wattrset() - called\n")); + + if (!win) + return ERR; + + win->_attrs = attrs & A_ATTRIBUTES; + + return OK; +} + +int attrset(chtype attrs) +{ + PDC_LOG(("attrset() - called\n")); + + return wattrset(stdscr, attrs); +} + +int standend(void) +{ + PDC_LOG(("standend() - called\n")); + + return wattrset(stdscr, A_NORMAL); +} + +int standout(void) +{ + PDC_LOG(("standout() - called\n")); + + return wattrset(stdscr, A_STANDOUT); +} + +int wstandend(WINDOW *win) +{ + PDC_LOG(("wstandend() - called\n")); + + return wattrset(win, A_NORMAL); +} + +int wstandout(WINDOW *win) +{ + PDC_LOG(("wstandout() - called\n")); + + return wattrset(win, A_STANDOUT); +} + +chtype getattrs(WINDOW *win) +{ + return win ? win->_attrs : 0; +} + +int wcolor_set(WINDOW *win, short color_pair, void *opts) +{ + PDC_LOG(("wcolor_set() - called\n")); + + if (!win) + return ERR; + + win->_attrs = (win->_attrs & ~A_COLOR) | COLOR_PAIR(color_pair); + + return OK; +} + +int color_set(short color_pair, void *opts) +{ + PDC_LOG(("color_set() - called\n")); + + return wcolor_set(stdscr, color_pair, opts); +} + +int wattr_get(WINDOW *win, attr_t *attrs, short *color_pair, void *opts) +{ + PDC_LOG(("wattr_get() - called\n")); + + if (!win) + return ERR; + + if (attrs) + *attrs = win->_attrs & (A_ATTRIBUTES & ~A_COLOR); + + if (color_pair) + *color_pair = PAIR_NUMBER(win->_attrs); + + return OK; +} + +int attr_get(attr_t *attrs, short *color_pair, void *opts) +{ + PDC_LOG(("attr_get() - called\n")); + + return wattr_get(stdscr, attrs, color_pair, opts); +} + +int wattr_off(WINDOW *win, attr_t attrs, void *opts) +{ + PDC_LOG(("wattr_off() - called\n")); + + return wattroff(win, attrs); +} + +int attr_off(attr_t attrs, void *opts) +{ + PDC_LOG(("attr_off() - called\n")); + + return wattroff(stdscr, attrs); +} + +int wattr_on(WINDOW *win, attr_t attrs, void *opts) +{ + PDC_LOG(("wattr_off() - called\n")); + + return wattron(win, attrs); +} + +int attr_on(attr_t attrs, void *opts) +{ + PDC_LOG(("attr_on() - called\n")); + + return wattron(stdscr, attrs); +} + +int wattr_set(WINDOW *win, attr_t attrs, short color_pair, void *opts) +{ + PDC_LOG(("wattr_set() - called\n")); + + if (!win) + return ERR; + + win->_attrs = (attrs & (A_ATTRIBUTES & ~A_COLOR)) | COLOR_PAIR(color_pair); + + return OK; +} + +int attr_set(attr_t attrs, short color_pair, void *opts) +{ + PDC_LOG(("attr_get() - called\n")); + + return wattr_set(stdscr, attrs, color_pair, opts); +} + +int wchgat(WINDOW *win, int n, attr_t attr, short color, const void *opts) +{ + chtype *dest, newattr; + int startpos, endpos; + + PDC_LOG(("wchgat() - called\n")); + + if (!win) + return ERR; + + newattr = (attr & A_ATTRIBUTES) | COLOR_PAIR(color); + + startpos = win->_curx; + endpos = ((n < 0) ? win->_maxx : min(startpos + n, win->_maxx)) - 1; + dest = win->_y[win->_cury]; + + for (n = startpos; n <= endpos; n++) + dest[n] = (dest[n] & A_CHARTEXT) | newattr; + + n = win->_cury; + + if (startpos < win->_firstch[n] || win->_firstch[n] == _NO_CHANGE) + win->_firstch[n] = startpos; + + if (endpos > win->_lastch[n]) + win->_lastch[n] = endpos; + + PDC_sync(win); + + return OK; +} + +int chgat(int n, attr_t attr, short color, const void *opts) +{ + PDC_LOG(("chgat() - called\n")); + + return wchgat(stdscr, n, attr, color, opts); +} + +int mvchgat(int y, int x, int n, attr_t attr, short color, const void *opts) +{ + PDC_LOG(("mvchgat() - called\n")); + + if (move(y, x) == ERR) + return ERR; + + return wchgat(stdscr, n, attr, color, opts); +} + +int mvwchgat(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, int n, attr_t attr, short color, + const void *opts) +{ + PDC_LOG(("mvwchgat() - called\n")); + + if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR) + return ERR; + + return wchgat(win, n, attr, color, opts); +}
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 +++ b/pdcurses/beep.c Thu Jul 23 18:07:39 2015 +0300 @@ -0,0 +1,65 @@ +/* Public Domain Curses */ + +#include <curspriv.h> + +RCSID("$Id: beep.c,v 1.34 2008/07/13 16:08:17 wmcbrine Exp $") + +/*man-start************************************************************** + + Name: beep + + Synopsis: + int beep(void); + int flash(void); + + Description: + beep() sounds the audible bell on the terminal, if possible; + if not, it calls flash(). + + flash() "flashes" the screen, by inverting the foreground and + background of every cell, pausing, and then restoring the + original attributes. + + Return Value: + These functions return OK. + + Portability X/Open BSD SYS V + beep Y Y Y + flash Y Y Y + +**man-end****************************************************************/ + +int beep(void) +{ + PDC_LOG(("beep() - called\n")); + + if (SP->audible) + PDC_beep(); + else + flash(); + + return OK; +} + +int flash(void) +{ + int z, y, x; + + PDC_LOG(("flash() - called\n")); + + /* Reverse each cell; wait; restore the screen */ + + for (z = 0; z < 2; z++) + { + for (y = 0; y < LINES; y++) + for (x = 0; x < COLS; x++) + curscr->_y[y][x] ^= A_REVERSE; + + wrefresh(curscr); + + if (!z) + napms(50); + } + + return OK; +}
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 +++ b/pdcurses/bkgd.c Thu Jul 23 18:07:39 2015 +0300 @@ -0,0 +1,220 @@ +/* Public Domain Curses */ + +#include <curspriv.h> + +RCSID("$Id: bkgd.c,v 1.39 2008/07/13 16:08:18 wmcbrine Exp $") + +/*man-start************************************************************** + + Name: bkgd + + Synopsis: + int bkgd(chtype ch); + void bkgdset(chtype ch); + chtype getbkgd(WINDOW *win); + int wbkgd(WINDOW *win, chtype ch); + void wbkgdset(WINDOW *win, chtype ch); + + int bkgrnd(const cchar_t *wch); + void bkgrndset(const cchar_t *wch); + int getbkgrnd(cchar_t *wch); + int wbkgrnd(WINDOW *win, const cchar_t *wch); + void wbkgrndset(WINDOW *win, const cchar_t *wch); + int wgetbkgrnd(WINDOW *win, cchar_t *wch); + + Description: + bkgdset() and wbkgdset() manipulate the background of a window. + The background is a chtype consisting of any combination of + attributes and a character; it is combined with each chtype + added or inserted to the window by waddch() or winsch(). Only + the attribute part is used to set the background of non-blank + characters, while both character and attributes are used for + blank positions. + + bkgd() and wbkgd() not only change the background, but apply it + immediately to every cell in the window. + + The attributes that are defined with the attrset()/attron() set + of functions take precedence over the background attributes if + there is a conflict (e.g., different color pairs). + + Return Value: + bkgd() and wbkgd() return OK, unless the window is NULL, in + which case they return ERR. + + Portability X/Open BSD SYS V + bkgd Y - 4.0 + bkgdset Y - 4.0 + getbkgd Y + wbkgd Y - 4.0 + wbkgdset Y - 4.0 + bkgrnd Y + bkgrndset Y + getbkgrnd Y + wbkgrnd Y + wbkgrndset Y + wgetbkgrnd Y + +**man-end****************************************************************/ + +int wbkgd(WINDOW *win, chtype ch) +{ + int x, y; + chtype oldcolr, oldch, newcolr, newch, colr, attr; + chtype oldattr = 0, newattr = 0; + chtype *winptr; + + PDC_LOG(("wbkgd() - called\n")); + + if (!win) + return ERR; + + if (win->_bkgd == ch) + return OK; + + oldcolr = win->_bkgd & A_COLOR; + if (oldcolr) + oldattr = (win->_bkgd & A_ATTRIBUTES) ^ oldcolr; + + oldch = win->_bkgd & A_CHARTEXT; + + wbkgdset(win, ch); + + newcolr = win->_bkgd & A_COLOR; + if (newcolr) + newattr = (win->_bkgd & A_ATTRIBUTES) ^ newcolr; + + newch = win->_bkgd & A_CHARTEXT; + + /* what follows is what seems to occur in the System V + implementation of this routine */ + + for (y = 0; y < win->_maxy; y++) + { + for (x = 0; x < win->_maxx; x++) + { + winptr = win->_y[y] + x; + + ch = *winptr; + + /* determine the colors and attributes of the character read + from the window */ + + colr = ch & A_COLOR; + attr = ch & (A_ATTRIBUTES ^ A_COLOR); + + /* if the color is the same as the old background color, + then make it the new background color, otherwise leave it */ + + if (colr == oldcolr) + colr = newcolr; + + /* remove any attributes (non color) from the character that + were part of the old background, then combine the + remaining ones with the new background */ + + attr ^= oldattr; + attr |= newattr; + + /* change character if it is there because it was the old + background character */ + + ch &= A_CHARTEXT; + if (ch == oldch) + ch = newch; + + ch |= (attr | colr); + + *winptr = ch; + + } + } + + touchwin(win); + PDC_sync(win); + return OK; +} + +int bkgd(chtype ch) +{ + PDC_LOG(("bkgd() - called\n")); + + return wbkgd(stdscr, ch); +} + +void wbkgdset(WINDOW *win, chtype ch) +{ + PDC_LOG(("wbkgdset() - called\n")); + + if (win) + { + if (!(ch & A_CHARTEXT)) + ch |= ' '; + + win->_bkgd = ch; + } +} + +void bkgdset(chtype ch) +{ + PDC_LOG(("bkgdset() - called\n")); + + wbkgdset(stdscr, ch); +} + +chtype getbkgd(WINDOW *win) +{ + PDC_LOG(("getbkgd() - called\n")); + + return win ? win->_bkgd : (chtype)ERR; +} + +#ifdef PDC_WIDE +int wbkgrnd(WINDOW *win, const cchar_t *wch) +{ + PDC_LOG(("wbkgrnd() - called\n")); + + return wch ? wbkgd(win, *wch) : ERR; +} + +int bkgrnd(const cchar_t *wch) +{ + PDC_LOG(("bkgrnd() - called\n")); + + return wbkgrnd(stdscr, wch); +} + +void wbkgrndset(WINDOW *win, const cchar_t *wch) +{ + PDC_LOG(("wbkgdset() - called\n")); + + if (wch) + wbkgdset(win, *wch); +} + +void bkgrndset(const cchar_t *wch) +{ + PDC_LOG(("bkgrndset() - called\n")); + + wbkgrndset(stdscr, wch); +} + +int wgetbkgrnd(WINDOW *win, cchar_t *wch) +{ + PDC_LOG(("wgetbkgrnd() - called\n")); + + if (!win || !wch) + return ERR; + + *wch = win->_bkgd; + + return OK; +} + +int getbkgrnd(cchar_t *wch) +{ + PDC_LOG(("getbkgrnd() - called\n")); + + return wgetbkgrnd(stdscr, wch); +} +#endif
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 +++ b/pdcurses/border.c Thu Jul 23 18:07:39 2015 +0300 @@ -0,0 +1,408 @@ +/* Public Domain Curses */ + +#include <curspriv.h> + +RCSID("$Id: border.c,v 1.53 2008/07/13 16:08:18 wmcbrine Exp $") + +/*man-start************************************************************** + + Name: border + + Synopsis: + int border(chtype ls, chtype rs, chtype ts, chtype bs, chtype tl, + chtype tr, chtype bl, chtype br); + int wborder(WINDOW *win, chtype ls, chtype rs, chtype ts, + chtype bs, chtype tl, chtype tr, chtype bl, chtype br); + int box(WINDOW *win, chtype verch, chtype horch); + int hline(chtype ch, int n); + int vline(chtype ch, int n); + int whline(WINDOW *win, chtype ch, int n); + int wvline(WINDOW *win, chtype ch, int n); + int mvhline(int y, int x, chtype ch, int n); + int mvvline(int y, int x, chtype ch, int n); + int mvwhline(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, chtype ch, int n); + int mvwvline(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, chtype ch, int n); + + int border_set(const cchar_t *ls, const cchar_t *rs, + const cchar_t *ts, const cchar_t *bs, + const cchar_t *tl, const cchar_t *tr, + const cchar_t *bl, const cchar_t *br); + int wborder_set(WINDOW *win, const cchar_t *ls, const cchar_t *rs, + const cchar_t *ts, const cchar_t *bs, + const cchar_t *tl, const cchar_t *tr, + const cchar_t *bl, const cchar_t *br); + int box_set(WINDOW *win, const cchar_t *verch, const cchar_t *horch); + int hline_set(const cchar_t *wch, int n); + int vline_set(const cchar_t *wch, int n); + int whline_set(WINDOW *win, const cchar_t *wch, int n); + int wvline_set(WINDOW *win, const cchar_t *wch, int n); + int mvhline_set(int y, int x, const cchar_t *wch, int n); + int mvvline_set(int y, int x, const cchar_t *wch, int n); + int mvwhline_set(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const cchar_t *wch, int n); + int mvwvline_set(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const cchar_t *wch, int n); + + Description: + border(), wborder(), and box() draw a border around the edge of + the window. If any argument is zero, an appropriate default is + used: + + ls left side of border ACS_VLINE + rs right side of border ACS_VLINE + ts top side of border ACS_HLINE + bs bottom side of border ACS_HLINE + tl top left corner of border ACS_ULCORNER + tr top right corner of border ACS_URCORNER + bl bottom left corner of border ACS_LLCORNER + br bottom right corner of border ACS_LRCORNER + + hline() and whline() draw a horizontal line, using ch, starting + from the current cursor position. The cursor position does not + change. The line is at most n characters long, or as many as + will fit in the window. + + vline() and wvline() draw a vertical line, using ch, starting + from the current cursor position. The cursor position does not + change. The line is at most n characters long, or as many as + will fit in the window. + + Return Value: + These functions return OK on success and ERR on error. + + Portability X/Open BSD SYS V + border Y - 4.0 + wborder Y - 4.0 + box Y Y Y + hline Y - 4.0 + vline Y - 4.0 + whline Y - 4.0 + wvline Y - 4.0 + mvhline Y + mvvline Y + mvwhline Y + mvwvline Y + border_set Y + wborder_set Y + box_set Y + hline_set Y + vline_set Y + whline_set Y + wvline_set Y + mvhline_set Y + mvvline_set Y + mvwhline_set Y + mvwvline_set Y + +**man-end****************************************************************/ + +/* _attr_passthru() -- Takes a single chtype 'ch' and checks if the + current attribute of window 'win', as set by wattrset(), and/or the + current background of win, as set by wbkgd(), should by combined with + it. Attributes set explicitly in ch take precedence. */ + +static chtype _attr_passthru(WINDOW *win, chtype ch) +{ + chtype attr; + + /* If the incoming character doesn't have its own attribute, then + use the current attributes for the window. If the incoming + character has attributes, but not a color component, OR the + attributes to the current attributes for the window. If the + incoming character has a color component, use only the attributes + from the incoming character. */ + + attr = ch & A_ATTRIBUTES; + if (!(attr & A_COLOR)) + attr |= win->_attrs; + + /* wrs (4/10/93) -- Apply the same sort of logic for the window + background, in that it only takes precedence if other color + attributes are not there. */ + + if (!(attr & A_COLOR)) + attr |= win->_bkgd & A_ATTRIBUTES; + else + attr |= win->_bkgd & (A_ATTRIBUTES ^ A_COLOR); + + ch = (ch & A_CHARTEXT) | attr; + + return ch; +} + +int wborder(WINDOW *win, chtype ls, chtype rs, chtype ts, chtype bs, + chtype tl, chtype tr, chtype bl, chtype br) +{ + int i, ymax, xmax; + + PDC_LOG(("wborder() - called\n")); + + if (!win) + return ERR; + + ymax = win->_maxy - 1; + xmax = win->_maxx - 1; + + ls = _attr_passthru(win, ls ? ls : ACS_VLINE); + rs = _attr_passthru(win, rs ? rs : ACS_VLINE); + ts = _attr_passthru(win, ts ? ts : ACS_HLINE); + bs = _attr_passthru(win, bs ? bs : ACS_HLINE); + tl = _attr_passthru(win, tl ? tl : ACS_ULCORNER); + tr = _attr_passthru(win, tr ? tr : ACS_URCORNER); + bl = _attr_passthru(win, bl ? bl : ACS_LLCORNER); + br = _attr_passthru(win, br ? br : ACS_LRCORNER); + + for (i = 1; i < xmax; i++) + { + win->_y[0][i] = ts; + win->_y[ymax][i] = bs; + } + + for (i = 1; i < ymax; i++) + { + win->_y[i][0] = ls; + win->_y[i][xmax] = rs; + } + + win->_y[0][0] = tl; + win->_y[0][xmax] = tr; + win->_y[ymax][0] = bl; + win->_y[ymax][xmax] = br; + + for (i = 0; i <= ymax; i++) + { + win->_firstch[i] = 0; + win->_lastch[i] = xmax; + } + + PDC_sync(win); + + return OK; +} + +int border(chtype ls, chtype rs, chtype ts, chtype bs, chtype tl, + chtype tr, chtype bl, chtype br) +{ + PDC_LOG(("border() - called\n")); + + return wborder(stdscr, ls, rs, ts, bs, tl, tr, bl, br); +} + +int box(WINDOW *win, chtype verch, chtype horch) +{ + PDC_LOG(("box() - called\n")); + + return wborder(win, verch, verch, horch, horch, 0, 0, 0, 0); +} + +int whline(WINDOW *win, chtype ch, int n) +{ + chtype *dest; + int startpos, endpos; + + PDC_LOG(("whline() - called\n")); + + if (!win || n < 1) + return ERR; + + startpos = win->_curx; + endpos = min(startpos + n, win->_maxx) - 1; + dest = win->_y[win->_cury]; + ch = _attr_passthru(win, ch ? ch : ACS_HLINE); + + for (n = startpos; n <= endpos; n++) + dest[n] = ch; + + n = win->_cury; + + if (startpos < win->_firstch[n] || win->_firstch[n] == _NO_CHANGE) + win->_firstch[n] = startpos; + + if (endpos > win->_lastch[n]) + win->_lastch[n] = endpos; + + PDC_sync(win); + + return OK; +} + +int hline(chtype ch, int n) +{ + PDC_LOG(("hline() - called\n")); + + return whline(stdscr, ch, n); +} + +int mvhline(int y, int x, chtype ch, int n) +{ + PDC_LOG(("mvhline() - called\n")); + + if (move(y, x) == ERR) + return ERR; + + return whline(stdscr, ch, n); +} + +int mvwhline(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, chtype ch, int n) +{ + PDC_LOG(("mvwhline() - called\n")); + + if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR) + return ERR; + + return whline(win, ch, n); +} + +int wvline(WINDOW *win, chtype ch, int n) +{ + int endpos, x; + + PDC_LOG(("wvline() - called\n")); + + if (!win || n < 1) + return ERR; + + endpos = min(win->_cury + n, win->_maxy); + x = win->_curx; + + ch = _attr_passthru(win, ch ? ch : ACS_VLINE); + + for (n = win->_cury; n < endpos; n++) + { + win->_y[n][x] = ch; + + if (x < win->_firstch[n] || win->_firstch[n] == _NO_CHANGE) + win->_firstch[n] = x; + + if (x > win->_lastch[n]) + win->_lastch[n] = x; + } + + PDC_sync(win); + + return OK; +} + +int vline(chtype ch, int n) +{ + PDC_LOG(("vline() - called\n")); + + return wvline(stdscr, ch, n); +} + +int mvvline(int y, int x, chtype ch, int n) +{ + PDC_LOG(("mvvline() - called\n")); + + if (move(y, x) == ERR) + return ERR; + + return wvline(stdscr, ch, n); +} + +int mvwvline(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, chtype ch, int n) +{ + PDC_LOG(("mvwvline() - called\n")); + + if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR) + return ERR; + + return wvline(win, ch, n); +} + +#ifdef PDC_WIDE +int wborder_set(WINDOW *win, const cchar_t *ls, const cchar_t *rs, + const cchar_t *ts, const cchar_t *bs, const cchar_t *tl, + const cchar_t *tr, const cchar_t *bl, const cchar_t *br) +{ + PDC_LOG(("wborder_set() - called\n")); + + return wborder(win, ls ? *ls : 0, rs ? *rs : 0, ts ? *ts : 0, + bs ? *bs : 0, tl ? *tl : 0, tr ? *tr : 0, + bl ? *bl : 0, br ? *br : 0); +} + +int border_set(const cchar_t *ls, const cchar_t *rs, const cchar_t *ts, + const cchar_t *bs, const cchar_t *tl, const cchar_t *tr, + const cchar_t *bl, const cchar_t *br) +{ + PDC_LOG(("border_set() - called\n")); + + return wborder_set(stdscr, ls, rs, ts, bs, tl, tr, bl, br); +} + +int box_set(WINDOW *win, const cchar_t *verch, const cchar_t *horch) +{ + PDC_LOG(("box_set() - called\n")); + + return wborder_set(win, verch, verch, horch, horch, + (const cchar_t *)NULL, (const cchar_t *)NULL, + (const cchar_t *)NULL, (const cchar_t *)NULL); +} + +int whline_set(WINDOW *win, const cchar_t *wch, int n) +{ + PDC_LOG(("whline_set() - called\n")); + + return wch ? whline(win, *wch, n) : ERR; +} + +int hline_set(const cchar_t *wch, int n) +{ + PDC_LOG(("hline_set() - called\n")); + + return whline_set(stdscr, wch, n); +} + +int mvhline_set(int y, int x, const cchar_t *wch, int n) +{ + PDC_LOG(("mvhline_set() - called\n")); + + if (move(y, x) == ERR) + return ERR; + + return whline_set(stdscr, wch, n); +} + +int mvwhline_set(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const cchar_t *wch, int n) +{ + PDC_LOG(("mvwhline_set() - called\n")); + + if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR) + return ERR; + + return whline_set(win, wch, n); +} + +int wvline_set(WINDOW *win, const cchar_t *wch, int n) +{ + PDC_LOG(("wvline_set() - called\n")); + + return wch ? wvline(win, *wch, n) : ERR; +} + +int vline_set(const cchar_t *wch, int n) +{ + PDC_LOG(("vline_set() - called\n")); + + return wvline_set(stdscr, wch, n); +} + +int mvvline_set(int y, int x, const cchar_t *wch, int n) +{ + PDC_LOG(("mvvline_set() - called\n")); + + if (move(y, x) == ERR) + return ERR; + + return wvline_set(stdscr, wch, n); +} + +int mvwvline_set(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const cchar_t *wch, int n) +{ + PDC_LOG(("mvwvline_set() - called\n")); + + if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR) + return ERR; + + return wvline_set(win, wch, n); +} +#endif
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 +++ b/pdcurses/clear.c Thu Jul 23 18:07:39 2015 +0300 @@ -0,0 +1,154 @@ +/* Public Domain Curses */ + +#include <curspriv.h> + +RCSID("$Id: clear.c,v 1.35 2008/07/13 16:08:18 wmcbrine Exp $") + +/*man-start************************************************************** + + Name: clear + + Synopsis: + int clear(void); + int wclear(WINDOW *win); + int erase(void); + int werase(WINDOW *win); + int clrtobot(void); + int wclrtobot(WINDOW *win); + int clrtoeol(void); + int wclrtoeol(WINDOW *win); + + Description: + erase() and werase() copy blanks (i.e. the background chtype) to + every cell of the window. + + clear() and wclear() are similar to erase() and werase(), but + they also call clearok() to ensure that the the window is + cleared on the next wrefresh(). + + clrtobot() and wclrtobot() clear the window from the current + cursor position to the end of the window. + + clrtoeol() and wclrtoeol() clear the window from the current + cursor position to the end of the current line. + + Return Value: + All functions return OK on success and ERR on error. + + Portability X/Open BSD SYS V + clear Y Y Y + wclear Y Y Y + erase Y Y Y + werase Y Y Y + clrtobot Y Y Y + wclrtobot Y Y Y + clrtoeol Y Y Y + wclrtoeol Y Y Y + +**man-end****************************************************************/ + +int wclrtoeol(WINDOW *win) +{ + int x, y, minx; + chtype blank, *ptr; + + PDC_LOG(("wclrtoeol() - called: Row: %d Col: %d\n", + win->_cury, win->_curx)); + + if (!win) + return ERR; + + y = win->_cury; + x = win->_curx; + + /* wrs (4/10/93) account for window background */ + + blank = win->_bkgd; + + for (minx = x, ptr = &win->_y[y][x]; minx < win->_maxx; minx++, ptr++) + *ptr = blank; + + if (x < win->_firstch[y] || win->_firstch[y] == _NO_CHANGE) + win->_firstch[y] = x; + + win->_lastch[y] = win->_maxx - 1; + + PDC_sync(win); + return OK; +} + +int clrtoeol(void) +{ + PDC_LOG(("clrtoeol() - called\n")); + + return wclrtoeol(stdscr); +} + +int wclrtobot(WINDOW *win) +{ + int savey = win->_cury; + int savex = win->_curx; + + PDC_LOG(("wclrtobot() - called\n")); + + if (!win) + return ERR; + + /* should this involve scrolling region somehow ? */ + + if (win->_cury + 1 < win->_maxy) + { + win->_curx = 0; + win->_cury++; + for (; win->_maxy > win->_cury; win->_cury++) + wclrtoeol(win); + win->_cury = savey; + win->_curx = savex; + } + wclrtoeol(win); + + PDC_sync(win); + return OK; +} + +int clrtobot(void) +{ + PDC_LOG(("clrtobot() - called\n")); + + return wclrtobot(stdscr); +} + +int werase(WINDOW *win) +{ + PDC_LOG(("werase() - called\n")); + + if (wmove(win, 0, 0) == ERR) + return ERR; + + return wclrtobot(win); +} + +int erase(void) +{ + PDC_LOG(("erase() - called\n")); + + return werase(stdscr); +} + +int wclear(WINDOW *win) +{ + PDC_LOG(("wclear() - called\n")); + + if (!win) + return ERR; + + win->_clear = TRUE; + return werase(win); +} + +int clear(void) +{ + PDC_LOG(("clear() - called\n")); + + return wclear(stdscr); +}
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 +++ b/pdcurses/color.c Thu Jul 23 18:07:39 2015 +0300 @@ -0,0 +1,295 @@ +/* Public Domain Curses */ + +#include <curspriv.h> + +RCSID("$Id: color.c,v 1.83 2008/07/13 16:08:18 wmcbrine Exp $") + +/*man-start************************************************************** + + Name: color + + Synopsis: + int start_color(void); + int init_pair(short pair, short fg, short bg); + int init_color(short color, short red, short green, short blue); + bool has_colors(void); + bool can_change_color(void); + int color_content(short color, short *red, short *green, short *blue); + int pair_content(short pair, short *fg, short *bg); + + int assume_default_colors(int f, int b); + int use_default_colors(void); + + int PDC_set_line_color(short color); + + Description: + To use these routines, start_color() must be called, usually + immediately after initscr(). Colors are always used in pairs, + referred to as color-pairs. A color-pair consists of a + foreground color and a background color. A color-pair is + initialized via init_pair(). After initialization, COLOR_PAIR(n) + can be used like any other video attribute. + + start_color() initializes eight basic colors (black, red, green, + yellow, blue, magenta, cyan, and white), and two global + variables; COLORS and COLOR_PAIRS (respectively defining the + maximum number of colors and color-pairs the terminal is capable + of displaying). + + init_pair() changes the definition of a color-pair. It takes + three arguments: the number of the color-pair to be redefined, + and the new values of the foreground and background colors. The + pair number must be between 0 and COLOR_PAIRS - 1, inclusive. + The foreground and background must be between 0 and COLORS - 1, + inclusive. If the color pair was previously initialized, the + screen is refreshed, and all occurrences of that color-pair are + changed to the new definition. + + has_colors() indicates if the terminal supports, and can + maniplulate color. It returns TRUE or FALSE. + + can_change_color() indicates if the terminal has the capability + to change the definition of its colors. + + pair_content() is used to determine what the colors of a given + color-pair consist of. + + assume_default_colors() and use_default_colors() emulate the + ncurses extensions of the same names. assume_default_colors(f, + b) is essentially the same as init_pair(0, f, b) (which isn't + allowed); it redefines the default colors. use_default_colors() + allows the use of -1 as a foreground or background color with + init_pair(), and calls assume_default_colors(-1, -1); -1 + represents the foreground or background color that the terminal + had at startup. If the environment variable PDC_ORIGINAL_COLORS + is set at the time start_color() is called, that's equivalent to + calling use_default_colors(). + + PDC_set_line_color() is used to set the color, globally, for + the color of the lines drawn for the attributes: A_UNDERLINE, + A_OVERLINE, A_LEFTLINE and A_RIGHTLINE. A value of -1 (the + default) indicates that the current foreground color should be + used. + + NOTE: COLOR_PAIR() and PAIR_NUMBER() are implemented as macros. + + Return Value: + All functions return OK on success and ERR on error, except for + has_colors() and can_change_colors(), which return TRUE or FALSE. + + Portability X/Open BSD SYS V + start_color Y - 3.2 + init_pair Y - 3.2 + init_color Y - 3.2 + has_colors Y - 3.2 + can_change_color Y - 3.2 + color_content Y - 3.2 + pair_content Y - 3.2 + assume_default_colors - - - + use_default_colors - - - + PDC_set_line_color - - - + +**man-end****************************************************************/ + +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> + +int COLORS = 0; +int COLOR_PAIRS = PDC_COLOR_PAIRS; + +bool pdc_color_started = FALSE; + +/* pair_set[] tracks whether a pair has been set via init_pair() */ + +static bool pair_set[PDC_COLOR_PAIRS]; +static bool default_colors = FALSE; +static short first_col = 0; + +int start_color(void) +{ + PDC_LOG(("start_color() - called\n")); + + if (SP->mono) + return ERR; + + pdc_color_started = TRUE; + + PDC_set_blink(FALSE); /* Also sets COLORS, to 8 or 16 */ + + if (!default_colors && SP->orig_attr && getenv("PDC_ORIGINAL_COLORS")) + default_colors = TRUE; + + PDC_init_atrtab(); + + memset(pair_set, 0, PDC_COLOR_PAIRS); + + return OK; +} + +static void _normalize(short *fg, short *bg) +{ + if (*fg == -1) + *fg = SP->orig_attr ? SP->orig_fore : COLOR_WHITE; + + if (*bg == -1) + *bg = SP->orig_attr ? SP->orig_back : COLOR_BLACK; +} + +int init_pair(short pair, short fg, short bg) +{ + PDC_LOG(("init_pair() - called: pair %d fg %d bg %d\n", pair, fg, bg)); + + if (!pdc_color_started || pair < 1 || pair >= COLOR_PAIRS || + fg < first_col || fg >= COLORS || bg < first_col || bg >= COLORS) + return ERR; + + _normalize(&fg, &bg); + + /* To allow the PDC_PRESERVE_SCREEN option to work, we only reset + curscr if this call to init_pair() alters a color pair created by + the user. */ + + if (pair_set[pair]) + { + short oldfg, oldbg; + + PDC_pair_content(pair, &oldfg, &oldbg); + + if (oldfg != fg || oldbg != bg) + curscr->_clear = TRUE; + } + + PDC_init_pair(pair, fg, bg); + + pair_set[pair] = TRUE; + + return OK; +} + +bool has_colors(void) +{ + PDC_LOG(("has_colors() - called\n")); + + return !(SP->mono); +} + +int init_color(short color, short red, short green, short blue) +{ + PDC_LOG(("init_color() - called\n")); + + if (color < 0 || color >= COLORS || !PDC_can_change_color() || + red < 0 || red > 1000 || green < 0 || green > 1000 || + blue < 0 || blue > 1000) + return ERR; + + return PDC_init_color(color, red, green, blue); +} + +int color_content(short color, short *red, short *green, short *blue) +{ + PDC_LOG(("color_content() - called\n")); + + if (color < 0 || color >= COLORS || !red || !green || !blue) + return ERR; + + if (PDC_can_change_color()) + return PDC_color_content(color, red, green, blue); + else + { + /* Simulated values for platforms that don't support palette + changing */ + + short maxval = (color & 8) ? 1000 : 680; + + *red = (color & COLOR_RED) ? maxval : 0; + *green = (color & COLOR_GREEN) ? maxval : 0; + *blue = (color & COLOR_BLUE) ? maxval : 0; + + return OK; + } +} + +bool can_change_color(void) +{ + PDC_LOG(("can_change_color() - called\n")); + + return PDC_can_change_color(); +} + +int pair_content(short pair, short *fg, short *bg) +{ + PDC_LOG(("pair_content() - called\n")); + + if (pair < 0 || pair >= COLOR_PAIRS || !fg || !bg) + return ERR; + + return PDC_pair_content(pair, fg, bg); +} + +int assume_default_colors(int f, int b) +{ + PDC_LOG(("assume_default_colors() - called: f %d b %d\n", f, b)); + + if (f < -1 || f >= COLORS || b < -1 || b >= COLORS) + return ERR; + + if (pdc_color_started) + { + short fg, bg, oldfg, oldbg; + + fg = f; + bg = b; + + _normalize(&fg, &bg); + + PDC_pair_content(0, &oldfg, &oldbg); + + if (oldfg != fg || oldbg != bg) + curscr->_clear = TRUE; + + PDC_init_pair(0, fg, bg); + } + + return OK; +} + +int use_default_colors(void) +{ + PDC_LOG(("use_default_colors() - called\n")); + + default_colors = TRUE; + first_col = -1; + + return assume_default_colors(-1, -1); +} + +int PDC_set_line_color(short color) +{ + PDC_LOG(("PDC_set_line_color() - called: %d\n", color)); + + if (color < -1 || color >= COLORS) + return ERR; + + SP->line_color = color; + + return OK; +} + +void PDC_init_atrtab(void) +{ + int i; + short fg, bg; + + if (pdc_color_started && !default_colors) + { + fg = COLOR_WHITE; + bg = COLOR_BLACK; + } + else + fg = bg = -1; + + _normalize(&fg, &bg); + + for (i = 0; i < PDC_COLOR_PAIRS; i++) + PDC_init_pair(i, fg, bg); +}
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 +++ b/pdcurses/curses.h Thu Jul 23 18:07:39 2015 +0300 @@ -0,0 +1,1377 @@ +/* Public Domain Curses */ + +/* $Id: curses.h,v 1.295 2008/07/15 17:13:25 wmcbrine Exp $ */ + +/*----------------------------------------------------------------------* + * PDCurses * + *----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#ifndef __PDCURSES__ +#define __PDCURSES__ 1 + +/*man-start************************************************************** + +PDCurses definitions list: (Only define those needed) + + XCURSES True if compiling for X11. + PDC_RGB True if you want to use RGB color definitions + (Red = 1, Green = 2, Blue = 4) instead of BGR. + PDC_WIDE True if building wide-character support. + PDC_DLL_BUILD True if building a Win32 DLL. + NCURSES_MOUSE_VERSION Use the ncurses mouse API instead + of PDCurses' traditional mouse API. + +PDCurses portable platform definitions list: + + PDC_BUILD Defines API build version. + PDCURSES Enables access to PDCurses-only routines. + XOPEN Always true. + SYSVcurses True if you are compiling for SYSV portability. + BSDcurses True if you are compiling for BSD portability. + +**man-end****************************************************************/ + +#define PDC_BUILD 3401 +#define PDCURSES 1 /* PDCurses-only routines */ +#define XOPEN 1 /* X/Open Curses routines */ +#define SYSVcurses 1 /* System V Curses routines */ +#define BSDcurses 1 /* BSD Curses routines */ +#define CHTYPE_LONG 1 /* size of chtype; long */ + +/*----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#include <stdarg.h> +#include <stddef.h> +#include <stdio.h> /* Required by X/Open usage below */ + +#ifdef PDC_WIDE +# include <wchar.h> +#endif + +#if defined(__cplusplus) || defined(__cplusplus__) || defined(__CPLUSPLUS) +extern "C" +{ +# define bool _bool +#endif + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- + * + * PDCurses Manifest Constants + * + */ + +#ifndef FALSE +# define FALSE 0 +#endif +#ifndef TRUE +# define TRUE 1 +#endif +#ifndef NULL +# define NULL (void *)0 +#endif +#ifndef ERR +# define ERR (-1) +#endif +#ifndef OK +# define OK 0 +#endif + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- + * + * PDCurses Type Declarations + * + */ + +typedef unsigned char bool; /* PDCurses Boolean type */ + +#ifdef CHTYPE_LONG +# if _LP64 +typedef unsigned int chtype; +# else +typedef unsigned long chtype; /* 16-bit attr + 16-bit char */ +# endif +#else +typedef unsigned short chtype; /* 8-bit attr + 8-bit char */ +#endif + +#ifdef PDC_WIDE +typedef chtype cchar_t; +#endif + +typedef chtype attr_t; + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- + * + * PDCurses Mouse Interface -- SYSVR4, with extensions + * + */ + +typedef struct +{ + int x; /* absolute column, 0 based, measured in characters */ + int y; /* absolute row, 0 based, measured in characters */ + short button[3]; /* state of each button */ + int changes; /* flags indicating what has changed with the mouse */ +} MOUSE_STATUS; + +#define BUTTON_RELEASED 0x0000 +#define BUTTON_PRESSED 0x0001 +#define BUTTON_CLICKED 0x0002 +#define BUTTON_DOUBLE_CLICKED 0x0003 +#define BUTTON_TRIPLE_CLICKED 0x0004 +#define BUTTON_MOVED 0x0005 /* PDCurses */ +#define WHEEL_SCROLLED 0x0006 /* PDCurses */ +#define BUTTON_ACTION_MASK 0x0007 /* PDCurses */ + +#define PDC_BUTTON_SHIFT 0x0008 /* PDCurses */ +#define PDC_BUTTON_CONTROL 0x0010 /* PDCurses */ +#define PDC_BUTTON_ALT 0x0020 /* PDCurses */ +#define BUTTON_MODIFIER_MASK 0x0038 /* PDCurses */ + +#define MOUSE_X_POS (Mouse_status.x) +#define MOUSE_Y_POS (Mouse_status.y) + +/* + * Bits associated with the .changes field: + * 3 2 1 0 + * 210987654321098765432109876543210 + * 1 <- button 1 has changed + * 10 <- button 2 has changed + * 100 <- button 3 has changed + * 1000 <- mouse has moved + * 10000 <- mouse position report + * 100000 <- mouse wheel up + * 1000000 <- mouse wheel down + */ + +#define PDC_MOUSE_MOVED 0x0008 +#define PDC_MOUSE_POSITION 0x0010 +#define PDC_MOUSE_WHEEL_UP 0x0020 +#define PDC_MOUSE_WHEEL_DOWN 0x0040 + +#define A_BUTTON_CHANGED (Mouse_status.changes & 7) +#define MOUSE_MOVED (Mouse_status.changes & PDC_MOUSE_MOVED) +#define MOUSE_POS_REPORT (Mouse_status.changes & PDC_MOUSE_POSITION) +#define BUTTON_CHANGED(x) (Mouse_status.changes & (1 << ((x) - 1))) +#define BUTTON_STATUS(x) (Mouse_status.button[(x) - 1]) +#define MOUSE_WHEEL_UP (Mouse_status.changes & PDC_MOUSE_WHEEL_UP) +#define MOUSE_WHEEL_DOWN (Mouse_status.changes & PDC_MOUSE_WHEEL_DOWN) + +/* mouse bit-masks */ + +#define BUTTON1_RELEASED 0x00000001L +#define BUTTON1_PRESSED 0x00000002L +#define BUTTON1_CLICKED 0x00000004L +#define BUTTON1_DOUBLE_CLICKED 0x00000008L +#define BUTTON1_TRIPLE_CLICKED 0x00000010L +#define BUTTON1_MOVED 0x00000010L /* PDCurses */ + +#define BUTTON2_RELEASED 0x00000020L +#define BUTTON2_PRESSED 0x00000040L +#define BUTTON2_CLICKED 0x00000080L +#define BUTTON2_DOUBLE_CLICKED 0x00000100L +#define BUTTON2_TRIPLE_CLICKED 0x00000200L +#define BUTTON2_MOVED 0x00000200L /* PDCurses */ + +#define BUTTON3_RELEASED 0x00000400L +#define BUTTON3_PRESSED 0x00000800L +#define BUTTON3_CLICKED 0x00001000L +#define BUTTON3_DOUBLE_CLICKED 0x00002000L +#define BUTTON3_TRIPLE_CLICKED 0x00004000L +#define BUTTON3_MOVED 0x00004000L /* PDCurses */ + +/* For the ncurses-compatible functions only, BUTTON4_PRESSED and + BUTTON5_PRESSED are returned for mouse scroll wheel up and down; + otherwise PDCurses doesn't support buttons 4 and 5 */ + +#define BUTTON4_RELEASED 0x00008000L +#define BUTTON4_PRESSED 0x00010000L +#define BUTTON4_CLICKED 0x00020000L +#define BUTTON4_DOUBLE_CLICKED 0x00040000L +#define BUTTON4_TRIPLE_CLICKED 0x00080000L + +#define BUTTON5_RELEASED 0x00100000L +#define BUTTON5_PRESSED 0x00200000L +#define BUTTON5_CLICKED 0x00400000L +#define BUTTON5_DOUBLE_CLICKED 0x00800000L +#define BUTTON5_TRIPLE_CLICKED 0x01000000L + +#define MOUSE_WHEEL_SCROLL 0x02000000L /* PDCurses */ +#define BUTTON_MODIFIER_SHIFT 0x04000000L /* PDCurses */ +#define BUTTON_MODIFIER_CONTROL 0x08000000L /* PDCurses */ +#define BUTTON_MODIFIER_ALT 0x10000000L /* PDCurses */ + +#define ALL_MOUSE_EVENTS 0x1fffffffL +#define REPORT_MOUSE_POSITION 0x20000000L + +/* ncurses mouse interface */ + +typedef unsigned long mmask_t; + +typedef struct +{ + short id; /* unused, always 0 */ + int x, y, z; /* x, y same as MOUSE_STATUS; z unused */ + mmask_t bstate; /* equivalent to changes + button[], but + in the same format as used for mousemask() */ +} MEVENT; + +#ifdef NCURSES_MOUSE_VERSION +# define BUTTON_SHIFT BUTTON_MODIFIER_SHIFT +# define BUTTON_CONTROL BUTTON_MODIFIER_CONTROL +# define BUTTON_CTRL BUTTON_MODIFIER_CONTROL +# define BUTTON_ALT BUTTON_MODIFIER_ALT +#else +# define BUTTON_SHIFT PDC_BUTTON_SHIFT +# define BUTTON_CONTROL PDC_BUTTON_CONTROL +# define BUTTON_ALT PDC_BUTTON_ALT +#endif + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- + * + * PDCurses Structure Definitions + * + */ + +typedef struct _win /* definition of a window */ +{ + int _cury; /* current pseudo-cursor */ + int _curx; + int _maxy; /* max window coordinates */ + int _maxx; + int _begy; /* origin on screen */ + int _begx; + int _flags; /* window properties */ + chtype _attrs; /* standard attributes and colors */ + chtype _bkgd; /* background, normally blank */ + bool _clear; /* causes clear at next refresh */ + bool _leaveit; /* leaves cursor where it is */ + bool _scroll; /* allows window scrolling */ + bool _nodelay; /* input character wait flag */ + bool _immed; /* immediate update flag */ + bool _sync; /* synchronise window ancestors */ + bool _use_keypad; /* flags keypad key mode active */ + chtype **_y; /* pointer to line pointer array */ + int *_firstch; /* first changed character in line */ + int *_lastch; /* last changed character in line */ + int _tmarg; /* top of scrolling region */ + int _bmarg; /* bottom of scrolling region */ + int _delayms; /* milliseconds of delay for getch() */ + int _parx, _pary; /* coords relative to parent (0,0) */ + struct _win *_parent; /* subwin's pointer to parent win */ +} WINDOW; + +/* Avoid using the SCREEN struct directly -- use the corresponding + functions if possible. This struct may eventually be made private. */ + +typedef struct +{ + bool alive; /* if initscr() called, and not endwin() */ + bool autocr; /* if cr -> lf */ + bool cbreak; /* if terminal unbuffered */ + bool echo; /* if terminal echo */ + bool raw_inp; /* raw input mode (v. cooked input) */ + bool raw_out; /* raw output mode (7 v. 8 bits) */ + bool audible; /* FALSE if the bell is visual */ + bool mono; /* TRUE if current screen is mono */ + bool resized; /* TRUE if TERM has been resized */ + bool orig_attr; /* TRUE if we have the original colors */ + short orig_fore; /* original screen foreground color */ + short orig_back; /* original screen foreground color */ + int cursrow; /* position of physical cursor */ + int curscol; /* position of physical cursor */ + int visibility; /* visibility of cursor */ + int orig_cursor; /* original cursor size */ + int lines; /* new value for LINES */ + int cols; /* new value for COLS */ + unsigned long _trap_mbe; /* trap these mouse button events */ + unsigned long _map_mbe_to_key; /* map mouse buttons to slk */ + int mouse_wait; /* time to wait (in ms) for a + button release after a press, in + order to count it as a click */ + int slklines; /* lines in use by slk_init() */ + WINDOW *slk_winptr; /* window for slk */ + int linesrippedoff; /* lines ripped off via ripoffline() */ + int linesrippedoffontop; /* lines ripped off on + top via ripoffline() */ + int delaytenths; /* 1/10ths second to wait block + getch() for */ + bool _preserve; /* TRUE if screen background + to be preserved */ + int _restore; /* specifies if screen background + to be restored, and how */ + bool save_key_modifiers; /* TRUE if each key modifiers saved + with each key press */ + bool return_key_modifiers; /* TRUE if modifier keys are + returned as "real" keys */ + bool key_code; /* TRUE if last key is a special key; + used internally by get_wch() */ +#ifdef XCURSES + int XcurscrSize; /* size of Xcurscr shared memory block */ + bool sb_on; + int sb_viewport_y; + int sb_viewport_x; + int sb_total_y; + int sb_total_x; + int sb_cur_y; + int sb_cur_x; +#endif + short line_color; /* color of line attributes - default -1 */ +} SCREEN; + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- + * + * PDCurses External Variables + * + */ + +#ifdef PDC_DLL_BUILD +# ifdef CURSES_LIBRARY +# define PDCEX __declspec(dllexport) extern +# else +# define PDCEX __declspec(dllimport) +# endif +#else +# define PDCEX extern +#endif + +PDCEX int LINES; /* terminal height */ +PDCEX int COLS; /* terminal width */ +PDCEX WINDOW *stdscr; /* the default screen window */ +PDCEX WINDOW *curscr; /* the current screen image */ +PDCEX SCREEN *SP; /* curses variables */ +PDCEX MOUSE_STATUS Mouse_status; +PDCEX int COLORS; +PDCEX int COLOR_PAIRS; +PDCEX int TABSIZE; +PDCEX chtype acs_map[]; /* alternate character set map */ +PDCEX char ttytype[]; /* terminal name/description */ + +/*man-start************************************************************** + +PDCurses Text Attributes +======================== + +Originally, PDCurses used a short (16 bits) for its chtype. To include +color, a number of things had to be sacrificed from the strict Unix and +System V support. The main problem was fitting all character attributes +and color into an unsigned char (all 8 bits!). + +Today, PDCurses by default uses a long (32 bits) for its chtype, as in +System V. The short chtype is still available, by undefining CHTYPE_LONG +and rebuilding the library. + +The following is the structure of a win->_attrs chtype: + +short form: + +------------------------------------------------- +|15|14|13|12|11|10| 9| 8| 7| 6| 5| 4| 3| 2| 1| 0| +------------------------------------------------- + color number | attrs | character eg 'a' + +The available non-color attributes are bold, reverse and blink. Others +have no effect. The high order char is an index into an array of +physical colors (defined in color.c) -- 32 foreground/background color +pairs (5 bits) plus 3 bits for other attributes. + +long form: + +---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +|31|30|29|28|27|26|25|24|23|22|21|20|19|18|17|16|15|14|13|12|..| 3| 2| 1| 0| +---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + color number | modifiers | character eg 'a' + +The available non-color attributes are bold, underline, invisible, +right-line, left-line, protect, reverse and blink. 256 color pairs (8 +bits), 8 bits for other attributes, and 16 bits for character data. + +**man-end****************************************************************/ + +/*** Video attribute macros ***/ + +#define A_NORMAL (chtype)0 + +#ifdef CHTYPE_LONG +# define A_ALTCHARSET (chtype)0x00010000 +# define A_RIGHTLINE (chtype)0x00020000 +# define A_LEFTLINE (chtype)0x00040000 +# define A_INVIS (chtype)0x00080000 +# define A_UNDERLINE (chtype)0x00100000 +# define A_REVERSE (chtype)0x00200000 +# define A_BLINK (chtype)0x00400000 +# define A_BOLD (chtype)0x00800000 + +# define A_ATTRIBUTES (chtype)0xffff0000 +# define A_CHARTEXT (chtype)0x0000ffff +# define A_COLOR (chtype)0xff000000 + +# define A_ITALIC A_INVIS +# define A_PROTECT (A_UNDERLINE | A_LEFTLINE | A_RIGHTLINE) + +# define PDC_ATTR_SHIFT 19 +# define PDC_COLOR_SHIFT 24 +#else +# define A_BOLD (chtype)0x0100 /* X/Open */ +# define A_REVERSE (chtype)0x0200 /* X/Open */ +# define A_BLINK (chtype)0x0400 /* X/Open */ + +# define A_ATTRIBUTES (chtype)0xff00 /* X/Open */ +# define A_CHARTEXT (chtype)0x00ff /* X/Open */ +# define A_COLOR (chtype)0xf800 /* System V */ + +# define A_ALTCHARSET A_NORMAL /* X/Open */ +# define A_PROTECT A_NORMAL /* X/Open */ +# define A_UNDERLINE A_NORMAL /* X/Open */ + +# define A_LEFTLINE A_NORMAL +# define A_RIGHTLINE A_NORMAL +# define A_ITALIC A_NORMAL +# define A_INVIS A_NORMAL + +# define PDC_ATTR_SHIFT 8 +# define PDC_COLOR_SHIFT 11 +#endif + +#define A_STANDOUT (A_REVERSE | A_BOLD) /* X/Open */ +#define A_DIM A_NORMAL + +#define CHR_MSK A_CHARTEXT /* Obsolete */ +#define ATR_MSK A_ATTRIBUTES /* Obsolete */ +#define ATR_NRM A_NORMAL /* Obsolete */ + +/* For use with attr_t -- X/Open says, "these shall be distinct", so + this is a non-conforming implementation. */ + +#define WA_ALTCHARSET A_ALTCHARSET +#define WA_BLINK A_BLINK +#define WA_BOLD A_BOLD +#define WA_DIM A_DIM +#define WA_INVIS A_INVIS +#define WA_LEFT A_LEFTLINE +#define WA_PROTECT A_PROTECT +#define WA_REVERSE A_REVERSE +#define WA_RIGHT A_RIGHTLINE +#define WA_STANDOUT A_STANDOUT +#define WA_UNDERLINE A_UNDERLINE + +#define WA_HORIZONTAL A_NORMAL +#define WA_LOW A_NORMAL +#define WA_TOP A_NORMAL +#define WA_VERTICAL A_NORMAL + +/*** Alternate character set macros ***/ + +/* 'w' = 32-bit chtype; acs_map[] index | A_ALTCHARSET + 'n' = 16-bit chtype; it gets the fallback set because no bit is + available for A_ALTCHARSET */ + +#ifdef CHTYPE_LONG +# define ACS_PICK(w, n) ((chtype)w | A_ALTCHARSET) +#else +# define ACS_PICK(w, n) ((chtype)n) +#endif + +/* VT100-compatible symbols -- box chars */ + +#define ACS_ULCORNER ACS_PICK('l', '+') +#define ACS_LLCORNER ACS_PICK('m', '+') +#define ACS_URCORNER ACS_PICK('k', '+') +#define ACS_LRCORNER ACS_PICK('j', '+') +#define ACS_RTEE ACS_PICK('u', '+') +#define ACS_LTEE ACS_PICK('t', '+') +#define ACS_BTEE ACS_PICK('v', '+') +#define ACS_TTEE ACS_PICK('w', '+') +#define ACS_HLINE ACS_PICK('q', '-') +#define ACS_VLINE ACS_PICK('x', '|') +#define ACS_PLUS ACS_PICK('n', '+') + +/* VT100-compatible symbols -- other */ + +#define ACS_S1 ACS_PICK('o', '-') +#define ACS_S9 ACS_PICK('s', '_') +#define ACS_DIAMOND ACS_PICK('`', '+') +#define ACS_CKBOARD ACS_PICK('a', ':') +#define ACS_DEGREE ACS_PICK('f', '\'') +#define ACS_PLMINUS ACS_PICK('g', '#') +#define ACS_BULLET ACS_PICK('~', 'o') + +/* Teletype 5410v1 symbols -- these are defined in SysV curses, but + are not well-supported by most terminals. Stick to VT100 characters + for optimum portability. */ + +#define ACS_LARROW ACS_PICK(',', '<') +#define ACS_RARROW ACS_PICK('+', '>') +#define ACS_DARROW ACS_PICK('.', 'v') +#define ACS_UARROW ACS_PICK('-', '^') +#define ACS_BOARD ACS_PICK('h', '#') +#define ACS_LANTERN ACS_PICK('i', '*') +#define ACS_BLOCK ACS_PICK('0', '#') + +/* That goes double for these -- undocumented SysV symbols. Don't use + them. */ + +#define ACS_S3 ACS_PICK('p', '-') +#define ACS_S7 ACS_PICK('r', '-') +#define ACS_LEQUAL ACS_PICK('y', '<') +#define ACS_GEQUAL ACS_PICK('z', '>') +#define ACS_PI ACS_PICK('{', 'n') +#define ACS_NEQUAL ACS_PICK('|', '+') +#define ACS_STERLING ACS_PICK('}', 'L') + +/* Box char aliases */ + +#define ACS_BSSB ACS_ULCORNER +#define ACS_SSBB ACS_LLCORNER +#define ACS_BBSS ACS_URCORNER +#define ACS_SBBS ACS_LRCORNER +#define ACS_SBSS ACS_RTEE +#define ACS_SSSB ACS_LTEE +#define ACS_SSBS ACS_BTEE +#define ACS_BSSS ACS_TTEE +#define ACS_BSBS ACS_HLINE +#define ACS_SBSB ACS_VLINE +#define ACS_SSSS ACS_PLUS + +/* cchar_t aliases */ + +#ifdef PDC_WIDE +# define WACS_ULCORNER (&(acs_map['l'])) +# define WACS_LLCORNER (&(acs_map['m'])) +# define WACS_URCORNER (&(acs_map['k'])) +# define WACS_LRCORNER (&(acs_map['j'])) +# define WACS_RTEE (&(acs_map['u'])) +# define WACS_LTEE (&(acs_map['t'])) +# define WACS_BTEE (&(acs_map['v'])) +# define WACS_TTEE (&(acs_map['w'])) +# define WACS_HLINE (&(acs_map['q'])) +# define WACS_VLINE (&(acs_map['x'])) +# define WACS_PLUS (&(acs_map['n'])) + +# define WACS_S1 (&(acs_map['o'])) +# define WACS_S9 (&(acs_map['s'])) +# define WACS_DIAMOND (&(acs_map['`'])) +# define WACS_CKBOARD (&(acs_map['a'])) +# define WACS_DEGREE (&(acs_map['f'])) +# define WACS_PLMINUS (&(acs_map['g'])) +# define WACS_BULLET (&(acs_map['~'])) + +# define WACS_LARROW (&(acs_map[','])) +# define WACS_RARROW (&(acs_map['+'])) +# define WACS_DARROW (&(acs_map['.'])) +# define WACS_UARROW (&(acs_map['-'])) +# define WACS_BOARD (&(acs_map['h'])) +# define WACS_LANTERN (&(acs_map['i'])) +# define WACS_BLOCK (&(acs_map['0'])) + +# define WACS_S3 (&(acs_map['p'])) +# define WACS_S7 (&(acs_map['r'])) +# define WACS_LEQUAL (&(acs_map['y'])) +# define WACS_GEQUAL (&(acs_map['z'])) +# define WACS_PI (&(acs_map['{'])) +# define WACS_NEQUAL (&(acs_map['|'])) +# define WACS_STERLING (&(acs_map['}'])) + +# define WACS_BSSB WACS_ULCORNER +# define WACS_SSBB WACS_LLCORNER +# define WACS_BBSS WACS_URCORNER +# define WACS_SBBS WACS_LRCORNER +# define WACS_SBSS WACS_RTEE +# define WACS_SSSB WACS_LTEE +# define WACS_SSBS WACS_BTEE +# define WACS_BSSS WACS_TTEE +# define WACS_BSBS WACS_HLINE +# define WACS_SBSB WACS_VLINE +# define WACS_SSSS WACS_PLUS +#endif + +/*** Color macros ***/ + +#define COLOR_BLACK 0 + +#ifdef PDC_RGB /* RGB */ +# define COLOR_RED 1 +# define COLOR_GREEN 2 +# define COLOR_BLUE 4 +#else /* BGR */ +# define COLOR_BLUE 1 +# define COLOR_GREEN 2 +# define COLOR_RED 4 +#endif + +#define COLOR_CYAN (COLOR_BLUE | COLOR_GREEN) +#define COLOR_MAGENTA (COLOR_RED | COLOR_BLUE) +#define COLOR_YELLOW (COLOR_RED | COLOR_GREEN) + +#define COLOR_WHITE 7 + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- + * + * Function and Keypad Key Definitions. + * Many are just for compatibility. + * + */ + +#define KEY_CODE_YES 0x100 /* If get_wch() gives a key code */ + +#define KEY_BREAK 0x101 /* Not on PC KBD */ +#define KEY_DOWN 0x102 /* Down arrow key */ +#define KEY_UP 0x103 /* Up arrow key */ +#define KEY_LEFT 0x104 /* Left arrow key */ +#define KEY_RIGHT 0x105 /* Right arrow key */ +#define KEY_HOME 0x106 /* home key */ +#define KEY_BACKSPACE 0x107 /* not on pc */ +#define KEY_F0 0x108 /* function keys; 64 reserved */ + +#define KEY_DL 0x148 /* delete line */ +#define KEY_IL 0x149 /* insert line */ +#define KEY_DC 0x14a /* delete character */ +#define KEY_IC 0x14b /* insert char or enter ins mode */ +#define KEY_EIC 0x14c /* exit insert char mode */ +#define KEY_CLEAR 0x14d /* clear screen */ +#define KEY_EOS 0x14e /* clear to end of screen */ +#define KEY_EOL 0x14f /* clear to end of line */ +#define KEY_SF 0x150 /* scroll 1 line forward */ +#define KEY_SR 0x151 /* scroll 1 line back (reverse) */ +#define KEY_NPAGE 0x152 /* next page */ +#define KEY_PPAGE 0x153 /* previous page */ +#define KEY_STAB 0x154 /* set tab */ +#define KEY_CTAB 0x155 /* clear tab */ +#define KEY_CATAB 0x156 /* clear all tabs */ +#define KEY_ENTER 0x157 /* enter or send (unreliable) */ +#define KEY_SRESET 0x158 /* soft/reset (partial/unreliable) */ +#define KEY_RESET 0x159 /* reset/hard reset (unreliable) */ +#define KEY_PRINT 0x15a /* print/copy */ +#define KEY_LL 0x15b /* home down/bottom (lower left) */ +#define KEY_ABORT 0x15c /* abort/terminate key (any) */ +#define KEY_SHELP 0x15d /* short help */ +#define KEY_LHELP 0x15e /* long help */ +#define KEY_BTAB 0x15f /* Back tab key */ +#define KEY_BEG 0x160 /* beg(inning) key */ +#define KEY_CANCEL 0x161 /* cancel key */ +#define KEY_CLOSE 0x162 /* close key */ +#define KEY_COMMAND 0x163 /* cmd (command) key */ +#define KEY_COPY 0x164 /* copy key */ +#define KEY_CREATE 0x165 /* create key */ +#define KEY_END 0x166 /* end key */ +#define KEY_EXIT 0x167 /* exit key */ +#define KEY_FIND 0x168 /* find key */ +#define KEY_HELP 0x169 /* help key */ +#define KEY_MARK 0x16a /* mark key */ +#define KEY_MESSAGE 0x16b /* message key */ +#define KEY_MOVE 0x16c /* move key */ +#define KEY_NEXT 0x16d /* next object key */ +#define KEY_OPEN 0x16e /* open key */ +#define KEY_OPTIONS 0x16f /* options key */ +#define KEY_PREVIOUS 0x170 /* previous object key */ +#define KEY_REDO 0x171 /* redo key */ +#define KEY_REFERENCE 0x172 /* ref(erence) key */ +#define KEY_REFRESH 0x173 /* refresh key */ +#define KEY_REPLACE 0x174 /* replace key */ +#define KEY_RESTART 0x175 /* restart key */ +#define KEY_RESUME 0x176 /* resume key */ +#define KEY_SAVE 0x177 /* save key */ +#define KEY_SBEG 0x178 /* shifted beginning key */ +#define KEY_SCANCEL 0x179 /* shifted cancel key */ +#define KEY_SCOMMAND 0x17a /* shifted command key */ +#define KEY_SCOPY 0x17b /* shifted copy key */ +#define KEY_SCREATE 0x17c /* shifted create key */ +#define KEY_SDC 0x17d /* shifted delete char key */ +#define KEY_SDL 0x17e /* shifted delete line key */ +#define KEY_SELECT 0x17f /* select key */ +#define KEY_SEND 0x180 /* shifted end key */ +#define KEY_SEOL 0x181 /* shifted clear line key */ +#define KEY_SEXIT 0x182 /* shifted exit key */ +#define KEY_SFIND 0x183 /* shifted find key */ +#define KEY_SHOME 0x184 /* shifted home key */ +#define KEY_SIC 0x185 /* shifted input key */ + +#define KEY_SLEFT 0x187 /* shifted left arrow key */ +#define KEY_SMESSAGE 0x188 /* shifted message key */ +#define KEY_SMOVE 0x189 /* shifted move key */ +#define KEY_SNEXT 0x18a /* shifted next key */ +#define KEY_SOPTIONS 0x18b /* shifted options key */ +#define KEY_SPREVIOUS 0x18c /* shifted prev key */ +#define KEY_SPRINT 0x18d /* shifted print key */ +#define KEY_SREDO 0x18e /* shifted redo key */ +#define KEY_SREPLACE 0x18f /* shifted replace key */ +#define KEY_SRIGHT 0x190 /* shifted right arrow */ +#define KEY_SRSUME 0x191 /* shifted resume key */ +#define KEY_SSAVE 0x192 /* shifted save key */ +#define KEY_SSUSPEND 0x193 /* shifted suspend key */ +#define KEY_SUNDO 0x194 /* shifted undo key */ +#define KEY_SUSPEND 0x195 /* suspend key */ +#define KEY_UNDO 0x196 /* undo key */ + +/* PDCurses-specific key definitions -- PC only */ + +#define ALT_0 0x197 +#define ALT_1 0x198 +#define ALT_2 0x199 +#define ALT_3 0x19a +#define ALT_4 0x19b +#define ALT_5 0x19c +#define ALT_6 0x19d +#define ALT_7 0x19e +#define ALT_8 0x19f +#define ALT_9 0x1a0 +#define ALT_A 0x1a1 +#define ALT_B 0x1a2 +#define ALT_C 0x1a3 +#define ALT_D 0x1a4 +#define ALT_E 0x1a5 +#define ALT_F 0x1a6 +#define ALT_G 0x1a7 +#define ALT_H 0x1a8 +#define ALT_I 0x1a9 +#define ALT_J 0x1aa +#define ALT_K 0x1ab +#define ALT_L 0x1ac +#define ALT_M 0x1ad +#define ALT_N 0x1ae +#define ALT_O 0x1af +#define ALT_P 0x1b0 +#define ALT_Q 0x1b1 +#define ALT_R 0x1b2 +#define ALT_S 0x1b3 +#define ALT_T 0x1b4 +#define ALT_U 0x1b5 +#define ALT_V 0x1b6 +#define ALT_W 0x1b7 +#define ALT_X 0x1b8 +#define ALT_Y 0x1b9 +#define ALT_Z 0x1ba + +#define CTL_LEFT 0x1bb /* Control-Left-Arrow */ +#define CTL_RIGHT 0x1bc +#define CTL_PGUP 0x1bd +#define CTL_PGDN 0x1be +#define CTL_HOME 0x1bf +#define CTL_END 0x1c0 + +#define KEY_A1 0x1c1 /* upper left on Virtual keypad */ +#define KEY_A2 0x1c2 /* upper middle on Virt. keypad */ +#define KEY_A3 0x1c3 /* upper right on Vir. keypad */ +#define KEY_B1 0x1c4 /* middle left on Virt. keypad */ +#define KEY_B2 0x1c5 /* center on Virt. keypad */ +#define KEY_B3 0x1c6 /* middle right on Vir. keypad */ +#define KEY_C1 0x1c7 /* lower left on Virt. keypad */ +#define KEY_C2 0x1c8 /* lower middle on Virt. keypad */ +#define KEY_C3 0x1c9 /* lower right on Vir. keypad */ + +#define PADSLASH 0x1ca /* slash on keypad */ +#define PADENTER 0x1cb /* enter on keypad */ +#define CTL_PADENTER 0x1cc /* ctl-enter on keypad */ +#define ALT_PADENTER 0x1cd /* alt-enter on keypad */ +#define PADSTOP 0x1ce /* stop on keypad */ +#define PADSTAR 0x1cf /* star on keypad */ +#define PADMINUS 0x1d0 /* minus on keypad */ +#define PADPLUS 0x1d1 /* plus on keypad */ +#define CTL_PADSTOP 0x1d2 /* ctl-stop on keypad */ +#define CTL_PADCENTER 0x1d3 /* ctl-enter on keypad */ +#define CTL_PADPLUS 0x1d4 /* ctl-plus on keypad */ +#define CTL_PADMINUS 0x1d5 /* ctl-minus on keypad */ +#define CTL_PADSLASH 0x1d6 /* ctl-slash on keypad */ +#define CTL_PADSTAR 0x1d7 /* ctl-star on keypad */ +#define ALT_PADPLUS 0x1d8 /* alt-plus on keypad */ +#define ALT_PADMINUS 0x1d9 /* alt-minus on keypad */ +#define ALT_PADSLASH 0x1da /* alt-slash on keypad */ +#define ALT_PADSTAR 0x1db /* alt-star on keypad */ +#define ALT_PADSTOP 0x1dc /* alt-stop on keypad */ +#define CTL_INS 0x1dd /* ctl-insert */ +#define ALT_DEL 0x1de /* alt-delete */ +#define ALT_INS 0x1df /* alt-insert */ +#define CTL_UP 0x1e0 /* ctl-up arrow */ +#define CTL_DOWN 0x1e1 /* ctl-down arrow */ +#define CTL_TAB 0x1e2 /* ctl-tab */ +#define ALT_TAB 0x1e3 +#define ALT_MINUS 0x1e4 +#define ALT_EQUAL 0x1e5 +#define ALT_HOME 0x1e6 +#define ALT_PGUP 0x1e7 +#define ALT_PGDN 0x1e8 +#define ALT_END 0x1e9 +#define ALT_UP 0x1ea /* alt-up arrow */ +#define ALT_DOWN 0x1eb /* alt-down arrow */ +#define ALT_RIGHT 0x1ec /* alt-right arrow */ +#define ALT_LEFT 0x1ed /* alt-left arrow */ +#define ALT_ENTER 0x1ee /* alt-enter */ +#define ALT_ESC 0x1ef /* alt-escape */ +#define ALT_BQUOTE 0x1f0 /* alt-back quote */ +#define ALT_LBRACKET 0x1f1 /* alt-left bracket */ +#define ALT_RBRACKET 0x1f2 /* alt-right bracket */ +#define ALT_SEMICOLON 0x1f3 /* alt-semi-colon */ +#define ALT_FQUOTE 0x1f4 /* alt-forward quote */ +#define ALT_COMMA 0x1f5 /* alt-comma */ +#define ALT_STOP 0x1f6 /* alt-stop */ +#define ALT_FSLASH 0x1f7 /* alt-forward slash */ +#define ALT_BKSP 0x1f8 /* alt-backspace */ +#define CTL_BKSP 0x1f9 /* ctl-backspace */ +#define PAD0 0x1fa /* keypad 0 */ + +#define CTL_PAD0 0x1fb /* ctl-keypad 0 */ +#define CTL_PAD1 0x1fc +#define CTL_PAD2 0x1fd +#define CTL_PAD3 0x1fe +#define CTL_PAD4 0x1ff +#define CTL_PAD5 0x200 +#define CTL_PAD6 0x201 +#define CTL_PAD7 0x202 +#define CTL_PAD8 0x203 +#define CTL_PAD9 0x204 + +#define ALT_PAD0 0x205 /* alt-keypad 0 */ +#define ALT_PAD1 0x206 +#define ALT_PAD2 0x207 +#define ALT_PAD3 0x208 +#define ALT_PAD4 0x209 +#define ALT_PAD5 0x20a +#define ALT_PAD6 0x20b +#define ALT_PAD7 0x20c +#define ALT_PAD8 0x20d +#define ALT_PAD9 0x20e + +#define CTL_DEL 0x20f /* clt-delete */ +#define ALT_BSLASH 0x210 /* alt-back slash */ +#define CTL_ENTER 0x211 /* ctl-enter */ + +#define SHF_PADENTER 0x212 /* shift-enter on keypad */ +#define SHF_PADSLASH 0x213 /* shift-slash on keypad */ +#define SHF_PADSTAR 0x214 /* shift-star on keypad */ +#define SHF_PADPLUS 0x215 /* shift-plus on keypad */ +#define SHF_PADMINUS 0x216 /* shift-minus on keypad */ +#define SHF_UP 0x217 /* shift-up on keypad */ +#define SHF_DOWN 0x218 /* shift-down on keypad */ +#define SHF_IC 0x219 /* shift-insert on keypad */ +#define SHF_DC 0x21a /* shift-delete on keypad */ + +#define KEY_MOUSE 0x21b /* "mouse" key */ +#define KEY_SHIFT_L 0x21c /* Left-shift */ +#define KEY_SHIFT_R 0x21d /* Right-shift */ +#define KEY_CONTROL_L 0x21e /* Left-control */ +#define KEY_CONTROL_R 0x21f /* Right-control */ +#define KEY_ALT_L 0x220 /* Left-alt */ +#define KEY_ALT_R 0x221 /* Right-alt */ +#define KEY_RESIZE 0x222 /* Window resize */ +#define KEY_SUP 0x223 /* Shifted up arrow */ +#define KEY_SDOWN 0x224 /* Shifted down arrow */ + +#define KEY_MIN KEY_BREAK /* Minimum curses key value */ +#define KEY_MAX KEY_SDOWN /* Maximum curses key */ + +#define KEY_F(n) (KEY_F0 + (n)) + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- + * + * PDCurses Function Declarations + * + */ + +/* Standard */ + +int addch(const chtype); +int addchnstr(const chtype *, int); +int addchstr(const chtype *); +int addnstr(const char *, int); +int addstr(const char *); +int attroff(chtype); +int attron(chtype); +int attrset(chtype); +int attr_get(attr_t *, short *, void *); +int attr_off(attr_t, void *); +int attr_on(attr_t, void *); +int attr_set(attr_t, short, void *); +int baudrate(void); +int beep(void); +int bkgd(chtype); +void bkgdset(chtype); +int border(chtype, chtype, chtype, chtype, chtype, chtype, chtype, chtype); +int box(WINDOW *, chtype, chtype); +bool can_change_color(void); +int cbreak(void); +int chgat(int, attr_t, short, const void *); +int clearok(WINDOW *, bool); +int clear(void); +int clrtobot(void); +int clrtoeol(void); +int color_content(short, short *, short *, short *); +int color_set(short, void *); +int copywin(const WINDOW *, WINDOW *, int, int, int, int, int, int, int); +int curs_set(int); +int def_prog_mode(void); +int def_shell_mode(void); +int delay_output(int); +int delch(void); +int deleteln(void); +void delscreen(SCREEN *); +int delwin(WINDOW *); +WINDOW *derwin(WINDOW *, int, int, int, int); +int doupdate(void); +WINDOW *dupwin(WINDOW *); +int echochar(const chtype); +int echo(void); +int endwin(void); +char erasechar(void); +int erase(void); +void filter(void); +int flash(void); +int flushinp(void); +chtype getbkgd(WINDOW *); +int getnstr(char *, int); +int getstr(char *); +WINDOW *getwin(FILE *); +int halfdelay(int); +bool has_colors(void); +bool has_ic(void); +bool has_il(void); +int hline(chtype, int); +void idcok(WINDOW *, bool); +int idlok(WINDOW *, bool); +void immedok(WINDOW *, bool); +int inchnstr(chtype *, int); +int inchstr(chtype *); +chtype inch(void); +int init_color(short, short, short, short); +int init_pair(short, short, short); +WINDOW *initscr(void); +int innstr(char *, int); +int insch(chtype); +int insdelln(int); +int insertln(void); +int insnstr(const char *, int); +int insstr(const char *); +int instr(char *); +int intrflush(WINDOW *, bool); +bool isendwin(void); +bool is_linetouched(WINDOW *, int); +bool is_wintouched(WINDOW *); +char *keyname(int); +int keypad(WINDOW *, bool); +char killchar(void); +int leaveok(WINDOW *, bool); +char *longname(void); +int meta(WINDOW *, bool); +int move(int, int); +int mvaddch(int, int, const chtype); +int mvaddchnstr(int, int, const chtype *, int); +int mvaddchstr(int, int, const chtype *); +int mvaddnstr(int, int, const char *, int); +int mvaddstr(int, int, const char *); +int mvchgat(int, int, int, attr_t, short, const void *); +int mvcur(int, int, int, int); +int mvdelch(int, int); +int mvderwin(WINDOW *, int, int); +int mvgetch(int, int); +int mvgetnstr(int, int, char *, int); +int mvgetstr(int, int, char *); +int mvhline(int, int, chtype, int); +chtype mvinch(int, int); +int mvinchnstr(int, int, chtype *, int); +int mvinchstr(int, int, chtype *); +int mvinnstr(int, int, char *, int); +int mvinsch(int, int, chtype); +int mvinsnstr(int, int, const char *, int); +int mvinsstr(int, int, const char *); +int mvinstr(int, int, char *); +int mvprintw(int, int, const char *, ...); +int mvscanw(int, int, const char *, ...); +int mvvline(int, int, chtype, int); +int mvwaddchnstr(WINDOW *, int, int, const chtype *, int); +int mvwaddchstr(WINDOW *, int, int, const chtype *); +int mvwaddch(WINDOW *, int, int, const chtype); +int mvwaddnstr(WINDOW *, int, int, const char *, int); +int mvwaddstr(WINDOW *, int, int, const char *); +int mvwchgat(WINDOW *, int, int, int, attr_t, short, const void *); +int mvwdelch(WINDOW *, int, int); +int mvwgetch(WINDOW *, int, int); +int mvwgetnstr(WINDOW *, int, int, char *, int); +int mvwgetstr(WINDOW *, int, int, char *); +int mvwhline(WINDOW *, int, int, chtype, int); +int mvwinchnstr(WINDOW *, int, int, chtype *, int); +int mvwinchstr(WINDOW *, int, int, chtype *); +chtype mvwinch(WINDOW *, int, int); +int mvwinnstr(WINDOW *, int, int, char *, int); +int mvwinsch(WINDOW *, int, int, chtype); +int mvwinsnstr(WINDOW *, int, int, const char *, int); +int mvwinsstr(WINDOW *, int, int, const char *); +int mvwinstr(WINDOW *, int, int, char *); +int mvwin(WINDOW *, int, int); +int mvwprintw(WINDOW *, int, int, const char *, ...); +int mvwscanw(WINDOW *, int, int, const char *, ...); +int mvwvline(WINDOW *, int, int, chtype, int); +int napms(int); +WINDOW *newpad(int, int); +SCREEN *newterm(const char *, FILE *, FILE *); +WINDOW *newwin(int, int, int, int); +int nl(void); +int nocbreak(void); +int nodelay(WINDOW *, bool); +int noecho(void); +int nonl(void); +void noqiflush(void); +int noraw(void); +int notimeout(WINDOW *, bool); +int overlay(const WINDOW *, WINDOW *); +int overwrite(const WINDOW *, WINDOW *); +int pair_content(short, short *, short *); +int pechochar(WINDOW *, chtype); +int pnoutrefresh(WINDOW *, int, int, int, int, int, int); +int prefresh(WINDOW *, int, int, int, int, int, int); +int printw(const char *, ...); +int putwin(WINDOW *, FILE *); +void qiflush(void); +int raw(void); +int redrawwin(WINDOW *); +int refresh(void); +int reset_prog_mode(void); +int reset_shell_mode(void); +int resetty(void); +int ripoffline(int, int (*)(WINDOW *, int)); +int savetty(void); +int scanw(const char *, ...); +int scr_dump(const char *); +int scr_init(const char *); +int scr_restore(const char *); +int scr_set(const char *); +int scrl(int); +int scroll(WINDOW *); +int scrollok(WINDOW *, bool); +SCREEN *set_term(SCREEN *); +int setscrreg(int, int); +int slk_attroff(const chtype); +int slk_attr_off(const attr_t, void *); +int slk_attron(const chtype); +int slk_attr_on(const attr_t, void *); +int slk_attrset(const chtype); +int slk_attr_set(const attr_t, short, void *); +int slk_clear(void); +int slk_color(short); +int slk_init(int); +char *slk_label(int); +int slk_noutrefresh(void); +int slk_refresh(void); +int slk_restore(void); +int slk_set(int, const char *, int); +int slk_touch(void); +int standend(void); +int standout(void); +int start_color(void); +WINDOW *subpad(WINDOW *, int, int, int, int); +WINDOW *subwin(WINDOW *, int, int, int, int); +int syncok(WINDOW *, bool); +chtype termattrs(void); +attr_t term_attrs(void); +char *termname(void); +void timeout(int); +int touchline(WINDOW *, int, int); +int touchwin(WINDOW *); +int typeahead(int); +int untouchwin(WINDOW *); +void use_env(bool); +int vidattr(chtype); +int vid_attr(attr_t, short, void *); +int vidputs(chtype, int (*)(int)); +int vid_puts(attr_t, short, void *, int (*)(int)); +int vline(chtype, int); +int vw_printw(WINDOW *, const char *, va_list); +int vwprintw(WINDOW *, const char *, va_list); +int vw_scanw(WINDOW *, const char *, va_list); +int vwscanw(WINDOW *, const char *, va_list); +int waddchnstr(WINDOW *, const chtype *, int); +int waddchstr(WINDOW *, const chtype *); +int waddch(WINDOW *, const chtype); +int waddnstr(WINDOW *, const char *, int); +int waddstr(WINDOW *, const char *); +int wattroff(WINDOW *, chtype); +int wattron(WINDOW *, chtype); +int wattrset(WINDOW *, chtype); +int wattr_get(WINDOW *, attr_t *, short *, void *); +int wattr_off(WINDOW *, attr_t, void *); +int wattr_on(WINDOW *, attr_t, void *); +int wattr_set(WINDOW *, attr_t, short, void *); +void wbkgdset(WINDOW *, chtype); +int wbkgd(WINDOW *, chtype); +int wborder(WINDOW *, chtype, chtype, chtype, chtype, + chtype, chtype, chtype, chtype); +int wchgat(WINDOW *, int, attr_t, short, const void *); +int wclear(WINDOW *); +int wclrtobot(WINDOW *); +int wclrtoeol(WINDOW *); +int wcolor_set(WINDOW *, short, void *); +void wcursyncup(WINDOW *); +int wdelch(WINDOW *); +int wdeleteln(WINDOW *); +int wechochar(WINDOW *, const chtype); +int werase(WINDOW *); +int wgetch(WINDOW *); +int wgetnstr(WINDOW *, char *, int); +int wgetstr(WINDOW *, char *); +int whline(WINDOW *, chtype, int); +int winchnstr(WINDOW *, chtype *, int); +int winchstr(WINDOW *, chtype *); +chtype winch(WINDOW *); +int winnstr(WINDOW *, char *, int); +int winsch(WINDOW *, chtype); +int winsdelln(WINDOW *, int); +int winsertln(WINDOW *); +int winsnstr(WINDOW *, const char *, int); +int winsstr(WINDOW *, const char *); +int winstr(WINDOW *, char *); +int wmove(WINDOW *, int, int); +int wnoutrefresh(WINDOW *); +int wprintw(WINDOW *, const char *, ...); +int wredrawln(WINDOW *, int, int); +int wrefresh(WINDOW *); +int wscanw(WINDOW *, const char *, ...); +int wscrl(WINDOW *, int); +int wsetscrreg(WINDOW *, int, int); +int wstandend(WINDOW *); +int wstandout(WINDOW *); +void wsyncdown(WINDOW *); +void wsyncup(WINDOW *); +void wtimeout(WINDOW *, int); +int wtouchln(WINDOW *, int, int, int); +int wvline(WINDOW *, chtype, int); + +/* Wide-character functions */ + +#ifdef PDC_WIDE +int addnwstr(const wchar_t *, int); +int addwstr(const wchar_t *); +int add_wch(const cchar_t *); +int add_wchnstr(const cchar_t *, int); +int add_wchstr(const cchar_t *); +int border_set(const cchar_t *, const cchar_t *, const cchar_t *, + const cchar_t *, const cchar_t *, const cchar_t *, + const cchar_t *, const cchar_t *); +int box_set(WINDOW *, const cchar_t *, const cchar_t *); +int echo_wchar(const cchar_t *); +int erasewchar(wchar_t *); +int getbkgrnd(cchar_t *); +int getcchar(const cchar_t *, wchar_t *, attr_t *, short *, void *); +int getn_wstr(wint_t *, int); +int get_wch(wint_t *); +int get_wstr(wint_t *); +int hline_set(const cchar_t *, int); +int innwstr(wchar_t *, int); +int ins_nwstr(const wchar_t *, int); +int ins_wch(const cchar_t *); +int ins_wstr(const wchar_t *); +int inwstr(wchar_t *); +int in_wch(cchar_t *); +int in_wchnstr(cchar_t *, int); +int in_wchstr(cchar_t *); +char *key_name(wchar_t); +int killwchar(wchar_t *); +int mvaddnwstr(int, int, const wchar_t *, int); +int mvaddwstr(int, int, const wchar_t *); +int mvadd_wch(int, int, const cchar_t *); +int mvadd_wchnstr(int, int, const cchar_t *, int); +int mvadd_wchstr(int, int, const cchar_t *); +int mvgetn_wstr(int, int, wint_t *, int); +int mvget_wch(int, int, wint_t *); +int mvget_wstr(int, int, wint_t *); +int mvhline_set(int, int, const cchar_t *, int); +int mvinnwstr(int, int, wchar_t *, int); +int mvins_nwstr(int, int, const wchar_t *, int); +int mvins_wch(int, int, const cchar_t *); +int mvins_wstr(int, int, const wchar_t *); +int mvinwstr(int, int, wchar_t *); +int mvin_wch(int, int, cchar_t *); +int mvin_wchnstr(int, int, cchar_t *, int); +int mvin_wchstr(int, int, cchar_t *); +int mvvline_set(int, int, const cchar_t *, int); +int mvwaddnwstr(WINDOW *, int, int, const wchar_t *, int); +int mvwaddwstr(WINDOW *, int, int, const wchar_t *); +int mvwadd_wch(WINDOW *, int, int, const cchar_t *); +int mvwadd_wchnstr(WINDOW *, int, int, const cchar_t *, int); +int mvwadd_wchstr(WINDOW *, int, int, const cchar_t *); +int mvwgetn_wstr(WINDOW *, int, int, wint_t *, int); +int mvwget_wch(WINDOW *, int, int, wint_t *); +int mvwget_wstr(WINDOW *, int, int, wint_t *); +int mvwhline_set(WINDOW *, int, int, const cchar_t *, int); +int mvwinnwstr(WINDOW *, int, int, wchar_t *, int); +int mvwins_nwstr(WINDOW *, int, int, const wchar_t *, int); +int mvwins_wch(WINDOW *, int, int, const cchar_t *); +int mvwins_wstr(WINDOW *, int, int, const wchar_t *); +int mvwin_wch(WINDOW *, int, int, cchar_t *); +int mvwin_wchnstr(WINDOW *, int, int, cchar_t *, int); +int mvwin_wchstr(WINDOW *, int, int, cchar_t *); +int mvwinwstr(WINDOW *, int, int, wchar_t *); +int mvwvline_set(WINDOW *, int, int, const cchar_t *, int); +int pecho_wchar(WINDOW *, const cchar_t*); +int setcchar(cchar_t*, const wchar_t*, const attr_t, short, const void*); +int slk_wset(int, const wchar_t *, int); +int unget_wch(const wchar_t); +int vline_set(const cchar_t *, int); +int waddnwstr(WINDOW *, const wchar_t *, int); +int waddwstr(WINDOW *, const wchar_t *); +int wadd_wch(WINDOW *, const cchar_t *); +int wadd_wchnstr(WINDOW *, const cchar_t *, int); +int wadd_wchstr(WINDOW *, const cchar_t *); +int wbkgrnd(WINDOW *, const cchar_t *); +void wbkgrndset(WINDOW *, const cchar_t *); +int wborder_set(WINDOW *, const cchar_t *, const cchar_t *, + const cchar_t *, const cchar_t *, const cchar_t *, + const cchar_t *, const cchar_t *, const cchar_t *); +int wecho_wchar(WINDOW *, const cchar_t *); +int wgetbkgrnd(WINDOW *, cchar_t *); +int wgetn_wstr(WINDOW *, wint_t *, int); +int wget_wch(WINDOW *, wint_t *); +int wget_wstr(WINDOW *, wint_t *); +int whline_set(WINDOW *, const cchar_t *, int); +int winnwstr(WINDOW *, wchar_t *, int); +int wins_nwstr(WINDOW *, const wchar_t *, int); +int wins_wch(WINDOW *, const cchar_t *); +int wins_wstr(WINDOW *, const wchar_t *); +int winwstr(WINDOW *, wchar_t *); +int win_wch(WINDOW *, cchar_t *); +int win_wchnstr(WINDOW *, cchar_t *, int); +int win_wchstr(WINDOW *, cchar_t *); +wchar_t *wunctrl(cchar_t *); +int wvline_set(WINDOW *, const cchar_t *, int); +#endif + +/* Quasi-standard */ + +chtype getattrs(WINDOW *); +int getbegx(WINDOW *); +int getbegy(WINDOW *); +int getmaxx(WINDOW *); +int getmaxy(WINDOW *); +int getparx(WINDOW *); +int getpary(WINDOW *); +int getcurx(WINDOW *); +int getcury(WINDOW *); +void traceoff(void); +void traceon(void); +char *unctrl(chtype); + +int crmode(void); +int nocrmode(void); +int draino(int); +int resetterm(void); +int fixterm(void); +int saveterm(void); +int setsyx(int, int); + +int mouse_set(unsigned long); +int mouse_on(unsigned long); +int mouse_off(unsigned long); +int request_mouse_pos(void); +int map_button(unsigned long); +void wmouse_position(WINDOW *, int *, int *); +unsigned long getmouse(void); +unsigned long getbmap(void); + +/* ncurses */ + +int assume_default_colors(int, int); +const char *curses_version(void); +bool has_key(int); +int use_default_colors(void); +int wresize(WINDOW *, int, int); + +int mouseinterval(int); +mmask_t mousemask(mmask_t, mmask_t *); +bool mouse_trafo(int *, int *, bool); +int nc_getmouse(MEVENT *); +int ungetmouse(MEVENT *); +bool wenclose(const WINDOW *, int, int); +bool wmouse_trafo(const WINDOW *, int *, int *, bool); + +/* PDCurses */ + +int addrawch(chtype); +int insrawch(chtype); +bool is_termresized(void); +int mvaddrawch(int, int, chtype); +int mvdeleteln(int, int); +int mvinsertln(int, int); +int mvinsrawch(int, int, chtype); +int mvwaddrawch(WINDOW *, int, int, chtype); +int mvwdeleteln(WINDOW *, int, int); +int mvwinsertln(WINDOW *, int, int); +int mvwinsrawch(WINDOW *, int, int, chtype); +int raw_output(bool); +int resize_term(int, int); +WINDOW *resize_window(WINDOW *, int, int); +int waddrawch(WINDOW *, chtype); +int winsrawch(WINDOW *, chtype); +char wordchar(void); + +#ifdef PDC_WIDE +wchar_t *slk_wlabel(int); +#endif + +void PDC_debug(const char *, ...); +int PDC_ungetch(int); +int PDC_set_blink(bool); +int PDC_set_line_color(short); +void PDC_set_title(const char *); + +int PDC_clearclipboard(void); +int PDC_freeclipboard(char *); +int PDC_getclipboard(char **, long *); +int PDC_setclipboard(const char *, long); + +unsigned long PDC_get_input_fd(void); +unsigned long PDC_get_key_modifiers(void); +int PDC_return_key_modifiers(bool); +int PDC_save_key_modifiers(bool); + +#ifdef XCURSES +WINDOW *Xinitscr(int, char **); +void XCursesExit(void); +int sb_init(void); +int sb_set_horz(int, int, int); +int sb_set_vert(int, int, int); +int sb_get_horz(int *, int *, int *); +int sb_get_vert(int *, int *, int *); +int sb_refresh(void); +#endif + +/*** Functions defined as macros ***/ + +/* getch() and ungetch() conflict with some DOS libraries */ + +#define getch() wgetch(stdscr) +#define ungetch(ch) PDC_ungetch(ch) + +#define COLOR_PAIR(n) (((chtype)(n) << PDC_COLOR_SHIFT) & A_COLOR) +#define PAIR_NUMBER(n) (((n) & A_COLOR) >> PDC_COLOR_SHIFT) + +/* These will _only_ work as macros */ + +#define getbegyx(w, y, x) (y = getbegy(w), x = getbegx(w)) +#define getmaxyx(w, y, x) (y = getmaxy(w), x = getmaxx(w)) +#define getparyx(w, y, x) (y = getpary(w), x = getparx(w)) +#define getyx(w, y, x) (y = getcury(w), x = getcurx(w)) + +#define getsyx(y, x) { if (curscr->_leaveit) (y)=(x)=-1; \ + else getyx(curscr,(y),(x)); } + +#ifdef NCURSES_MOUSE_VERSION +# define getmouse(x) nc_getmouse(x) +#endif + +/* return codes from PDC_getclipboard() and PDC_setclipboard() calls */ + +#define PDC_CLIP_SUCCESS 0 +#define PDC_CLIP_ACCESS_ERROR 1 +#define PDC_CLIP_EMPTY 2 +#define PDC_CLIP_MEMORY_ERROR 3 + +/* PDCurses key modifier masks */ + +#define PDC_KEY_MODIFIER_SHIFT 1 +#define PDC_KEY_MODIFIER_CONTROL 2 +#define PDC_KEY_MODIFIER_ALT 4 +#define PDC_KEY_MODIFIER_NUMLOCK 8 + +#if defined(__cplusplus) || defined(__cplusplus__) || defined(__CPLUSPLUS) +# undef bool +} +#endif + +#endif /* __PDCURSES__ */
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 +++ b/pdcurses/curspriv.h Thu Jul 23 18:07:39 2015 +0300 @@ -0,0 +1,142 @@ +/* Public Domain Curses */ + +/* $Id: curspriv.h,v 1.158 2008/07/13 16:08:16 wmcbrine Exp $ */ + +/* Private definitions and declarations for use within PDCurses. + These should generally not be referenced by applications. */ + +#ifndef __CURSES_INTERNALS__ +#define __CURSES_INTERNALS__ 1 + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include <config.h> +#endif + +#define CURSES_LIBRARY +#include <curses.h> + +#if defined(__TURBOC__) || defined(__EMX__) || defined(__DJGPP__) || \ + defined(__CYGWIN32__) || defined(__MINGW32__) || \ + defined(__WATCOMC__) || defined(__PACIFIC__) +# ifndef HAVE_VSSCANF +# define HAVE_VSSCANF /* have vsscanf() */ +# endif +#endif + +#if defined(__CYGWIN32__) || defined(__MINGW32__) || \ + defined(__LCC__) || defined(__WATCOMC__) +# ifndef HAVE_VSNPRINTF +# define HAVE_VSNPRINTF /* have vsnprintf() */ +# endif +#endif + +#if defined(_MSC_VER) && defined(_WIN32) && !defined(_CRT_SECURE_NO_DEPRECATE) +# define _CRT_SECURE_NO_DEPRECATE 1 /* kill nonsense warnings */ +#endif + +/*----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +typedef struct /* structure for ripped off lines */ +{ + int line; + int (*init)(WINDOW *, int); +} RIPPEDOFFLINE; + +/* Window properties */ + +#define _SUBWIN 0x01 /* window is a subwindow */ +#define _PAD 0x10 /* X/Open Pad. */ +#define _SUBPAD 0x20 /* X/Open subpad. */ + +/* Miscellaneous */ + +#define _NO_CHANGE -1 /* flags line edge unchanged */ + +#define _ECHAR 0x08 /* Erase char (^H) */ +#define _DWCHAR 0x17 /* Delete Word char (^W) */ +#define _DLCHAR 0x15 /* Delete Line char (^U) */ + +extern WINDOW *pdc_lastscr; +extern bool pdc_trace_on; /* tracing flag */ +extern bool pdc_color_started; +extern unsigned long pdc_key_modifiers; +extern MOUSE_STATUS pdc_mouse_status; + +/*----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* Platform implementation functions */ + +void PDC_beep(void); +bool PDC_can_change_color(void); +int PDC_color_content(short, short *, short *, short *); +bool PDC_check_key(void); +int PDC_curs_set(int); +void PDC_flushinp(void); +int PDC_get_columns(void); +int PDC_get_cursor_mode(void); +int PDC_get_key(void); +int PDC_get_rows(void); +void PDC_gotoyx(int, int); +int PDC_init_color(short, short, short, short); +void PDC_init_pair(short, short, short); +int PDC_modifiers_set(void); +int PDC_mouse_set(void); +void PDC_napms(int); +int PDC_pair_content(short, short *, short *); +void PDC_reset_prog_mode(void); +void PDC_reset_shell_mode(void); +int PDC_resize_screen(int, int); +void PDC_restore_screen_mode(int); +void PDC_save_screen_mode(int); +void PDC_scr_close(void); +void PDC_scr_free(void); +int PDC_scr_open(int, char **); +void PDC_set_keyboard_binary(bool); +void PDC_transform_line(int, int, int, const chtype *); +const char *PDC_sysname(void); + +/* Internal cross-module functions */ + +void PDC_init_atrtab(void); +WINDOW *PDC_makelines(WINDOW *); +WINDOW *PDC_makenew(int, int, int, int); +int PDC_mouse_in_slk(int, int); +void PDC_slk_free(void); +void PDC_slk_initialize(void); +void PDC_sync(WINDOW *); + +#ifdef PDC_WIDE +int PDC_mbtowc(wchar_t *, const char *, size_t); +size_t PDC_mbstowcs(wchar_t *, const char *, size_t); +size_t PDC_wcstombs(char *, const wchar_t *, size_t); +#endif + +#ifdef PDCDEBUG +# define PDC_LOG(x) if (pdc_trace_on) PDC_debug x +# define RCSID(x) static const char *rcsid = x; +#else +# define PDC_LOG(x) +# define RCSID(x) +#endif + +/* Internal macros for attributes */ + +#ifdef CHTYPE_LONG +# define PDC_COLOR_PAIRS 256 +#else +# define PDC_COLOR_PAIRS 32 +#endif + +#ifndef max +# define max(a,b) (((a) > (b)) ? (a) : (b)) +#endif +#ifndef min +# define min(a,b) (((a) < (b)) ? (a) : (b)) +#endif + +#define DIVROUND(num, divisor) ((num) + ((divisor) >> 1)) / (divisor) + +#define PDC_CLICK_PERIOD 150 /* time to wait for a click, if + not set by mouseinterval() */ + +#endif /* __CURSES_INTERNALS__*/
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 +++ b/pdcurses/debug.c Thu Jul 23 18:07:39 2015 +0300 @@ -0,0 +1,81 @@ +/* Public Domain Curses */ + +#include <curspriv.h> + +RCSID("$Id: debug.c,v 1.7 2008/07/13 16:08:18 wmcbrine Exp $") + +/*man-start************************************************************** + + Name: debug + + Synopsis: + void traceon(void); + void traceoff(void); + void PDC_debug(const char *, ...); + + Description: + traceon() and traceoff() toggle the recording of debugging + information to the file "trace". Although not standard, similar + functions are in some other curses implementations. + + PDC_debug() is the function that writes to the file, based on + whether traceon() has been called. It's used from the PDC_LOG() + macro. + + Portability X/Open BSD SYS V + traceon - - - + traceoff - - - + PDC_debug - - - + +**man-end****************************************************************/ + +#include <string.h> +#include <sys/types.h> +#include <time.h> + +bool pdc_trace_on = FALSE; + +void PDC_debug(const char *fmt, ...) +{ + va_list args; + FILE *dbfp; + char hms[9]; + time_t now; + + if (!pdc_trace_on) + return; + + /* open debug log file append */ + + dbfp = fopen("trace", "a"); + if (!dbfp) + { + fprintf(stderr, + "PDC_debug(): Unable to open debug log file\n"); + return; + } + + time(&now); + strftime(hms, 9, "%H:%M:%S", localtime(&now)); + fprintf(dbfp, "At: %8.8ld - %s ", (long) clock(), hms); + + va_start(args, fmt); + vfprintf(dbfp, fmt, args); + va_end(args); + + fclose(dbfp); +} + +void traceon(void) +{ + PDC_LOG(("traceon() - called\n")); + + pdc_trace_on = TRUE; +} + +void traceoff(void) +{ + PDC_LOG(("traceoff() - called\n")); + + pdc_trace_on = FALSE; +}
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 +++ b/pdcurses/delch.c Thu Jul 23 18:07:39 2015 +0300 @@ -0,0 +1,93 @@ +/* Public Domain Curses */ + +#include <curspriv.h> + +RCSID("$Id: delch.c,v 1.33 2008/07/13 16:08:18 wmcbrine Exp $") + +/*man-start************************************************************** + + Name: delch + + Synopsis: + int delch(void); + int wdelch(WINDOW *win); + int mvdelch(int y, int x); + int mvwdelch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x); + + Description: + The character under the cursor in the window is deleted. All + characters to the right on the same line are moved to the left + one position and the last character on the line is filled with + a blank. The cursor position does not change (after moving to + y, x if coordinates are specified). + + Return Value: + All functions return OK on success and ERR on error. + + Portability X/Open BSD SYS V + delch Y Y Y + wdelch Y Y Y + mvdelch Y Y Y + mvwdelch Y Y Y + +**man-end****************************************************************/ + +#include <string.h> + +int wdelch(WINDOW *win) +{ + int y, x, maxx; + chtype *temp1; + + PDC_LOG(("wdelch() - called\n")); + + if (!win) + return ERR; + + y = win->_cury; + x = win->_curx; + maxx = win->_maxx - 1; + temp1 = &win->_y[y][x]; + + memmove(temp1, temp1 + 1, (maxx - x) * sizeof(chtype)); + + /* wrs (4/10/93) account for window background */ + + win->_y[y][maxx] = win->_bkgd; + + win->_lastch[y] = maxx; + + if ((win->_firstch[y] == _NO_CHANGE) || (win->_firstch[y] > x)) + win->_firstch[y] = x; + + PDC_sync(win); + + return OK; +} + +int delch(void) +{ + PDC_LOG(("delch() - called\n")); + + return wdelch(stdscr); +} + +int mvdelch(int y, int x) +{ + PDC_LOG(("mvdelch() - called\n")); + + if (move(y, x) == ERR) + return ERR; + + return wdelch(stdscr); +} + +int mvwdelch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x) +{ + PDC_LOG(("mvwdelch() - called\n")); + + if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR) + return ERR; + + return wdelch(win); +}
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 +++ b/pdcurses/deleteln.c Thu Jul 23 18:07:39 2015 +0300 @@ -0,0 +1,208 @@ +/* Public Domain Curses */ + +#include <curspriv.h> + +RCSID("$Id: deleteln.c,v 1.35 2008/07/13 16:08:18 wmcbrine Exp $") + +/*man-start************************************************************** + + Name: deleteln + + Synopsis: + int deleteln(void); + int wdeleteln(WINDOW *win); + int insdelln(int n); + int winsdelln(WINDOW *win, int n); + int insertln(void); + int winsertln(WINDOW *win); + + int mvdeleteln(int y, int x); + int mvwdeleteln(WINDOW *win, int y, int x); + int mvinsertln(int y, int x); + int mvwinsertln(WINDOW *win, int y, int x); + + Description: + With the deleteln() and wdeleteln() functions, the line under + the cursor in the window is deleted. All lines below the + current line are moved up one line. The bottom line of the + window is cleared. The cursor position does not change. + + With the insertln() and winsertn() functions, a blank line is + inserted above the current line and the bottom line is lost. + + mvdeleteln(), mvwdeleteln(), mvinsertln() and mvwinsertln() + allow moving the cursor and inserting/deleting in one call. + + Return Value: + All functions return OK on success and ERR on error. + + Portability X/Open BSD SYS V + deleteln Y Y Y + wdeleteln Y Y Y + mvdeleteln - - - + mvwdeleteln - - - + insdelln Y - 4.0 + winsdelln Y - 4.0 + insertln Y Y Y + winsertln Y Y Y + mvinsertln - - - + mvwinsertln - - - + +**man-end****************************************************************/ + +int wdeleteln(WINDOW *win) +{ + chtype blank, *temp, *ptr; + int y; + + PDC_LOG(("wdeleteln() - called\n")); + + if (!win) + return ERR; + + /* wrs (4/10/93) account for window background */ + + blank = win->_bkgd; + + temp = win->_y[win->_cury]; + + for (y = win->_cury; y < win->_bmarg; y++) + { + win->_y[y] = win->_y[y + 1]; + win->_firstch[y] = 0; + win->_lastch[y] = win->_maxx - 1; + } + + for (ptr = temp; (ptr - temp < win->_maxx); ptr++) + *ptr = blank; /* make a blank line */ + + if (win->_cury <= win->_bmarg) + { + win->_firstch[win->_bmarg] = 0; + win->_lastch[win->_bmarg] = win->_maxx - 1; + win->_y[win->_bmarg] = temp; + } + + return OK; +} + +int deleteln(void) +{ + PDC_LOG(("deleteln() - called\n")); + + return wdeleteln(stdscr); +} + +int mvdeleteln(int y, int x) +{ + PDC_LOG(("mvdeleteln() - called\n")); + + if (move(y, x) == ERR) + return ERR; + + return wdeleteln(stdscr); +} + +int mvwdeleteln(WINDOW *win, int y, int x) +{ + PDC_LOG(("mvwdeleteln() - called\n")); + + if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR) + return ERR; + + return wdeleteln(win); +} + +int winsdelln(WINDOW *win, int n) +{ + int i; + + PDC_LOG(("winsdelln() - called\n")); + + if (!win) + return ERR; + + if (n > 0) + { + for (i = 0; i < n; i++) + if (winsertln(win) == ERR) + return ERR; + } + else if (n < 0) + { + n = -n; + for (i = 0; i < n; i++) + if (wdeleteln(win) == ERR) + return ERR; + } + + return OK; +} + +int insdelln(int n) +{ + PDC_LOG(("insdelln() - called\n")); + + return winsdelln(stdscr, n); +} + +int winsertln(WINDOW *win) +{ + chtype blank, *temp, *end; + int y; + + PDC_LOG(("winsertln() - called\n")); + + if (!win) + return ERR; + + /* wrs (4/10/93) account for window background */ + + blank = win->_bkgd; + + temp = win->_y[win->_maxy - 1]; + + for (y = win->_maxy - 1; y > win->_cury; y--) + { + win->_y[y] = win->_y[y - 1]; + win->_firstch[y] = 0; + win->_lastch[y] = win->_maxx - 1; + } + + win->_y[win->_cury] = temp; + + for (end = &temp[win->_maxx - 1]; temp <= end; temp++) + *temp = blank; + + win->_firstch[win->_cury] = 0; + win->_lastch[win->_cury] = win->_maxx - 1; + + return OK; +} + +int insertln(void) +{ + PDC_LOG(("insertln() - called\n")); + + return winsertln(stdscr); +} + +int mvinsertln(int y, int x) +{ + PDC_LOG(("mvinsertln() - called\n")); + + if (move(y, x) == ERR) + return ERR; + + return winsertln(stdscr); +} + +int mvwinsertln(WINDOW *win, int y, int x) +{ + PDC_LOG(("mvwinsertln() - called\n")); + + if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR) + return ERR; + + return winsertln(win); +}
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 +++ b/pdcurses/deprec.c Thu Jul 23 18:07:39 2015 +0300 @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +/* Public Domain Curses */ + +#include <curspriv.h> + +RCSID("$Id: deprec.c,v 1.6 2008/07/13 16:08:18 wmcbrine Exp $") + +/* Deprecated functions. These should not be used, and will eventually + be removed. They're here solely for the benefit of applications that + linked to them in older versions of PDCurses. */ + +bool PDC_check_bios_key(void) +{ + return PDC_check_key(); +} + +int PDC_get_bios_key(void) +{ + return PDC_get_key(); +} + +bool PDC_get_ctrl_break(void) +{ + return !SP->raw_inp; +} + +int PDC_set_ctrl_break(bool setting) +{ + return setting ? noraw() : raw(); +}
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 +++ b/pdcurses/getch.c Thu Jul 23 18:07:39 2015 +0300 @@ -0,0 +1,410 @@ +/* Public Domain Curses */ + +#include <curspriv.h> + +RCSID("$Id: getch.c,v 1.72 2008/07/13 16:08:18 wmcbrine Exp $") + +/*man-start************************************************************** + + Name: getch + + Synopsis: + int getch(void); + int wgetch(WINDOW *win); + int mvgetch(int y, int x); + int mvwgetch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x); + int ungetch(int ch); + int flushinp(void); + + int get_wch(wint_t *wch); + int wget_wch(WINDOW *win, wint_t *wch); + int mvget_wch(int y, int x, wint_t *wch); + int mvwget_wch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, wint_t *wch); + int unget_wch(const wchar_t wch); + + unsigned long PDC_get_key_modifiers(void); + int PDC_save_key_modifiers(bool flag); + int PDC_return_key_modifiers(bool flag); + + Description: + With the getch(), wgetch(), mvgetch(), and mvwgetch() functions, + a character is read from the terminal associated with the window. + In nodelay mode, if there is no input waiting, the value ERR is + returned. In delay mode, the program will hang until the system + passes text through to the program. Depending on the setting of + cbreak(), this will be after one character or after the first + newline. Unless noecho() has been set, the character will also + be echoed into the designated window. + + If keypad() is TRUE, and a function key is pressed, the token for + that function key will be returned instead of the raw characters. + Possible function keys are defined in <curses.h> with integers + beginning with 0401, whose names begin with KEY_. + + If nodelay(win, TRUE) has been called on the window and no input + is waiting, the value ERR is returned. + + ungetch() places ch back onto the input queue to be returned by + the next call to wgetch(). + + flushinp() throws away any type-ahead that has been typed by the + user and has not yet been read by the program. + + PDC_get_key_modifiers() returns the keyboard modifiers (shift, + control, alt, numlock) effective at the time of the last getch() + call, if PDC_save_key_modifiers(TRUE) has been called before the + getch(). Use the macros PDC_KEY_MODIFIER_* to determine which + modifier(s) were set. PDC_return_key_modifiers() tells getch() + to return modifier keys pressed alone as keystrokes (KEY_ALT_L, + etc.). These may not work on all platforms. + + NOTE: getch() and ungetch() are implemented as macros, to avoid + conflict with many DOS compiler's runtime libraries. + + Return Value: + These functions return ERR or the value of the character, meta + character or function key token. + + Portability X/Open BSD SYS V + getch Y Y Y + wgetch Y Y Y + mvgetch Y Y Y + mvwgetch Y Y Y + ungetch Y Y Y + flushinp Y Y Y + get_wch Y + wget_wch Y + mvget_wch Y + mvwget_wch Y + unget_wch Y + PDC_get_key_modifiers - - - + +**man-end****************************************************************/ + +#define _INBUFSIZ 512 /* size of terminal input buffer */ +#define NUNGETCH 256 /* max # chars to ungetch() */ + +static int c_pindex = 0; /* putter index */ +static int c_gindex = 1; /* getter index */ +static int c_ungind = 0; /* ungetch() push index */ +static int c_ungch[NUNGETCH]; /* array of ungotten chars */ + +static int _mouse_key(WINDOW *win) +{ + int i, key = KEY_MOUSE; + unsigned long mbe = SP->_trap_mbe; + + /* Filter unwanted mouse events */ + + for (i = 0; i < 3; i++) + { + if (pdc_mouse_status.changes & (1 << i)) + { + int shf = i * 5; + short button = pdc_mouse_status.button[i] & BUTTON_ACTION_MASK; + + if ( (!(mbe & (BUTTON1_PRESSED << shf)) && + (button == BUTTON_PRESSED)) + + || (!(mbe & (BUTTON1_CLICKED << shf)) && + (button == BUTTON_CLICKED)) + + || (!(mbe & (BUTTON1_DOUBLE_CLICKED << shf)) && + (button == BUTTON_DOUBLE_CLICKED)) + + || (!(mbe & (BUTTON1_MOVED << shf)) && + (button == BUTTON_MOVED)) + + || (!(mbe & (BUTTON1_RELEASED << shf)) && + (button == BUTTON_RELEASED)) + ) + pdc_mouse_status.changes ^= (1 << i); + } + } + + if (pdc_mouse_status.changes & PDC_MOUSE_MOVED) + { + if (!(mbe & (BUTTON1_MOVED|BUTTON2_MOVED|BUTTON3_MOVED))) + pdc_mouse_status.changes ^= PDC_MOUSE_MOVED; + } + + if (pdc_mouse_status.changes & + (PDC_MOUSE_WHEEL_UP|PDC_MOUSE_WHEEL_DOWN)) + { + if (!(mbe & MOUSE_WHEEL_SCROLL)) + pdc_mouse_status.changes &= + ~(PDC_MOUSE_WHEEL_UP|PDC_MOUSE_WHEEL_DOWN); + } + + if (!pdc_mouse_status.changes) + return -1; + + /* Check for click in slk area */ + + i = PDC_mouse_in_slk(pdc_mouse_status.y, pdc_mouse_status.x); + + if (i) + { + if (pdc_mouse_status.button[0] & (BUTTON_PRESSED|BUTTON_CLICKED)) + key = KEY_F(i); + else + key = -1; + } + + return key; +} + +int wgetch(WINDOW *win) +{ + static int buffer[_INBUFSIZ]; /* character buffer */ + int key, waitcount; + + PDC_LOG(("wgetch() - called\n")); + + if (!win) + return ERR; + + waitcount = 0; + + /* set the number of 1/20th second napms() calls */ + + if (SP->delaytenths) + waitcount = 2 * SP->delaytenths; + else + if (win->_delayms) + { + /* Can't really do millisecond intervals, so delay in + 1/20ths of a second (50ms) */ + + waitcount = win->_delayms / 50; + if (!waitcount) + waitcount = 1; + } + + /* refresh window when wgetch is called if there have been changes + to it and it is not a pad */ + + if (!(win->_flags & _PAD) && ((!win->_leaveit && + (win->_begx + win->_curx != SP->curscol || + win->_begy + win->_cury != SP->cursrow)) || is_wintouched(win))) + wrefresh(win); + + /* if ungotten char exists, remove and return it */ + + if (c_ungind) + return c_ungch[--c_ungind]; + + /* if normal and data in buffer */ + + if ((!SP->raw_inp && !SP->cbreak) && (c_gindex < c_pindex)) + return buffer[c_gindex++]; + + /* prepare to buffer data */ + + c_pindex = 0; + c_gindex = 0; + + /* to get here, no keys are buffered. go and get one. */ + + for (;;) /* loop for any buffering */ + { + /* is there a keystroke ready? */ + + if (!PDC_check_key()) + { + /* if not, handle timeout() and halfdelay() */ + + if (SP->delaytenths || win->_delayms) + { + if (!waitcount) + return ERR; + + waitcount--; + } + else + if (win->_nodelay) + return ERR; + + napms(50); /* sleep for 1/20th second */ + continue; /* then check again */ + } + + /* if there is, fetch it */ + + key = PDC_get_key(); + + if (SP->key_code) + { + /* filter special keys if not in keypad mode */ + + if (!win->_use_keypad) + key = -1; + + /* filter mouse events; translate mouse clicks in the slk + area to function keys */ + + else if (key == KEY_MOUSE) + key = _mouse_key(win); + } + + /* unwanted key? loop back */ + + if (key == -1) + continue; + + /* translate CR */ + + if (key == '\r' && SP->autocr && !SP->raw_inp) + key = '\n'; + + /* if echo is enabled */ + + if (SP->echo && !SP->key_code) + { + waddch(win, key); + wrefresh(win); + } + + /* if no buffering */ + + if (SP->raw_inp || SP->cbreak) + return key; + + /* if no overflow, put data in buffer */ + + if (key == '\b') + { + if (c_pindex > c_gindex) + c_pindex--; + } + else + if (c_pindex < _INBUFSIZ - 2) + buffer[c_pindex++] = key; + + /* if we got a line */ + + if (key == '\n' || key == '\r') + return buffer[c_gindex++]; + } +} + +int mvgetch(int y, int x) +{ + PDC_LOG(("mvgetch() - called\n")); + + if (move(y, x) == ERR) + return ERR; + + return wgetch(stdscr); +} + +int mvwgetch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x) +{ + PDC_LOG(("mvwgetch() - called\n")); + + if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR) + return ERR; + + return wgetch(win); +} + +int PDC_ungetch(int ch) +{ + PDC_LOG(("ungetch() - called\n")); + + if (c_ungind >= NUNGETCH) /* pushback stack full */ + return ERR; + + c_ungch[c_ungind++] = ch; + + return OK; +} + +int flushinp(void) +{ + PDC_LOG(("flushinp() - called\n")); + + PDC_flushinp(); + + c_gindex = 1; /* set indices to kill buffer */ + c_pindex = 0; + c_ungind = 0; /* clear c_ungch array */ + + return OK; +} + +unsigned long PDC_get_key_modifiers(void) +{ + PDC_LOG(("PDC_get_key_modifiers() - called\n")); + + return pdc_key_modifiers; +} + +int PDC_save_key_modifiers(bool flag) +{ + PDC_LOG(("PDC_save_key_modifiers() - called\n")); + + SP->save_key_modifiers = flag; + return OK; +} + +int PDC_return_key_modifiers(bool flag) +{ + PDC_LOG(("PDC_return_key_modifiers() - called\n")); + + SP->return_key_modifiers = flag; + return PDC_modifiers_set(); +} + +#ifdef PDC_WIDE +int wget_wch(WINDOW *win, wint_t *wch) +{ + int key; + + PDC_LOG(("wget_wch() - called\n")); + + if (!wch) + return ERR; + + key = wgetch(win); + + if (key == ERR) + return ERR; + + *wch = key; + + return SP->key_code ? KEY_CODE_YES : OK; +} + +int get_wch(wint_t *wch) +{ + PDC_LOG(("get_wch() - called\n")); + + return wget_wch(stdscr, wch); +} + +int mvget_wch(int y, int x, wint_t *wch) +{ + PDC_LOG(("mvget_wch() - called\n")); + + if (move(y, x) == ERR) + return ERR; + + return wget_wch(stdscr, wch); +} + +int mvwget_wch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, wint_t *wch) +{ + PDC_LOG(("mvwget_wch() - called\n")); + + if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR) + return ERR; + + return wget_wch(win, wch); +} + +int unget_wch(const wchar_t wch) +{ + return PDC_ungetch(wch); +} +#endif
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 +++ b/pdcurses/getstr.c Thu Jul 23 18:07:39 2015 +0300 @@ -0,0 +1,471 @@ +/* Public Domain Curses */ + +#include <curspriv.h> + +RCSID("$Id: getstr.c,v 1.51 2008/07/14 04:24:51 wmcbrine Exp $") + +/*man-start************************************************************** + + Name: getstr + + Synopsis: + int getstr(char *str); + int wgetstr(WINDOW *win, char *str); + int mvgetstr(int y, int x, char *str); + int mvwgetstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, char *str); + int getnstr(char *str, int n); + int wgetnstr(WINDOW *win, char *str, int n); + int mvgetnstr(int y, int x, char *str, int n); + int mvwgetnstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, char *str, int n); + + int get_wstr(wint_t *wstr); + int wget_wstr(WINDOW *win, wint_t *wstr); + int mvget_wstr(int y, int x, wint_t *wstr); + int mvwget_wstr(WINDOW *win, int, int, wint_t *wstr); + int getn_wstr(wint_t *wstr, int n); + int wgetn_wstr(WINDOW *win, wint_t *wstr, int n); + int mvgetn_wstr(int y, int x, wint_t *wstr, int n); + int mvwgetn_wstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, wint_t *wstr, int n); + + Description: + These routines call wgetch() repeatedly to build a string, + interpreting erase and kill characters along the way, until a + newline or carriage return is received. When PDCurses is built + with wide-character support enabled, the narrow-character + functions convert the wgetch()'d values into a multibyte string + in the current locale before returning it. The resulting string + is placed in the area pointed to by *str. The routines with n as + the last argument read at most n characters. + + Note that there's no way to know how long the buffer passed to + wgetstr() is, so use wgetnstr() to avoid buffer overflows. + + Return Value: + This functions return ERR on failure or any other value on + success. + + Portability X/Open BSD SYS V + getstr Y Y Y + wgetstr Y Y Y + mvgetstr Y Y Y + mvwgetstr Y Y Y + getnstr Y - 4.0 + wgetnstr Y - 4.0 + mvgetnstr Y - - + mvwgetnstr Y - - + get_wstr Y + wget_wstr Y + mvget_wstr Y + mvwget_wstr Y + getn_wstr Y + wgetn_wstr Y + mvgetn_wstr Y + mvwgetn_wstr Y + +**man-end****************************************************************/ + +#define MAXLINE 255 + +int wgetnstr(WINDOW *win, char *str, int n) +{ +#ifdef PDC_WIDE + wchar_t wstr[MAXLINE + 1]; + + if (n < 0 || n > MAXLINE) + n = MAXLINE; + + if (wgetn_wstr(win, (wint_t *)wstr, n) == ERR) + return ERR; + + return PDC_wcstombs(str, wstr, n); +#else + int ch, i, num, x, chars; + char *p; + bool stop, oldecho, oldcbreak, oldnodelay; + + PDC_LOG(("wgetnstr() - called\n")); + + if (!win || !str) + return ERR; + + chars = 0; + p = str; + stop = FALSE; + + x = win->_curx; + + oldcbreak = SP->cbreak; /* remember states */ + oldecho = SP->echo; + oldnodelay = win->_nodelay; + + SP->echo = FALSE; /* we do echo ourselves */ + cbreak(); /* ensure each key is returned immediately */ + win->_nodelay = FALSE; /* don't return -1 */ + + wrefresh(win); + + while (!stop) + { + ch = wgetch(win); + + switch (ch) + { + + case '\t': + ch = ' '; + num = TABSIZE - (win->_curx - x) % TABSIZE; + for (i = 0; i < num; i++) + { + if (chars < n) + { + if (oldecho) + waddch(win, ch); + *p++ = ch; + ++chars; + } + else + beep(); + } + break; + + case _ECHAR: /* CTRL-H -- Delete character */ + if (p > str) + { + if (oldecho) + waddstr(win, "\b \b"); + ch = (unsigned char)(*--p); + if ((ch < ' ') && (oldecho)) + waddstr(win, "\b \b"); + chars--; + } + break; + + case _DLCHAR: /* CTRL-U -- Delete line */ + while (p > str) + { + if (oldecho) + waddstr(win, "\b \b"); + ch = (unsigned char)(*--p); + if ((ch < ' ') && (oldecho)) + waddstr(win, "\b \b"); + } + chars = 0; + break; + + case _DWCHAR: /* CTRL-W -- Delete word */ + + while ((p > str) && (*(p - 1) == ' ')) + { + if (oldecho) + waddstr(win, "\b \b"); + + --p; /* remove space */ + chars--; + } + while ((p > str) && (*(p - 1) != ' ')) + { + if (oldecho) + waddstr(win, "\b \b"); + + ch = (unsigned char)(*--p); + if ((ch < ' ') && (oldecho)) + waddstr(win, "\b \b"); + chars--; + } + break; + + case '\n': + case '\r': + stop = TRUE; + if (oldecho) + waddch(win, '\n'); + break; + + default: + if (chars < n) + { + if (!SP->key_code && ch < 0x100) + { + *p++ = ch; + if (oldecho) + waddch(win, ch); + chars++; + } + } + else + beep(); + + break; + + } + + wrefresh(win); + } + + *p = '\0'; + + SP->echo = oldecho; /* restore old settings */ + SP->cbreak = oldcbreak; + win->_nodelay = oldnodelay; + + return OK; +#endif +} + +int getstr(char *str) +{ + PDC_LOG(("getstr() - called\n")); + + return wgetnstr(stdscr, str, MAXLINE); +} + +int wgetstr(WINDOW *win, char *str) +{ + PDC_LOG(("wgetstr() - called\n")); + + return wgetnstr(win, str, MAXLINE); +} + +int mvgetstr(int y, int x, char *str) +{ + PDC_LOG(("mvgetstr() - called\n")); + + if (move(y, x) == ERR) + return ERR; + + return wgetnstr(stdscr, str, MAXLINE); +} + +int mvwgetstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, char *str) +{ + PDC_LOG(("mvwgetstr() - called\n")); + + if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR) + return ERR; + + return wgetnstr(win, str, MAXLINE); +} + +int getnstr(char *str, int n) +{ + PDC_LOG(("getnstr() - called\n")); + + return wgetnstr(stdscr, str, n); +} + +int mvgetnstr(int y, int x, char *str, int n) +{ + PDC_LOG(("mvgetnstr() - called\n")); + + if (move(y, x) == ERR) + return ERR; + + return wgetnstr(stdscr, str, n); +} + +int mvwgetnstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, char *str, int n) +{ + PDC_LOG(("mvwgetnstr() - called\n")); + + if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR) + return ERR; + + return wgetnstr(win, str, n); +} + +#ifdef PDC_WIDE +int wgetn_wstr(WINDOW *win, wint_t *wstr, int n) +{ + int ch, i, num, x, chars; + wint_t *p; + bool stop, oldecho, oldcbreak, oldnodelay; + + PDC_LOG(("wgetn_wstr() - called\n")); + + if (!win || !wstr) + return ERR; + + chars = 0; + p = wstr; + stop = FALSE; + + x = win->_curx; + + oldcbreak = SP->cbreak; /* remember states */ + oldecho = SP->echo; + oldnodelay = win->_nodelay; + + SP->echo = FALSE; /* we do echo ourselves */ + cbreak(); /* ensure each key is returned immediately */ + win->_nodelay = FALSE; /* don't return -1 */ + + wrefresh(win); + + while (!stop) + { + ch = wgetch(win); + + switch (ch) + { + + case '\t': + ch = ' '; + num = TABSIZE - (win->_curx - x) % TABSIZE; + for (i = 0; i < num; i++) + { + if (chars < n) + { + if (oldecho) + waddch(win, ch); + *p++ = ch; + ++chars; + } + else + beep(); + } + break; + + case _ECHAR: /* CTRL-H -- Delete character */ + if (p > wstr) + { + if (oldecho) + waddstr(win, "\b \b"); + ch = *--p; + if ((ch < ' ') && (oldecho)) + waddstr(win, "\b \b"); + chars--; + } + break; + + case _DLCHAR: /* CTRL-U -- Delete line */ + while (p > wstr) + { + if (oldecho) + waddstr(win, "\b \b"); + ch = *--p; + if ((ch < ' ') && (oldecho)) + waddstr(win, "\b \b"); + } + chars = 0; + break; + + case _DWCHAR: /* CTRL-W -- Delete word */ + + while ((p > wstr) && (*(p - 1) == ' ')) + { + if (oldecho) + waddstr(win, "\b \b"); + + --p; /* remove space */ + chars--; + } + while ((p > wstr) && (*(p - 1) != ' ')) + { + if (oldecho) + waddstr(win, "\b \b"); + + ch = *--p; + if ((ch < ' ') && (oldecho)) + waddstr(win, "\b \b"); + chars--; + } + break; + + case '\n': + case '\r': + stop = TRUE; + if (oldecho) + waddch(win, '\n'); + break; + + default: + if (chars < n) + { + if (!SP->key_code) + { + *p++ = ch; + if (oldecho) + waddch(win, ch); + chars++; + } + } + else + beep(); + + break; + + } + + wrefresh(win); + } + + *p = '\0'; + + SP->echo = oldecho; /* restore old settings */ + SP->cbreak = oldcbreak; + win->_nodelay = oldnodelay; + + return OK; +} + +int get_wstr(wint_t *wstr) +{ + PDC_LOG(("get_wstr() - called\n")); + + return wgetn_wstr(stdscr, wstr, MAXLINE); +} + +int wget_wstr(WINDOW *win, wint_t *wstr) +{ + PDC_LOG(("wget_wstr() - called\n")); + + return wgetn_wstr(win, wstr, MAXLINE); +} + +int mvget_wstr(int y, int x, wint_t *wstr) +{ + PDC_LOG(("mvget_wstr() - called\n")); + + if (move(y, x) == ERR) + return ERR; + + return wgetn_wstr(stdscr, wstr, MAXLINE); +} + +int mvwget_wstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, wint_t *wstr) +{ + PDC_LOG(("mvwget_wstr() - called\n")); + + if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR) + return ERR; + + return wgetn_wstr(win, wstr, MAXLINE); +} + +int getn_wstr(wint_t *wstr, int n) +{ + PDC_LOG(("getn_wstr() - called\n")); + + return wgetn_wstr(stdscr, wstr, n); +} + +int mvgetn_wstr(int y, int x, wint_t *wstr, int n) +{ + PDC_LOG(("mvgetn_wstr() - called\n")); + + if (move(y, x) == ERR) + return ERR; + + return wgetn_wstr(stdscr, wstr, n); +} + +int mvwgetn_wstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, wint_t *wstr, int n) +{ + PDC_LOG(("mvwgetn_wstr() - called\n")); + + if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR) + return ERR; + + return wgetn_wstr(win, wstr, n); +} +#endif
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 +++ b/pdcurses/getyx.c Thu Jul 23 18:07:39 2015 +0300 @@ -0,0 +1,143 @@ +/* Public Domain Curses */ + +#include <curspriv.h> + +RCSID("$Id: getyx.c,v 1.29 2008/07/15 17:13:26 wmcbrine Exp $") + +/*man-start************************************************************** + + Name: getyx + + Synopsis: + void getyx(WINDOW *win, int y, int x); + void getparyx(WINDOW *win, int y, int x); + void getbegyx(WINDOW *win, int y, int x); + void getmaxyx(WINDOW *win, int y, int x); + + void getsyx(int y, int x); + int setsyx(int y, int x); + + int getbegy(WINDOW *win); + int getbegx(WINDOW *win); + int getcury(WINDOW *win); + int getcurx(WINDOW *win); + int getpary(WINDOW *win); + int getparx(WINDOW *win); + int getmaxy(WINDOW *win); + int getmaxx(WINDOW *win); + + Description: + The getyx() macro (defined in curses.h -- the prototypes here + are merely illustrative) puts the current cursor position of the + specified window into y and x. getbegyx() and getmaxyx() return + the starting coordinates and size of the specified window, + respectively. getparyx() returns the starting coordinates of the + parent's window, if the specified window is a subwindow; + otherwise it sets y and x to -1. These are all macros. + + getsyx() gets the coordinates of the virtual screen cursor, and + stores them in y and x. If leaveok() is TRUE, it returns -1, -1. + If lines have been removed with ripoffline(), then getsyx() + includes these lines in its count; so, the returned y and x + values should only be used with setsyx(). + + setsyx() sets the virtual screen cursor to the y, x coordinates. + If y, x are -1, -1, leaveok() is set TRUE. + + getsyx() and setsyx() are meant to be used by a library routine + that manipulates curses windows without altering the position of + the cursor. Note that getsyx() is defined only as a macro. + + getbegy(), getbegx(), getcurx(), getcury(), getmaxy(), + getmaxx(), getpary(), and getparx() return the appropriate + coordinate or size values, or ERR in the case of a NULL window. + + Portability X/Open BSD SYS V + getyx Y Y Y + getparyx - - 4.0 + getbegyx - - 3.0 + getmaxyx - - 3.0 + getsyx - - 3.0 + setsyx - - 3.0 + getbegy - - - + getbegx - - - + getcury - - - + getcurx - - - + getpary - - - + getparx - - - + getmaxy - - - + getmaxx - - - + +**man-end****************************************************************/ + +int getbegy(WINDOW *win) +{ + PDC_LOG(("getbegy() - called\n")); + + return win ? win->_begy : ERR; +} + +int getbegx(WINDOW *win) +{ + PDC_LOG(("getbegx() - called\n")); + + return win ? win->_begx : ERR; +} + +int getcury(WINDOW *win) +{ + PDC_LOG(("getcury() - called\n")); + + return win ? win->_cury : ERR; +} + +int getcurx(WINDOW *win) +{ + PDC_LOG(("getcurx() - called\n")); + + return win ? win->_curx : ERR; +} + +int getpary(WINDOW *win) +{ + PDC_LOG(("getpary() - called\n")); + + return win ? win->_pary : ERR; +} + +int getparx(WINDOW *win) +{ + PDC_LOG(("getparx() - called\n")); + + return win ? win->_parx : ERR; +} + +int getmaxy(WINDOW *win) +{ + PDC_LOG(("getmaxy() - called\n")); + + return win ? win->_maxy : ERR; +} + +int getmaxx(WINDOW *win) +{ + PDC_LOG(("getmaxx() - called\n")); + + return win ? win->_maxx : ERR; +} + +int setsyx(int y, int x) +{ + PDC_LOG(("setsyx() - called\n")); + + if(y == -1 && x == -1) + { + curscr->_leaveit = TRUE; + return OK; + } + else + { + curscr->_leaveit = FALSE; + return wmove(curscr, y, x); + } +}
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 +++ b/pdcurses/inch.c Thu Jul 23 18:07:39 2015 +0300 @@ -0,0 +1,125 @@ +/* Public Domain Curses */ + +#include <curspriv.h> + +RCSID("$Id: inch.c,v 1.33 2008/07/13 16:08:18 wmcbrine Exp $") + +/*man-start************************************************************** + + Name: inch + + Synopsis: + chtype inch(void); + chtype winch(WINDOW *win); + chtype mvinch(int y, int x); + chtype mvwinch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x); + + int in_wch(cchar_t *wcval); + int win_wch(WINDOW *win, cchar_t *wcval); + int mvin_wch(int y, int x, cchar_t *wcval); + int mvwin_wch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, cchar_t *wcval); + + Description: + The inch() functions retrieve the character and attribute from + the current or specified window position, in the form of a + chtype. If a NULL window is specified, (chtype)ERR is returned. + + The in_wch() functions are the wide-character versions; instead + of returning a chtype, they store a cchar_t at the address + specified by wcval, and return OK or ERR. (No value is stored + when ERR is returned.) Note that in PDCurses, chtype and cchar_t + are the same. + + Portability X/Open BSD SYS V + inch Y Y Y + winch Y Y Y + mvinch Y Y Y + mvwinch Y Y Y + in_wch Y + win_wch Y + mvin_wch Y + mvwin_wch Y + +**man-end****************************************************************/ + +chtype winch(WINDOW *win) +{ + PDC_LOG(("winch() - called\n")); + + if (!win) + return (chtype)ERR; + + return win->_y[win->_cury][win->_curx]; +} + +chtype inch(void) +{ + PDC_LOG(("inch() - called\n")); + + return winch(stdscr); +} + +chtype mvinch(int y, int x) +{ + PDC_LOG(("mvinch() - called\n")); + + if (move(y, x) == ERR) + return (chtype)ERR; + + return stdscr->_y[stdscr->_cury][stdscr->_curx]; +} + +chtype mvwinch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x) +{ + PDC_LOG(("mvwinch() - called\n")); + + if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR) + return (chtype)ERR; + + return win->_y[win->_cury][win->_curx]; +} + +#ifdef PDC_WIDE +int win_wch(WINDOW *win, cchar_t *wcval) +{ + PDC_LOG(("win_wch() - called\n")); + + if (!win || !wcval) + return ERR; + + *wcval = win->_y[win->_cury][win->_curx]; + + return OK; +} + +int in_wch(cchar_t *wcval) +{ + PDC_LOG(("in_wch() - called\n")); + + return win_wch(stdscr, wcval); +} + +int mvin_wch(int y, int x, cchar_t *wcval) +{ + PDC_LOG(("mvin_wch() - called\n")); + + if (!wcval || (move(y, x) == ERR)) + return ERR; + + *wcval = stdscr->_y[stdscr->_cury][stdscr->_curx]; + + return OK; +} + +int mvwin_wch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, cchar_t *wcval) +{ + PDC_LOG(("mvwin_wch() - called\n")); + + if (!wcval || (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)) + return ERR; + + *wcval = win->_y[win->_cury][win->_curx]; + + return OK; +} +#endif
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 +++ b/pdcurses/inchstr.c Thu Jul 23 18:07:39 2015 +0300 @@ -0,0 +1,211 @@ +/* Public Domain Curses */ + +#include <curspriv.h> + +RCSID("$Id: inchstr.c,v 1.34 2008/07/13 16:08:18 wmcbrine Exp $") + +/*man-start************************************************************** + + Name: inchstr + + Synopsis: + int inchstr(chtype *ch); + int inchnstr(chtype *ch, int n); + int winchstr(WINDOW *win, chtype *ch); + int winchnstr(WINDOW *win, chtype *ch, int n); + int mvinchstr(int y, int x, chtype *ch); + int mvinchnstr(int y, int x, chtype *ch, int n); + int mvwinchstr(WINDOW *, int y, int x, chtype *ch); + int mvwinchnstr(WINDOW *, int y, int x, chtype *ch, int n); + + int in_wchstr(cchar_t *wch); + int in_wchnstr(cchar_t *wch, int n); + int win_wchstr(WINDOW *win, cchar_t *wch); + int win_wchnstr(WINDOW *win, cchar_t *wch, int n); + int mvin_wchstr(int y, int x, cchar_t *wch); + int mvin_wchnstr(int y, int x, cchar_t *wch, int n); + int mvwin_wchstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, cchar_t *wch); + int mvwin_wchnstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, cchar_t *wch, int n); + + Description: + These routines read a chtype or cchar_t string from the window, + starting at the current or specified position, and ending at the + right margin, or after n elements, whichever is less. + + Return Value: + All functions return the number of elements read, or ERR on + error. + + Portability X/Open BSD SYS V + inchstr Y - 4.0 + winchstr Y - 4.0 + mvinchstr Y - 4.0 + mvwinchstr Y - 4.0 + inchnstr Y - 4.0 + winchnstr Y - 4.0 + mvinchnstr Y - 4.0 + mvwinchnstr Y - 4.0 + in_wchstr Y + win_wchstr Y + mvin_wchstr Y + mvwin_wchstr Y + in_wchnstr Y + win_wchnstr Y + mvin_wchnstr Y + mvwin_wchnstr Y + +**man-end****************************************************************/ + +int winchnstr(WINDOW *win, chtype *ch, int n) +{ + chtype *src; + int i; + + PDC_LOG(("winchnstr() - called\n")); + + if (!win || !ch || n < 0) + return ERR; + + if ((win->_curx + n) > win->_maxx) + n = win->_maxx - win->_curx; + + src = win->_y[win->_cury] + win->_curx; + + for (i = 0; i < n; i++) + *ch++ = *src++; + + *ch = (chtype)0; + + return OK; +} + +int inchstr(chtype *ch) +{ + PDC_LOG(("inchstr() - called\n")); + + return winchnstr(stdscr, ch, stdscr->_maxx - stdscr->_curx); +} + +int winchstr(WINDOW *win, chtype *ch) +{ + PDC_LOG(("winchstr() - called\n")); + + return winchnstr(win, ch, win->_maxx - win->_curx); +} + +int mvinchstr(int y, int x, chtype *ch) +{ + PDC_LOG(("mvinchstr() - called: y %d x %d\n", y, x)); + + if (move(y, x) == ERR) + return ERR; + + return winchnstr(stdscr, ch, stdscr->_maxx - stdscr->_curx); +} + +int mvwinchstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, chtype *ch) +{ + PDC_LOG(("mvwinchstr() - called:\n")); + + if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR) + return ERR; + + return winchnstr(win, ch, win->_maxx - win->_curx); +} + +int inchnstr(chtype *ch, int n) +{ + PDC_LOG(("inchnstr() - called\n")); + + return winchnstr(stdscr, ch, n); +} + +int mvinchnstr(int y, int x, chtype *ch, int n) +{ + PDC_LOG(("mvinchnstr() - called: y %d x %d n %d\n", y, x, n)); + + if (move(y, x) == ERR) + return ERR; + + return winchnstr(stdscr, ch, n); +} + +int mvwinchnstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, chtype *ch, int n) +{ + PDC_LOG(("mvwinchnstr() - called: y %d x %d n %d \n", y, x, n)); + + if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR) + return ERR; + + return winchnstr(win, ch, n); +} + +#ifdef PDC_WIDE +int win_wchnstr(WINDOW *win, cchar_t *wch, int n) +{ + PDC_LOG(("win_wchnstr() - called\n")); + + return winchnstr(win, wch, n); +} + +int in_wchstr(cchar_t *wch) +{ + PDC_LOG(("in_wchstr() - called\n")); + + return win_wchnstr(stdscr, wch, stdscr->_maxx - stdscr->_curx); +} + +int win_wchstr(WINDOW *win, cchar_t *wch) +{ + PDC_LOG(("win_wchstr() - called\n")); + + return win_wchnstr(win, wch, win->_maxx - win->_curx); +} + +int mvin_wchstr(int y, int x, cchar_t *wch) +{ + PDC_LOG(("mvin_wchstr() - called: y %d x %d\n", y, x)); + + if (move(y, x) == ERR) + return ERR; + + return win_wchnstr(stdscr, wch, stdscr->_maxx - stdscr->_curx); +} + +int mvwin_wchstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, cchar_t *wch) +{ + PDC_LOG(("mvwin_wchstr() - called:\n")); + + if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR) + return ERR; + + return win_wchnstr(win, wch, win->_maxx - win->_curx); +} + +int in_wchnstr(cchar_t *wch, int n) +{ + PDC_LOG(("in_wchnstr() - called\n")); + + return win_wchnstr(stdscr, wch, n); +} + +int mvin_wchnstr(int y, int x, cchar_t *wch, int n) +{ + PDC_LOG(("mvin_wchnstr() - called: y %d x %d n %d\n", y, x, n)); + + if (move(y, x) == ERR) + return ERR; + + return win_wchnstr(stdscr, wch, n); +} + +int mvwin_wchnstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, cchar_t *wch, int n) +{ + PDC_LOG(("mvwinchnstr() - called: y %d x %d n %d \n", y, x, n)); + + if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR) + return ERR; + + return win_wchnstr(win, wch, n); +} +#endif
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 +++ b/pdcurses/initscr.c Thu Jul 23 18:07:39 2015 +0300 @@ -0,0 +1,339 @@ +/* Public Domain Curses */ + +#include <curspriv.h> + +RCSID("$Id: initscr.c,v 1.114 2008/07/13 16:08:18 wmcbrine Exp $") + +/*man-start************************************************************** + + Name: initscr + + Synopsis: + WINDOW *initscr(void); + WINDOW *Xinitscr(int argc, char *argv[]); + int endwin(void); + bool isendwin(void); + SCREEN *newterm(const char *type, FILE *outfd, FILE *infd); + SCREEN *set_term(SCREEN *new); + void delscreen(SCREEN *sp); + + int resize_term(int nlines, int ncols); + bool is_termresized(void); + const char *curses_version(void); + + Description: + initscr() should be the first curses routine called. It will + initialize all curses data structures, and arrange that the + first call to refresh() will clear the screen. In case of + error, initscr() will write a message to standard error and end + the program. + + endwin() should be called before exiting or escaping from curses + mode temporarily. It will restore tty modes, move the cursor to + the lower left corner of the screen and reset the terminal into + the proper non-visual mode. To resume curses after a temporary + escape, call refresh() or doupdate(). + + isendwin() returns TRUE if endwin() has been called without a + subsequent refresh, unless SP is NULL. + + In some implementations of curses, newterm() allows the use of + multiple terminals. Here, it's just an alternative interface for + initscr(). It always returns SP, or NULL. + + delscreen() frees the memory allocated by newterm() or + initscr(), since it's not freed by endwin(). This function is + usually not needed. In PDCurses, the parameter must be the + value of SP, and delscreen() sets SP to NULL. + + set_term() does nothing meaningful in PDCurses, but is included + for compatibility with other curses implementations. + + resize_term() is effectively two functions: When called with + nonzero values for nlines and ncols, it attempts to resize the + screen to the given size. When called with (0, 0), it merely + adjusts the internal structures to match the current size after + the screen is resized by the user. On the currently supported + platforms, this functionality is mutually exclusive: X11 allows + user resizing, while DOS, OS/2 and Win32 allow programmatic + resizing. If you want to support user resizing, you should check + for getch() returning KEY_RESIZE, and/or call is_termresized() + at appropriate times; if either condition occurs, call + resize_term(0, 0). Then, with either user or programmatic + resizing, you'll have to resize any windows you've created, as + appropriate; resize_term() only handles stdscr and curscr. + + is_termresized() returns TRUE if the curses screen has been + resized by the user, and a call to resize_term() is needed. + Checking for KEY_RESIZE is generally preferable, unless you're + not handling the keyboard. + + curses_version() returns a string describing the version of + PDCurses. + + Return Value: + All functions return NULL on error, except endwin(), which + returns ERR on error. + + Portability X/Open BSD SYS V + initscr Y Y Y + endwin Y Y Y + isendwin Y - 3.0 + newterm Y - Y + set_term Y - Y + delscreen Y - 4.0 + resize_term - - - + is_termresized - - - + curses_version - - - + +**man-end****************************************************************/ + +#include <stdlib.h> + +char ttytype[128]; + +const char *_curses_notice = "PDCurses 3.4 - Public Domain 2008"; + +SCREEN *SP = (SCREEN*)NULL; /* curses variables */ +WINDOW *curscr = (WINDOW *)NULL; /* the current screen image */ +WINDOW *stdscr = (WINDOW *)NULL; /* the default screen window */ +WINDOW *pdc_lastscr = (WINDOW *)NULL; /* the last screen image */ + +int LINES = 0; /* current terminal height */ +int COLS = 0; /* current terminal width */ +int TABSIZE = 8; + +MOUSE_STATUS Mouse_status, pdc_mouse_status; + +extern RIPPEDOFFLINE linesripped[5]; +extern char linesrippedoff; + +WINDOW *Xinitscr(int argc, char *argv[]) +{ + int i; + + PDC_LOG(("Xinitscr() - called\n")); + + if (SP && SP->alive) + return NULL; + + if (PDC_scr_open(argc, argv) == ERR) + { + fprintf(stderr, "initscr(): Unable to create SP\n"); + exit(8); + } + + SP->autocr = TRUE; /* cr -> lf by default */ + SP->raw_out = FALSE; /* tty I/O modes */ + SP->raw_inp = FALSE; /* tty I/O modes */ + SP->cbreak = TRUE; + SP->save_key_modifiers = FALSE; + SP->return_key_modifiers = FALSE; + SP->echo = TRUE; + SP->visibility = 1; + SP->resized = FALSE; + SP->_trap_mbe = 0L; + SP->_map_mbe_to_key = 0L; + SP->linesrippedoff = 0; + SP->linesrippedoffontop = 0; + SP->delaytenths = 0; + SP->line_color = -1; + + SP->orig_cursor = PDC_get_cursor_mode(); + + LINES = SP->lines; + COLS = SP->cols; + + if (LINES < 2 || COLS < 2) + { + fprintf(stderr, "initscr(): LINES=%d COLS=%d: too small.\n", + LINES, COLS); + exit(4); + } + + if ((curscr = newwin(LINES, COLS, 0, 0)) == (WINDOW *)NULL) + { + fprintf(stderr, "initscr(): Unable to create curscr.\n"); + exit(2); + } + + if ((pdc_lastscr = newwin(LINES, COLS, 0, 0)) == (WINDOW *)NULL) + { + fprintf(stderr, "initscr(): Unable to create pdc_lastscr.\n"); + exit(2); + } + + wattrset(pdc_lastscr, (chtype)(-1)); + werase(pdc_lastscr); + + PDC_slk_initialize(); + LINES -= SP->slklines; + + /* We have to sort out ripped off lines here, and reduce the height + of stdscr by the number of lines ripped off */ + + for (i = 0; i < linesrippedoff; i++) + { + if (linesripped[i].line < 0) + (*linesripped[i].init)(newwin(1, COLS, LINES - 1, 0), COLS); + else + (*linesripped[i].init)(newwin(1, COLS, + SP->linesrippedoffontop++, 0), COLS); + + SP->linesrippedoff++; + LINES--; + } + + linesrippedoff = 0; + + if (!(stdscr = newwin(LINES, COLS, SP->linesrippedoffontop, 0))) + { + fprintf(stderr, "initscr(): Unable to create stdscr.\n"); + exit(1); + } + + wclrtobot(stdscr); + + /* If preserving the existing screen, don't allow a screen clear */ + + if (SP->_preserve) + { + untouchwin(curscr); + untouchwin(stdscr); + stdscr->_clear = FALSE; + curscr->_clear = FALSE; + } + else + curscr->_clear = TRUE; + + PDC_init_atrtab(); /* set up default colors */ + + MOUSE_X_POS = MOUSE_Y_POS = -1; + BUTTON_STATUS(1) = BUTTON_RELEASED; + BUTTON_STATUS(2) = BUTTON_RELEASED; + BUTTON_STATUS(3) = BUTTON_RELEASED; + Mouse_status.changes = 0; + + SP->alive = TRUE; + + def_shell_mode(); + + sprintf(ttytype, "pdcurses|PDCurses for %s", PDC_sysname()); + + return stdscr; +} + +WINDOW *initscr(void) +{ + PDC_LOG(("initscr() - called\n")); + + return Xinitscr(0, NULL); +} + +int endwin(void) +{ + PDC_LOG(("endwin() - called\n")); + + /* Allow temporary exit from curses using endwin() */ + + def_prog_mode(); + PDC_scr_close(); + + SP->alive = FALSE; + + return OK; +} + +bool isendwin(void) +{ + PDC_LOG(("isendwin() - called\n")); + + return SP ? !(SP->alive) : FALSE; +} + +SCREEN *newterm(const char *type, FILE *outfd, FILE *infd) +{ + PDC_LOG(("newterm() - called\n")); + + return Xinitscr(0, NULL) ? SP : NULL; +} + +SCREEN *set_term(SCREEN *new) +{ + PDC_LOG(("set_term() - called\n")); + + /* We only support one screen */ + + return (new == SP) ? SP : NULL; +} + +void delscreen(SCREEN *sp) +{ + PDC_LOG(("delscreen() - called\n")); + + if (sp != SP) + return; + + PDC_slk_free(); /* free the soft label keys, if needed */ + + delwin(stdscr); + delwin(curscr); + delwin(pdc_lastscr); + stdscr = (WINDOW *)NULL; + curscr = (WINDOW *)NULL; + pdc_lastscr = (WINDOW *)NULL; + + SP->alive = FALSE; + + PDC_scr_free(); /* free SP and pdc_atrtab */ + + SP = (SCREEN *)NULL; +} + +int resize_term(int nlines, int ncols) +{ + PDC_LOG(("resize_term() - called: nlines %d\n", nlines)); + + if (!stdscr || PDC_resize_screen(nlines, ncols) == ERR) + return ERR; + + SP->lines = PDC_get_rows(); + LINES = SP->lines - SP->linesrippedoff - SP->slklines; + SP->cols = COLS = PDC_get_columns(); + + if (wresize(curscr, SP->lines, SP->cols) == ERR || + wresize(stdscr, LINES, COLS) == ERR || + wresize(pdc_lastscr, SP->lines, SP->cols) == ERR) + return ERR; + + werase(pdc_lastscr); + curscr->_clear = TRUE; + + if (SP->slk_winptr) + { + if (wresize(SP->slk_winptr, SP->slklines, COLS) == ERR) + return ERR; + + wmove(SP->slk_winptr, 0, 0); + wclrtobot(SP->slk_winptr); + PDC_slk_initialize(); + slk_noutrefresh(); + } + + touchwin(stdscr); + wnoutrefresh(stdscr); + + return OK; +} + +bool is_termresized(void) +{ + PDC_LOG(("is_termresized() - called\n")); + + return SP->resized; +} + +const char *curses_version(void) +{ + return _curses_notice; +}
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 +++ b/pdcurses/inopts.c Thu Jul 23 18:07:39 2015 +0300 @@ -0,0 +1,321 @@ +/* Public Domain Curses */ + +#include <curspriv.h> + +RCSID("$Id: inopts.c,v 1.43 2008/07/13 16:08:18 wmcbrine Exp $") + +/*man-start************************************************************** + + Name: inopts + + Synopsis: + int cbreak(void); + int nocbreak(void); + int echo(void); + int noecho(void); + int halfdelay(int tenths); + int intrflush(WINDOW *win, bool bf); + int keypad(WINDOW *win, bool bf); + int meta(WINDOW *win, bool bf); + int nl(void); + int nonl(void); + int nodelay(WINDOW *win, bool bf); + int notimeout(WINDOW *win, bool bf); + int raw(void); + int noraw(void); + void noqiflush(void); + void qiflush(void); + void timeout(int delay); + void wtimeout(WINDOW *win, int delay); + int typeahead(int fildes); + + int crmode(void); + int nocrmode(void); + + Description: + cbreak() and nocbreak() toggle cbreak mode. In cbreak mode, + characters typed by the user are made available immediately, and + erase/kill character processing is not performed. In nocbreak + mode, typed characters are buffered until a newline or carriage + return. Interrupt and flow control characters are unaffected by + this mode. PDCurses always starts in cbreak mode. + + echo() and noecho() control whether typed characters are echoed + by the input routine. Initially, input characters are echoed. + Subsequent calls to echo() and noecho() do not flush type-ahead. + + halfdelay() is similar to cbreak(), but allows for a time limit + to be specified, in tenths of a second. This causes getch() to + block for that period before returning ERR if no key has been + received. tenths must be between 1 and 255. + + keypad() controls whether getch() returns function/special keys + as single key codes (e.g., the left arrow key as KEY_LEFT). Per + X/Open, the default for keypad mode is OFF. You'll probably want + it on. With keypad mode off, if a special key is pressed, + getch() does nothing or returns ERR. + + nodelay() controls whether wgetch() is a non-blocking call. If + the option is enabled, and no input is ready, wgetch() will + return ERR. If disabled, wgetch() will hang until input is + ready. + + nl() enables the translation of a carriage return into a newline + on input. nonl() disables this. Initially, the translation does + occur. + + raw() and noraw() toggle raw mode. Raw mode is similar to cbreak + mode, in that characters typed are immediately passed through to + the user program. The difference is that in raw mode, the INTR, + QUIT, SUSP, and STOP characters are passed through without being + interpreted, and without generating a signal. + + In PDCurses, the meta() function sets raw mode on or off. + + timeout() and wtimeout() set blocking or non-blocking reads for + the specified window. The delay is measured in milliseconds. If + it's negative, a blocking read is used; if zero, then non- + blocking reads are done -- if no input is waiting, ERR is + returned immediately. If the delay is positive, the read blocks + for the delay period; if the period expires, ERR is returned. + + intrflush(), notimeout(), noqiflush(), qiflush() and typeahead() + do nothing in PDCurses, but are included for compatibility with + other curses implementations. + + crmode() and nocrmode() are archaic equivalents to cbreak() and + nocbreak(), respectively. + + Return Value: + All functions return OK on success and ERR on error. + + Portability X/Open BSD SYS V + cbreak Y Y Y + nocbreak Y Y Y + echo Y Y Y + noecho Y Y Y + halfdelay Y - Y + intrflush Y - Y + keypad Y - Y + meta Y - Y + nl Y Y Y + nonl Y Y Y + nodelay Y - Y + notimeout Y - Y + raw Y Y Y + noraw Y Y Y + noqiflush Y - Y + qiflush Y - Y + timeout Y - Y + wtimeout Y - Y + typeahead Y - Y + crmode - + nocrmode - + +**man-end****************************************************************/ + +int cbreak(void) +{ + PDC_LOG(("cbreak() - called\n")); + + SP->cbreak = TRUE; + + return OK; +} + +int nocbreak(void) +{ + PDC_LOG(("nocbreak() - called\n")); + + SP->cbreak = FALSE; + SP->delaytenths = 0; + + return OK; +} + +int echo(void) +{ + PDC_LOG(("echo() - called\n")); + + SP->echo = TRUE; + + return OK; +} + +int noecho(void) +{ + PDC_LOG(("noecho() - called\n")); + + SP->echo = FALSE; + + return OK; +} + +int halfdelay(int tenths) +{ + PDC_LOG(("halfdelay() - called\n")); + + if (tenths < 1 || tenths > 255) + return ERR; + + SP->delaytenths = tenths; + + return OK; +} + +int intrflush(WINDOW *win, bool bf) +{ + PDC_LOG(("intrflush() - called\n")); + + return OK; +} + +int keypad(WINDOW *win, bool bf) +{ + PDC_LOG(("keypad() - called\n")); + + if (!win) + return ERR; + + win->_use_keypad = bf; + + return OK; +} + +int meta(WINDOW *win, bool bf) +{ + PDC_LOG(("meta() - called\n")); + + SP->raw_inp = bf; + + return OK; +} + +int nl(void) +{ + PDC_LOG(("nl() - called\n")); + + SP->autocr = TRUE; + + return OK; +} + +int nonl(void) +{ + PDC_LOG(("nonl() - called\n")); + + SP->autocr = FALSE; + + return OK; +} + +int nodelay(WINDOW *win, bool flag) +{ + PDC_LOG(("nodelay() - called\n")); + + if (!win) + return ERR; + + win->_nodelay = flag; + + return OK; +} + +int notimeout(WINDOW *win, bool flag) +{ + PDC_LOG(("notimeout() - called\n")); + + return OK; +} + +int raw(void) +{ + PDC_LOG(("raw() - called\n")); + + PDC_set_keyboard_binary(TRUE); + SP->raw_inp = TRUE; + + return OK; +} + +int noraw(void) +{ + PDC_LOG(("noraw() - called\n")); + + PDC_set_keyboard_binary(FALSE); + SP->raw_inp = FALSE; + + return OK; +} + +void noqiflush(void) +{ + PDC_LOG(("noqiflush() - called\n")); +} + +void qiflush(void) +{ + PDC_LOG(("qiflush() - called\n")); +} + +int typeahead(int fildes) +{ + PDC_LOG(("typeahead() - called\n")); + + return OK; +} + +void wtimeout(WINDOW *win, int delay) +{ + PDC_LOG(("wtimeout() - called\n")); + + if (!win) + return; + + if (delay < 0) + { + /* This causes a blocking read on the window, so turn on delay + mode */ + + win->_nodelay = FALSE; + win->_delayms = 0; + } + else if (!delay) + { + /* This causes a non-blocking read on the window, so turn off + delay mode */ + + win->_nodelay = TRUE; + win->_delayms = 0; + } + else + { + /* This causes the read on the window to delay for the number of + milliseconds. Also forces the window into non-blocking read + mode */ + + /*win->_nodelay = TRUE;*/ + win->_delayms = delay; + } +} + +void timeout(int delay) +{ + PDC_LOG(("timeout() - called\n")); + + wtimeout(stdscr, delay); +} + +int crmode(void) +{ + PDC_LOG(("crmode() - called\n")); + + return cbreak(); +} + +int nocrmode(void) +{ + PDC_LOG(("nocrmode() - called\n")); + + return nocbreak(); +}
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 +++ b/pdcurses/insch.c Thu Jul 23 18:07:39 2015 +0300 @@ -0,0 +1,268 @@ +/* Public Domain Curses */ + +#include <curspriv.h> + +RCSID("$Id: insch.c,v 1.44 2008/07/13 16:08:18 wmcbrine Exp $") + +/*man-start************************************************************** + + Name: insch + + Synopsis: + int insch(chtype ch); + int winsch(WINDOW *win, chtype ch); + int mvinsch(int y, int x, chtype ch); + int mvwinsch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, chtype ch); + + int insrawch(chtype ch); + int winsrawch(WINDOW *win, chtype ch); + int mvinsrawch(int y, int x, chtype ch); + int mvwinsrawch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, chtype ch); + + int ins_wch(const cchar_t *wch); + int wins_wch(WINDOW *win, const cchar_t *wch); + int mvins_wch(int y, int x, const cchar_t *wch); + int mvwins_wch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const cchar_t *wch); + + Description: + The insch() functions insert a chtype into the window at the + current or specified cursor position. The cursor is NOT + advanced. A newline is equivalent to clrtoeol(); tabs are + expanded; other control characters are converted as with + unctrl(). + + The ins_wch() functions are the wide-character + equivalents, taking cchar_t pointers rather than chtypes. + + Video attributes can be combined with a character by ORing + them into the parameter. Text, including attributes, can be + copied from one place to another using inch() and insch(). + + insrawch() etc. are PDCurses-specific wrappers for insch() etc. + that disable the translation of control characters. + + Return Value: + All functions return OK on success and ERR on error. + + Portability X/Open BSD SYS V + insch Y Y Y + winsch Y Y Y + mvinsch Y Y Y + mvwinsch Y Y Y + insrawch - - - + winsrawch - - - + ins_wch Y + wins_wch Y + mvins_wch Y + mvwins_wch Y + +**man-end****************************************************************/ + +#include <string.h> + +int winsch(WINDOW *win, chtype ch) +{ + int x, y; + chtype attr; + bool xlat; + + PDC_LOG(("winsch() - called: win=%p ch=%x (text=%c attr=0x%x)\n", + win, ch, ch & A_CHARTEXT, ch & A_ATTRIBUTES)); + + if (!win) + return ERR; + + x = win->_curx; + y = win->_cury; + + if (y > win->_maxy || x > win->_maxx || y < 0 || x < 0) + return ERR; + + xlat = !SP->raw_out && !(ch & A_ALTCHARSET); + attr = ch & A_ATTRIBUTES; + ch &= A_CHARTEXT; + + if (xlat && (ch < ' ' || ch == 0x7f)) + { + int x2; + + switch (ch) + { + case '\t': + for (x2 = ((x / TABSIZE) + 1) * TABSIZE; x < x2; x++) + { + if (winsch(win, attr | ' ') == ERR) + return ERR; + } + return OK; + + case '\n': + wclrtoeol(win); + break; + + case 0x7f: + if (winsch(win, attr | '?') == ERR) + return ERR; + + return winsch(win, attr | '^'); + + default: + /* handle control chars */ + + if (winsch(win, attr | (ch + '@')) == ERR) + return ERR; + + return winsch(win, attr | '^'); + } + } + else + { + int maxx; + chtype *temp; + + /* If the incoming character doesn't have its own attribute, + then use the current attributes for the window. If it has + attributes but not a color component, OR the attributes to + the current attributes for the window. If it has a color + component, use the attributes solely from the incoming + character. */ + + if (!(attr & A_COLOR)) + attr |= win->_attrs; + + /* wrs (4/10/93): Apply the same sort of logic for the window + background, in that it only takes precedence if other color + attributes are not there and that the background character + will only print if the printing character is blank. */ + + if (!(attr & A_COLOR)) + attr |= win->_bkgd & A_ATTRIBUTES; + else + attr |= win->_bkgd & (A_ATTRIBUTES ^ A_COLOR); + + if (ch == ' ') + ch = win->_bkgd & A_CHARTEXT; + + /* Add the attribute back into the character. */ + + ch |= attr; + + maxx = win->_maxx; + temp = &win->_y[y][x]; + + memmove(temp + 1, temp, (maxx - x - 1) * sizeof(chtype)); + + win->_lastch[y] = maxx - 1; + + if ((win->_firstch[y] == _NO_CHANGE) || (win->_firstch[y] > x)) + win->_firstch[y] = x; + + *temp = ch; + } + + PDC_sync(win); + + return OK; +} + +int insch(chtype ch) +{ + PDC_LOG(("insch() - called\n")); + + return winsch(stdscr, ch); +} + +int mvinsch(int y, int x, chtype ch) +{ + PDC_LOG(("mvinsch() - called\n")); + + if (move(y, x) == ERR) + return ERR; + + return winsch(stdscr, ch); +} + +int mvwinsch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, chtype ch) +{ + PDC_LOG(("mvwinsch() - called\n")); + + if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR) + return ERR; + + return winsch(win, ch); +} + +int winsrawch(WINDOW *win, chtype ch) +{ + PDC_LOG(("winsrawch() - called: win=%p ch=%x " + "(char=%c attr=0x%x)\n", win, ch, + ch & A_CHARTEXT, ch & A_ATTRIBUTES)); + + if ((ch & A_CHARTEXT) < ' ' || (ch & A_CHARTEXT) == 0x7f) + ch |= A_ALTCHARSET; + + return winsch(win, ch); +} + +int insrawch(chtype ch) +{ + PDC_LOG(("insrawch() - called\n")); + + return winsrawch(stdscr, ch); +} + +int mvinsrawch(int y, int x, chtype ch) +{ + PDC_LOG(("mvinsrawch() - called\n")); + + if (move(y, x) == ERR) + return ERR; + + return winsrawch(stdscr, ch); +} + +int mvwinsrawch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, chtype ch) +{ + PDC_LOG(("mvwinsrawch() - called\n")); + + if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR) + return ERR; + + return winsrawch(win, ch); +} + +#ifdef PDC_WIDE +int wins_wch(WINDOW *win, const cchar_t *wch) +{ + PDC_LOG(("wins_wch() - called\n")); + + return wch ? winsch(win, *wch) : ERR; +} + +int ins_wch(const cchar_t *wch) +{ + PDC_LOG(("ins_wch() - called\n")); + + return wins_wch(stdscr, wch); +} + +int mvins_wch(int y, int x, const cchar_t *wch) +{ + PDC_LOG(("mvins_wch() - called\n")); + + if (move(y, x) == ERR) + return ERR; + + return wins_wch(stdscr, wch); +} + +int mvwins_wch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const cchar_t *wch) +{ + PDC_LOG(("mvwins_wch() - called\n")); + + if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR) + return ERR; + + return wins_wch(win, wch); +} +#endif
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 +++ b/pdcurses/insstr.c Thu Jul 23 18:07:39 2015 +0300 @@ -0,0 +1,261 @@ +/* Public Domain Curses */ + +#include <curspriv.h> + +RCSID("$Id: insstr.c,v 1.46 2008/07/13 16:08:18 wmcbrine Exp $") + +/*man-start************************************************************** + + Name: insstr + + Synopsis: + int insstr(const char *str); + int insnstr(const char *str, int n); + int winsstr(WINDOW *win, const char *str); + int winsnstr(WINDOW *win, const char *str, int n); + int mvinsstr(int y, int x, const char *str); + int mvinsnstr(int y, int x, const char *str, int n); + int mvwinsstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const char *str); + int mvwinsnstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const char *str, int n); + + int ins_wstr(const wchar_t *wstr); + int ins_nwstr(const wchar_t *wstr, int n); + int wins_wstr(WINDOW *win, const wchar_t *wstr); + int wins_nwstr(WINDOW *win, const wchar_t *wstr, int n); + int mvins_wstr(int y, int x, const wchar_t *wstr); + int mvins_nwstr(int y, int x, const wchar_t *wstr, int n); + int mvwins_wstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const wchar_t *wstr); + int mvwins_nwstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const wchar_t *wstr, int n); + + Description: + The insstr() functions insert a character string into a window + at the current cursor position, by repeatedly calling winsch(). + When PDCurses is built with wide-character support enabled, the + narrow-character functions treat the string as a multibyte + string in the current locale, and convert it first. All + characters to the right of the cursor are moved to the right, + with the possibility of the rightmost characters on the line + being lost. The cursor position does not change (after moving + to y, x, if specified). The routines with n as the last + argument insert at most n characters; if n is negative, then the + entire string is inserted. + + Return Value: + All functions return OK on success and ERR on error. + + Portability X/Open BSD SYS V + insstr Y - 4.0 + winsstr Y - 4.0 + mvinsstr Y - 4.0 + mvwinsstr Y - 4.0 + insnstr Y - 4.0 + winsnstr Y - 4.0 + mvinsnstr Y - 4.0 + mvwinsnstr Y - 4.0 + ins_wstr Y + wins_wstr Y + mvins_wstr Y + mvwins_wstr Y + ins_nwstr Y + wins_nwstr Y + mvins_nwstr Y + mvwins_nwstr Y + +**man-end****************************************************************/ + +#include <string.h> + +int winsnstr(WINDOW *win, const char *str, int n) +{ +#ifdef PDC_WIDE + wchar_t wstr[513], *p; + int i; +#endif + int len; + + PDC_LOG(("winsnstr() - called: string=\"%s\" n %d \n", str, n)); + + if (!win || !str) + return ERR; + + len = strlen(str); + + if (n < 0 || n < len) + n = len; + +#ifdef PDC_WIDE + if (n > 512) + n = 512; + + p = wstr; + i = 0; + + while (str[i] && i < n) + { + int retval = PDC_mbtowc(p, str + i, n - i); + + if (retval <= 0) + break; + p++; + i += retval; + } + + while (p > wstr) + if (winsch(win, *--p) == ERR) +#else + while (n) + if (winsch(win, (unsigned char)(str[--n])) == ERR) +#endif + return ERR; + + return OK; +} + +int insstr(const char *str) +{ + PDC_LOG(("insstr() - called: string=\"%s\"\n", str)); + + return winsnstr(stdscr, str, -1); +} + +int winsstr(WINDOW *win, const char *str) +{ + PDC_LOG(("winsstr() - called: string=\"%s\"\n", str)); + + return winsnstr(win, str, -1); +} + +int mvinsstr(int y, int x, const char *str) +{ + PDC_LOG(("mvinsstr() - called: y %d x %d string=\"%s\"\n", y, x, str)); + + if (move(y, x) == ERR) + return ERR; + + return winsnstr(stdscr, str, -1); +} + +int mvwinsstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const char *str) +{ + PDC_LOG(("mvwinsstr() - called: string=\"%s\"\n", str)); + + if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR) + return ERR; + + return winsnstr(win, str, -1); +} + +int insnstr(const char *str, int n) +{ + PDC_LOG(("insnstr() - called: string=\"%s\" n %d \n", str, n)); + + return winsnstr(stdscr, str, n); +} + +int mvinsnstr(int y, int x, const char *str, int n) +{ + PDC_LOG(("mvinsnstr() - called: y %d x %d string=\"%s\" n %d \n", + y, x, str, n)); + + if (move(y, x) == ERR) + return ERR; + + return winsnstr(stdscr, str, n); +} + +int mvwinsnstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const char *str, int n) +{ + PDC_LOG(("mvwinsnstr() - called: y %d x %d string=\"%s\" n %d \n", + y, x, str, n)); + + if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR) + return ERR; + + return winsnstr(win, str, n); +} + +#ifdef PDC_WIDE +int wins_nwstr(WINDOW *win, const wchar_t *wstr, int n) +{ + const wchar_t *p; + int len; + + PDC_LOG(("wins_nwstr() - called\n")); + + if (!win || !wstr) + return ERR; + + for (len = 0, p = wstr; *p; p++) + len++; + + if (n < 0 || n < len) + n = len; + + while (n) + if (winsch(win, wstr[--n]) == ERR) + return ERR; + + return OK; +} + +int ins_wstr(const wchar_t *wstr) +{ + PDC_LOG(("ins_wstr() - called\n")); + + return wins_nwstr(stdscr, wstr, -1); +} + +int wins_wstr(WINDOW *win, const wchar_t *wstr) +{ + PDC_LOG(("wins_wstr() - called\n")); + + return wins_nwstr(win, wstr, -1); +} + +int mvins_wstr(int y, int x, const wchar_t *wstr) +{ + PDC_LOG(("mvins_wstr() - called\n")); + + if (move(y, x) == ERR) + return ERR; + + return wins_nwstr(stdscr, wstr, -1); +} + +int mvwins_wstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const wchar_t *wstr) +{ + PDC_LOG(("mvwinsstr() - called\n")); + + if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR) + return ERR; + + return wins_nwstr(win, wstr, -1); +} + +int ins_nwstr(const wchar_t *wstr, int n) +{ + PDC_LOG(("ins_nwstr() - called\n")); + + return wins_nwstr(stdscr, wstr, n); +} + +int mvins_nwstr(int y, int x, const wchar_t *wstr, int n) +{ + PDC_LOG(("mvinsnstr() - called\n")); + + if (move(y, x) == ERR) + return ERR; + + return wins_nwstr(stdscr, wstr, n); +} + +int mvwins_nwstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const wchar_t *wstr, int n) +{ + PDC_LOG(("mvwinsnstr() - called\n")); + + if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR) + return ERR; + + return wins_nwstr(win, wstr, n); +} +#endif
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 +++ b/pdcurses/instr.c Thu Jul 23 18:07:39 2015 +0300 @@ -0,0 +1,243 @@ +/* Public Domain Curses */ + +#include <curspriv.h> + +RCSID("$Id: instr.c,v 1.44 2008/07/13 16:08:18 wmcbrine Exp $") + +/*man-start************************************************************** + + Name: instr + + Synopsis: + int instr(char *str); + int innstr(char *str, int n); + int winstr(WINDOW *win, char *str); + int winnstr(WINDOW *win, char *str, int n); + int mvinstr(int y, int x, char *str); + int mvinnstr(int y, int x, char *str, int n); + int mvwinstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, char *str); + int mvwinnstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, char *str, int n); + + int inwstr(wchar_t *wstr); + int innwstr(wchar_t *wstr, int n); + int winwstr(WINDOW *win, wchar_t *wstr); + int winnwstr(WINDOW *win, wchar_t *wstr, int n); + int mvinwstr(int y, int x, wchar_t *wstr); + int mvinnwstr(int y, int x, wchar_t *wstr, int n); + int mvwinwstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, wchar_t *wstr); + int mvwinnwstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, wchar_t *wstr, int n); + + Description: + These functions take characters (or wide characters) from the + current or specified position in the window, and return them as + a string in str (or wstr). Attributes are ignored. The functions + with n as the last argument return a string at most n characters + long. + + Return Value: + Upon successful completion, innstr(), mvinnstr(), mvwinnstr() + and winnstr() return the number of characters actually read into + the string; instr(), mvinstr(), mvwinstr() and winstr() return + OK. Otherwise, all these functions return ERR. + + Portability X/Open BSD SYS V + instr Y - 4.0 + winstr Y - 4.0 + mvinstr Y - 4.0 + mvwinstr Y - 4.0 + innstr Y - 4.0 + winnstr Y - 4.0 + mvinnstr Y - 4.0 + mvwinnstr Y - 4.0 + inwstr Y + winwstr Y + mvinwstr Y + mvwinwstr Y + innwstr Y + winnwstr Y + mvinnwstr Y + mvwinnwstr Y + +**man-end****************************************************************/ + +int winnstr(WINDOW *win, char *str, int n) +{ +#ifdef PDC_WIDE + wchar_t wstr[513]; + + if (n < 0 || n > 512) + n = 512; + + if (winnwstr(win, wstr, n) == ERR) + return ERR; + + return PDC_wcstombs(str, wstr, n); +#else + chtype *src; + int i; + + PDC_LOG(("winnstr() - called: n %d \n", n)); + + if (!win || !str) + return ERR; + + if (n < 0 || (win->_curx + n) > win->_maxx) + n = win->_maxx - win->_curx; + + src = win->_y[win->_cury] + win->_curx; + + for (i = 0; i < n; i++) + str[i] = src[i] & A_CHARTEXT; + + str[i] = '\0'; + + return i; +#endif +} + +int instr(char *str) +{ + PDC_LOG(("instr() - called: string=\"%s\"\n", str)); + + return (ERR == winnstr(stdscr, str, stdscr->_maxx)) ? ERR : OK; +} + +int winstr(WINDOW *win, char *str) +{ + PDC_LOG(("winstr() - called: \n")); + + return (ERR == winnstr(win, str, win->_maxx)) ? ERR : OK; +} + +int mvinstr(int y, int x, char *str) +{ + PDC_LOG(("mvinstr() - called: y %d x %d \n", y, x)); + + if (move(y, x) == ERR) + return ERR; + + return (ERR == winnstr(stdscr, str, stdscr->_maxx)) ? ERR : OK; +} + +int mvwinstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, char *str) +{ + PDC_LOG(("mvwinstr() - called: y %d x %d \n", y, x)); + + if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR) + return ERR; + + return (ERR == winnstr(win, str, win->_maxx)) ? ERR : OK; +} + +int innstr(char *str, int n) +{ + PDC_LOG(("innstr() - called: n %d \n", n)); + + return winnstr(stdscr, str, n); +} + +int mvinnstr(int y, int x, char *str, int n) +{ + PDC_LOG(("mvinnstr() - called: y %d x %d n %d \n", y, x, n)); + + if (move(y, x) == ERR) + return ERR; + + return winnstr(stdscr, str, n); +} + +int mvwinnstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, char *str, int n) +{ + PDC_LOG(("mvwinnstr() - called: y %d x %d n %d \n", y, x, n)); + + if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR) + return ERR; + + return winnstr(win, str, n); +} + +#ifdef PDC_WIDE +int winnwstr(WINDOW *win, wchar_t *wstr, int n) +{ + chtype *src; + int i; + + PDC_LOG(("winnstr() - called: n %d \n", n)); + + if (!win || !wstr) + return ERR; + + if (n < 0 || (win->_curx + n) > win->_maxx) + n = win->_maxx - win->_curx; + + src = win->_y[win->_cury] + win->_curx; + + for (i = 0; i < n; i++) + wstr[i] = src[i] & A_CHARTEXT; + + wstr[i] = L'\0'; + + return i; +} + +int inwstr(wchar_t *wstr) +{ + PDC_LOG(("inwstr() - called\n")); + + return (ERR == winnwstr(stdscr, wstr, stdscr->_maxx)) ? ERR : OK; +} + +int winwstr(WINDOW *win, wchar_t *wstr) +{ + PDC_LOG(("winwstr() - called\n")); + + return (ERR == winnwstr(win, wstr, win->_maxx)) ? ERR : OK; +} + +int mvinwstr(int y, int x, wchar_t *wstr) +{ + PDC_LOG(("mvinwstr() - called\n")); + + if (move(y, x) == ERR) + return ERR; + + return (ERR == winnwstr(stdscr, wstr, stdscr->_maxx)) ? ERR : OK; +} + +int mvwinwstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, wchar_t *wstr) +{ + PDC_LOG(("mvwinstr() - called\n")); + + if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR) + return ERR; + + return (ERR == winnwstr(win, wstr, win->_maxx)) ? ERR : OK; +} + +int innwstr(wchar_t *wstr, int n) +{ + PDC_LOG(("innwstr() - called\n")); + + return winnwstr(stdscr, wstr, n); +} + +int mvinnwstr(int y, int x, wchar_t *wstr, int n) +{ + PDC_LOG(("mvinnstr() - called\n")); + + if (move(y, x) == ERR) + return ERR; + + return winnwstr(stdscr, wstr, n); +} + +int mvwinnwstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, wchar_t *wstr, int n) +{ + PDC_LOG(("mvwinnwstr() - called\n")); + + if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR) + return ERR; + + return winnwstr(win, wstr, n); +} +#endif
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 +++ b/pdcurses/kernel.c Thu Jul 23 18:07:39 2015 +0300 @@ -0,0 +1,256 @@ +/* Public Domain Curses */ + +#include <curspriv.h> + +RCSID("$Id: kernel.c,v 1.78 2008/07/15 17:13:26 wmcbrine Exp $") + +/*man-start************************************************************** + + Name: kernel + + Synopsis: + int def_prog_mode(void); + int def_shell_mode(void); + int reset_prog_mode(void); + int reset_shell_mode(void); + int resetty(void); + int savetty(void); + int ripoffline(int line, int (*init)(WINDOW *, int)); + int curs_set(int visibility); + int napms(int ms); + + int draino(int ms); + int resetterm(void); + int fixterm(void); + int saveterm(void); + + Description: + def_prog_mode() and def_shell_mode() save the current terminal + modes as the "program" (in curses) or "shell" (not in curses) + state for use by the reset_prog_mode() and reset_shell_mode() + functions. This is done automatically by initscr(). + + reset_prog_mode() and reset_shell_mode() restore the terminal to + "program" (in curses) or "shell" (not in curses) state. These + are done automatically by endwin() and doupdate() after an + endwin(), so they would normally not be called before these + functions. + + savetty() and resetty() save and restore the state of the + terminal modes. savetty() saves the current state in a buffer, + and resetty() restores the state to what it was at the last call + to savetty(). + + curs_set() alters the appearance of the cursor. A visibility of + 0 makes it disappear; 1 makes it appear "normal" (usually an + underline) and 2 makes it "highly visible" (usually a block). + + ripoffline() reduces the size of stdscr by one line. If the + "line" parameter is positive, the line is removed from the top + of the screen; if negative, from the bottom. Up to 5 lines can + be ripped off stdscr by calling ripoffline() repeatedly. The + function argument, init, is called from within initscr() or + newterm(), so ripoffline() must be called before either of these + functions. The init function receives a pointer to a one-line + WINDOW, and the width of the window. Calling ripoffline() with a + NULL init function pointer is an error. + + napms() suspends the program for the specified number of + milliseconds. draino() is an archaic equivalent. + + resetterm(), fixterm() and saveterm() are archaic equivalents + for reset_shell_mode(), reset_prog_mode() and def_prog_mode(), + respectively. + + Return Value: + All functions return OK on success and ERR on error, except + curs_set(), which returns the previous visibility. + + Portability X/Open BSD SYS V + def_prog_mode Y Y Y + def_shell_mode Y Y Y + reset_prog_mode Y Y Y + reset_shell_mode Y Y Y + resetty Y Y Y + savetty Y Y Y + ripoffline Y - 3.0 + curs_set Y - 3.0 + napms Y Y Y + draino - + resetterm - + fixterm - + saveterm - + +**man-end****************************************************************/ + +#include <string.h> + +RIPPEDOFFLINE linesripped[5]; +char linesrippedoff = 0; + +static struct cttyset +{ + bool been_set; + SCREEN saved; +} ctty[3]; + +enum { PDC_SH_TTY, PDC_PR_TTY, PDC_SAVE_TTY }; + +static void _save_mode(int i) +{ + ctty[i].been_set = TRUE; + + memcpy(&(ctty[i].saved), SP, sizeof(SCREEN)); + + PDC_save_screen_mode(i); +} + +static int _restore_mode(int i) +{ + if (ctty[i].been_set == TRUE) + { + memcpy(SP, &(ctty[i].saved), sizeof(SCREEN)); + + if (ctty[i].saved.raw_out) + raw(); + + PDC_restore_screen_mode(i); + + if ((LINES != ctty[i].saved.lines) || + (COLS != ctty[i].saved.cols)) + resize_term(ctty[i].saved.lines, ctty[i].saved.cols); + + PDC_curs_set(ctty[i].saved.visibility); + + PDC_gotoyx(ctty[i].saved.cursrow, ctty[i].saved.curscol); + } + + return ctty[i].been_set ? OK : ERR; +} + +int def_prog_mode(void) +{ + PDC_LOG(("def_prog_mode() - called\n")); + + _save_mode(PDC_PR_TTY); + + return OK; +} + +int def_shell_mode(void) +{ + PDC_LOG(("def_shell_mode() - called\n")); + + _save_mode(PDC_SH_TTY); + + return OK; +} + +int reset_prog_mode(void) +{ + PDC_LOG(("reset_prog_mode() - called\n")); + + _restore_mode(PDC_PR_TTY); + PDC_reset_prog_mode(); + + return OK; +} + +int reset_shell_mode(void) +{ + PDC_LOG(("reset_shell_mode() - called\n")); + + _restore_mode(PDC_SH_TTY); + PDC_reset_shell_mode(); + + return OK; +} + +int resetty(void) +{ + PDC_LOG(("resetty() - called\n")); + + return _restore_mode(PDC_SAVE_TTY); +} + +int savetty(void) +{ + PDC_LOG(("savetty() - called\n")); + + _save_mode(PDC_SAVE_TTY); + + return OK; +} + +int curs_set(int visibility) +{ + int ret_vis; + + PDC_LOG(("curs_set() - called: visibility=%d\n", visibility)); + + if ((visibility < 0) || (visibility > 2)) + return ERR; + + ret_vis = PDC_curs_set(visibility); + + /* If the cursor is changing from invisible to visible, update + its position */ + + if (visibility && !ret_vis) + PDC_gotoyx(SP->cursrow, SP->curscol); + + return ret_vis; +} + +int napms(int ms) +{ + PDC_LOG(("napms() - called: ms=%d\n", ms)); + + if (ms) + PDC_napms(ms); + + return OK; +} + +int ripoffline(int line, int (*init)(WINDOW *, int)) +{ + PDC_LOG(("ripoffline() - called: line=%d\n", line)); + + if (linesrippedoff < 5 && line && init) + { + linesripped[(int)linesrippedoff].line = line; + linesripped[(int)linesrippedoff++].init = init; + + return OK; + } + + return ERR; +} + +int draino(int ms) +{ + PDC_LOG(("draino() - called\n")); + + return napms(ms); +} + +int resetterm(void) +{ + PDC_LOG(("resetterm() - called\n")); + + return reset_shell_mode(); +} + +int fixterm(void) +{ + PDC_LOG(("fixterm() - called\n")); + + return reset_prog_mode(); +} + +int saveterm(void) +{ + PDC_LOG(("saveterm() - called\n")); + + return def_prog_mode(); +}
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 +++ b/pdcurses/keyname.c Thu Jul 23 18:07:39 2015 +0300 @@ -0,0 +1,125 @@ +/* Public Domain Curses */ + +#include <curspriv.h> + +RCSID("$Id: keyname.c,v 1.8 2008/07/13 16:08:18 wmcbrine Exp $") + +/*man-start************************************************************** + + Name: keyname + + Synopsis: + char *keyname(int key); + + char *key_name(wchar_t c); + + bool has_key(int key); + + Description: + keyname() returns a string corresponding to the argument key. + key may be any key returned by wgetch(). + + key_name() is the wide-character version. It takes a wchar_t + parameter, but still returns a char *. + + has_key() returns TRUE for recognized keys, FALSE otherwise. + This function is an ncurses extension. + + Portability X/Open BSD SYS V + keyname Y - 3.0 + key_name Y + has_key - - - + +**man-end****************************************************************/ + +char *keyname(int key) +{ + /* Key names must be in exactly the same order as in curses.h */ + + static char *key_name[] = + { + "KEY_BREAK", "KEY_DOWN", "KEY_UP", "KEY_LEFT", "KEY_RIGHT", + "KEY_HOME", "KEY_BACKSPACE", "KEY_F0", "KEY_F(1)", "KEY_F(2)", + "KEY_F(3)", "KEY_F(4)", "KEY_F(5)", "KEY_F(6)", "KEY_F(7)", + "KEY_F(8)", "KEY_F(9)", "KEY_F(10)", "KEY_F(11)", "KEY_F(12)", + "KEY_F(13)", "KEY_F(14)", "KEY_F(15)", "KEY_F(16)", "KEY_F(17)", + "KEY_F(18)", "KEY_F(19)", "KEY_F(20)", "KEY_F(21)", "KEY_F(22)", + "KEY_F(23)", "KEY_F(24)", "KEY_F(25)", "KEY_F(26)", "KEY_F(27)", + "KEY_F(28)", "KEY_F(29)", "KEY_F(30)", "KEY_F(31)", "KEY_F(32)", + "KEY_F(33)", "KEY_F(34)", "KEY_F(35)", "KEY_F(36)", "KEY_F(37)", + "KEY_F(38)", "KEY_F(39)", "KEY_F(40)", "KEY_F(41)", "KEY_F(42)", + "KEY_F(43)", "KEY_F(44)", "KEY_F(45)", "KEY_F(46)", "KEY_F(47)", + "KEY_F(48)", "KEY_F(49)", "KEY_F(50)", "KEY_F(51)", "KEY_F(52)", + "KEY_F(53)", "KEY_F(54)", "KEY_F(55)", "KEY_F(56)", "KEY_F(57)", + "KEY_F(58)", "KEY_F(59)", "KEY_F(60)", "KEY_F(61)", "KEY_F(62)", + "KEY_F(63)", "KEY_DL", "KEY_IL", "KEY_DC", "KEY_IC", "KEY_EIC", + "KEY_CLEAR", "KEY_EOS", "KEY_EOL", "KEY_SF", "KEY_SR", + "KEY_NPAGE", "KEY_PPAGE", "KEY_STAB", "KEY_CTAB", "KEY_CATAB", + "KEY_ENTER", "KEY_SRESET", "KEY_RESET", "KEY_PRINT", "KEY_LL", + "KEY_ABORT", "KEY_SHELP", "KEY_LHELP", "KEY_BTAB", "KEY_BEG", + "KEY_CANCEL", "KEY_CLOSE", "KEY_COMMAND", "KEY_COPY", + "KEY_CREATE", "KEY_END", "KEY_EXIT", "KEY_FIND", "KEY_HELP", + "KEY_MARK", "KEY_MESSAGE", "KEY_MOVE", "KEY_NEXT", "KEY_OPEN", + "KEY_OPTIONS", "KEY_PREVIOUS", "KEY_REDO", "KEY_REFERENCE", + "KEY_REFRESH", "KEY_REPLACE", "KEY_RESTART", "KEY_RESUME", + "KEY_SAVE", "KEY_SBEG", "KEY_SCANCEL", "KEY_SCOMMAND", + "KEY_SCOPY", "KEY_SCREATE", "KEY_SDC", "KEY_SDL", "KEY_SELECT", + "KEY_SEND", "KEY_SEOL", "KEY_SEXIT", "KEY_SFIND", "KEY_SHOME", + "KEY_SIC", "UNKNOWN KEY", "KEY_SLEFT", "KEY_SMESSAGE", + "KEY_SMOVE", "KEY_SNEXT", "KEY_SOPTIONS", "KEY_SPREVIOUS", + "KEY_SPRINT", "KEY_SREDO", "KEY_SREPLACE", "KEY_SRIGHT", + "KEY_SRSUME", "KEY_SSAVE", "KEY_SSUSPEND", "KEY_SUNDO", + "KEY_SUSPEND", "KEY_UNDO", "ALT_0", "ALT_1", "ALT_2", "ALT_3", + "ALT_4", "ALT_5", "ALT_6", "ALT_7", "ALT_8", "ALT_9", "ALT_A", + "ALT_B", "ALT_C", "ALT_D", "ALT_E", "ALT_F", "ALT_G", "ALT_H", + "ALT_I", "ALT_J", "ALT_K", "ALT_L", "ALT_M", "ALT_N", "ALT_O", + "ALT_P", "ALT_Q", "ALT_R", "ALT_S", "ALT_T", "ALT_U", "ALT_V", + "ALT_W", "ALT_X", "ALT_Y", "ALT_Z", "CTL_LEFT", "CTL_RIGHT", + "CTL_PGUP", "CTL_PGDN", "CTL_HOME", "CTL_END", "KEY_A1", + "KEY_A2", "KEY_A3", "KEY_B1", "KEY_B2", "KEY_B3", "KEY_C1", + "KEY_C2", "KEY_C3", "PADSLASH", "PADENTER", "CTL_PADENTER", + "ALT_PADENTER", "PADSTOP", "PADSTAR", "PADMINUS", "PADPLUS", + "CTL_PADSTOP", "CTL_PADCENTER", "CTL_PADPLUS", "CTL_PADMINUS", + "CTL_PADSLASH", "CTL_PADSTAR", "ALT_PADPLUS", "ALT_PADMINUS", + "ALT_PADSLASH", "ALT_PADSTAR", "ALT_PADSTOP", "CTL_INS", + "ALT_DEL", "ALT_INS", "CTL_UP", "CTL_DOWN", "CTL_TAB", + "ALT_TAB", "ALT_MINUS", "ALT_EQUAL", "ALT_HOME", "ALT_PGUP", + "ALT_PGDN", "ALT_END", "ALT_UP", "ALT_DOWN", "ALT_RIGHT", + "ALT_LEFT", "ALT_ENTER", "ALT_ESC", "ALT_BQUOTE", + "ALT_LBRACKET", "ALT_RBRACKET", "ALT_SEMICOLON", "ALT_FQUOTE", + "ALT_COMMA", "ALT_STOP", "ALT_FSLASH", "ALT_BKSP", "CTL_BKSP", + "PAD0", "CTL_PAD0", "CTL_PAD1", "CTL_PAD2", "CTL_PAD3", + "CTL_PAD4", "CTL_PAD5", "CTL_PAD6", "CTL_PAD7","CTL_PAD8", + "CTL_PAD9", "ALT_PAD0", "ALT_PAD1", "ALT_PAD2", "ALT_PAD3", + "ALT_PAD4", "ALT_PAD5", "ALT_PAD6", "ALT_PAD7", "ALT_PAD8", + "ALT_PAD9", "CTL_DEL", "ALT_BSLASH", "CTL_ENTER", + "SHF_PADENTER", "SHF_PADSLASH", "SHF_PADSTAR", "SHF_PADPLUS", + "SHF_PADMINUS", "SHF_UP", "SHF_DOWN", "SHF_IC", "SHF_DC", + "KEY_MOUSE", "KEY_SHIFT_L", "KEY_SHIFT_R", "KEY_CONTROL_L", + "KEY_CONTROL_R", "KEY_ALT_L", "KEY_ALT_R", "KEY_RESIZE", + "KEY_SUP", "KEY_SDOWN" + }; + + PDC_LOG(("keyname() - called: key %d\n", key)); + + if ((key >= 0) && (key < 0x80)) + return unctrl((chtype)key); + + return has_key(key) ? key_name[key - KEY_MIN] : "UNKNOWN KEY"; +} + +bool has_key(int key) +{ + PDC_LOG(("has_key() - called: key %d\n", key)); + + return (key >= KEY_MIN && key <= KEY_MAX); +} + +#ifdef PDC_WIDE +char *key_name(wchar_t c) +{ + PDC_LOG(("key_name() - called\n")); + + return keyname((int)c); +} +#endif
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 +++ b/pdcurses/mouse.c Thu Jul 23 18:07:39 2015 +0300 @@ -0,0 +1,429 @@ +/* Public Domain Curses */ + +#include <curspriv.h> + +RCSID("$Id: mouse.c,v 1.45 2008/07/13 16:08:18 wmcbrine Exp $") + +/*man-start************************************************************** + + Name: mouse + + Synopsis: + int mouse_set(unsigned long mbe); + int mouse_on(unsigned long mbe); + int mouse_off(unsigned long mbe); + int request_mouse_pos(void); + int map_button(unsigned long button); + void wmouse_position(WINDOW *win, int *y, int *x); + unsigned long getmouse(void); + unsigned long getbmap(void); + + int mouseinterval(int wait); + bool wenclose(const WINDOW *win, int y, int x); + bool wmouse_trafo(const WINDOW *win, int *y, int *x, bool to_screen); + bool mouse_trafo(int *y, int *x, bool to_screen); + mmask_t mousemask(mmask_t mask, mmask_t *oldmask); + int nc_getmouse(MEVENT *event); + int ungetmouse(MEVENT *event); + + Description: + As of PDCurses 3.0, there are two separate mouse interfaces: the + classic interface, which is based on the undocumented Sys V + mouse functions; and an ncurses-compatible interface. Both are + active at all times, and you can mix and match functions from + each, though it's not recommended. The ncurses interface is + essentially an emulation layer built on top of the classic + interface; it's here to allow easier porting of ncurses apps. + + The classic interface: mouse_set(), mouse_on(), mouse_off(), + request_mouse_pos(), map_button(), wmouse_position(), + getmouse(), and getbmap(). An application using this interface + would start by calling mouse_set() or mouse_on() with a non-zero + value, often ALL_MOUSE_EVENTS. Then it would check for a + KEY_MOUSE return from getch(). If found, it would call + request_mouse_pos() to get the current mouse status. + + mouse_set(), mouse_on() and mouse_off() are analagous to + attrset(), attron() and attroff(). These functions set the + mouse button events to trap. The button masks used in these + functions are defined in curses.h and can be or'ed together. + They are the group of masks starting with BUTTON1_RELEASED. + + request_mouse_pos() requests curses to fill in the Mouse_status + structure with the current state of the mouse. + + map_button() enables the specified mouse action to activate the + Soft Label Keys if the action occurs over the area of the screen + where the Soft Label Keys are displayed. The mouse actions are + defined in curses.h in the group that starts with BUTTON_RELEASED. + + wmouse_position() determines if the current mouse position is + within the window passed as an argument. If the mouse is + outside the current window, -1 is returned in the y and x + arguments; otherwise the y and x coordinates of the mouse + (relative to the top left corner of the window) are returned in + y and x. + + getmouse() returns the current status of the trapped mouse + buttons as set by mouse_set() or mouse_on(). + + getbmap() returns the current status of the button action used + to map a mouse action to the Soft Label Keys as set by the + map_button() function. + + The ncurses interface: mouseinterval(), wenclose(), + wmouse_trafo(), mouse_trafo(), mousemask(), nc_getmouse(), and + ungetmouse(). A typical application using this interface would + start by calling mousemask() with a non-zero value, often + ALL_MOUSE_EVENTS. Then it would check for a KEY_MOUSE return + from getch(). If found, it would call nc_getmouse() to get the + current mouse status. + + mouseinterval() sets the timeout for a mouse click. On all + current platforms, PDCurses receives mouse button press and + release events, but must synthesize click events. It does this + by checking whether a release event is queued up after a press + event. If it gets a press event, and there are no more events + waiting, it will wait for the timeout interval, then check again + for a release. A press followed by a release is reported as + BUTTON_CLICKED; otherwise it's passed through as BUTTON_PRESSED. + The default timeout is 150ms; valid values are 0 (no clicks + reported) through 1000ms. In x11, the timeout can also be set + via the clickPeriod resource. The return value from + mouseinterval() is the old timeout. To check the old value + without setting a new one, call it with a parameter of -1. Note + that although there's no classic equivalent for this function + (apart from the clickPeriod resource), the value set applies in + both interfaces. + + wenclose() reports whether the given screen-relative y, x + coordinates fall within the given window. + + wmouse_trafo() converts between screen-relative and window- + relative coordinates. A to_screen parameter of TRUE means to + convert from window to screen; otherwise the reverse. The + function returns FALSE if the coordinates aren't within the + window, or if any of the parameters are NULL. The coordinates + have been converted when the function returns TRUE. + + mouse_trafo() is the stdscr version of wmouse_trafo(). + + mousemask() is nearly equivalent to mouse_set(), but instead of + OK/ERR, it returns the value of the mask after setting it. (This + isn't necessarily the same value passed in, since the mask could + be altered on some platforms.) And if the second parameter is a + non-null pointer, mousemask() stores the previous mask value + there. Also, since the ncurses interface doesn't work with + PDCurses' BUTTON_MOVED events, mousemask() filters them out. + + nc_getmouse() returns the current mouse status in an MEVENT + struct. This is equivalent to ncurses' getmouse(), renamed to + avoid conflict with PDCurses' getmouse(). But if you define + NCURSES_MOUSE_VERSION (preferably as 2) before including + curses.h, it defines getmouse() to nc_getmouse(), along with a + few other redefintions needed for compatibility with ncurses + code. nc_getmouse() calls request_mouse_pos(), which (not + getmouse()) is the classic equivalent. + + ungetmouse() is the mouse equivalent of ungetch(). However, + PDCurses doesn't maintain a queue of mouse events; only one can + be pushed back, and it can overwrite or be overwritten by real + mouse events. + + Portability X/Open BSD SYS V + mouse_set - - 4.0 + mouse_on - - 4.0 + mouse_off - - 4.0 + request_mouse_pos - - 4.0 + map_button - - 4.0 + wmouse_position - - 4.0 + getmouse - - 4.0 + getbmap - - 4.0 + mouseinterval - - - + wenclose - - - + wmouse_trafo - - - + mouse_trafo - - - + mousemask - - - + nc_getmouse - - - + ungetmouse - - - + +**man-end****************************************************************/ + +#include <string.h> + +static bool ungot = FALSE; + +int mouse_set(unsigned long mbe) +{ + PDC_LOG(("mouse_set() - called: event %x\n", mbe)); + + SP->_trap_mbe = mbe; + return PDC_mouse_set(); +} + +int mouse_on(unsigned long mbe) +{ + PDC_LOG(("mouse_on() - called: event %x\n", mbe)); + + SP->_trap_mbe |= mbe; + return PDC_mouse_set(); +} + +int mouse_off(unsigned long mbe) +{ + PDC_LOG(("mouse_off() - called: event %x\n", mbe)); + + SP->_trap_mbe &= ~mbe; + return PDC_mouse_set(); +} + +int map_button(unsigned long button) +{ + PDC_LOG(("map_button() - called: button %x\n", button)); + +/****************** this does nothing at the moment ***************/ + SP->_map_mbe_to_key = button; + + return OK; +} + +int request_mouse_pos(void) +{ + PDC_LOG(("request_mouse_pos() - called\n")); + + Mouse_status = pdc_mouse_status; + + return OK; +} + +void wmouse_position(WINDOW *win, int *y, int *x) +{ + PDC_LOG(("wmouse_position() - called\n")); + + if (win && wenclose(win, MOUSE_Y_POS, MOUSE_X_POS)) + { + if (y) + *y = MOUSE_Y_POS - win->_begy; + if (x) + *x = MOUSE_X_POS - win->_begx; + } + else + { + if (y) + *y = -1; + if (x) + *x = -1; + } +} + +unsigned long getmouse(void) +{ + PDC_LOG(("getmouse() - called\n")); + + return SP->_trap_mbe; +} + +unsigned long getbmap(void) +{ + PDC_LOG(("getbmap() - called\n")); + + return SP->_map_mbe_to_key; +} + +/* ncurses mouse interface */ + +int mouseinterval(int wait) +{ + int old_wait; + + PDC_LOG(("mouseinterval() - called: %d\n", wait)); + + old_wait = SP->mouse_wait; + + if (wait >= 0 && wait <= 1000) + SP->mouse_wait = wait; + + return old_wait; +} + +bool wenclose(const WINDOW *win, int y, int x) +{ + PDC_LOG(("wenclose() - called: %p %d %d\n", win, y, x)); + + return (win && y >= win->_begy && y < win->_begy + win->_maxy + && x >= win->_begx && x < win->_begx + win->_maxx); +} + +bool wmouse_trafo(const WINDOW *win, int *y, int *x, bool to_screen) +{ + int newy, newx; + + PDC_LOG(("wmouse_trafo() - called\n")); + + if (!win || !y || !x) + return FALSE; + + newy = *y; + newx = *x; + + if (to_screen) + { + newy += win->_begy; + newx += win->_begx; + + if (!wenclose(win, newy, newx)) + return FALSE; + } + else + { + if (wenclose(win, newy, newx)) + { + newy -= win->_begy; + newx -= win->_begx; + } + else + return FALSE; + } + + *y = newy; + *x = newx; + + return TRUE; +} + +bool mouse_trafo(int *y, int *x, bool to_screen) +{ + PDC_LOG(("mouse_trafo() - called\n")); + + return wmouse_trafo(stdscr, y, x, to_screen); +} + +mmask_t mousemask(mmask_t mask, mmask_t *oldmask) +{ + PDC_LOG(("mousemask() - called\n")); + + if (oldmask) + *oldmask = SP->_trap_mbe; + + /* The ncurses interface doesn't work with our move events, so + filter them here */ + + mask &= ~(BUTTON1_MOVED | BUTTON2_MOVED | BUTTON3_MOVED); + + mouse_set(mask); + + return SP->_trap_mbe; +} + +int nc_getmouse(MEVENT *event) +{ + int i; + mmask_t bstate = 0; + + PDC_LOG(("nc_getmouse() - called\n")); + + if (!event) + return ERR; + + ungot = FALSE; + + request_mouse_pos(); + + event->id = 0; + + event->x = Mouse_status.x; + event->y = Mouse_status.y; + event->z = 0; + + for (i = 0; i < 3; i++) + { + if (Mouse_status.changes & (1 << i)) + { + int shf = i * 5; + short button = Mouse_status.button[i] & BUTTON_ACTION_MASK; + + if (button == BUTTON_RELEASED) + bstate |= (BUTTON1_RELEASED << shf); + else if (button == BUTTON_PRESSED) + bstate |= (BUTTON1_PRESSED << shf); + else if (button == BUTTON_CLICKED) + bstate |= (BUTTON1_CLICKED << shf); + else if (button == BUTTON_DOUBLE_CLICKED) + bstate |= (BUTTON1_DOUBLE_CLICKED << shf); + + button = Mouse_status.button[i] & BUTTON_MODIFIER_MASK; + + if (button & PDC_BUTTON_SHIFT) + bstate |= BUTTON_MODIFIER_SHIFT; + if (button & PDC_BUTTON_CONTROL) + bstate |= BUTTON_MODIFIER_CONTROL; + if (button & PDC_BUTTON_ALT) + bstate |= BUTTON_MODIFIER_ALT; + } + } + + if (MOUSE_WHEEL_UP) + bstate |= BUTTON4_PRESSED; + else if (MOUSE_WHEEL_DOWN) + bstate |= BUTTON5_PRESSED; + + /* extra filter pass -- mainly for button modifiers */ + + event->bstate = bstate & SP->_trap_mbe; + + return OK; +} + +int ungetmouse(MEVENT *event) +{ + int i; + unsigned long bstate; + + PDC_LOG(("ungetmouse() - called\n")); + + if (!event || ungot) + return ERR; + + ungot = TRUE; + + pdc_mouse_status.x = event->x; + pdc_mouse_status.y = event->y; + + pdc_mouse_status.changes = 0; + bstate = event->bstate; + + for (i = 0; i < 3; i++) + { + int shf = i * 5; + short button = 0; + + if (bstate & ((BUTTON1_RELEASED | BUTTON1_PRESSED | + BUTTON1_CLICKED | BUTTON1_DOUBLE_CLICKED) << shf)) + { + pdc_mouse_status.changes |= 1 << i; + + if (bstate & (BUTTON1_PRESSED << shf)) + button = BUTTON_PRESSED; + if (bstate & (BUTTON1_CLICKED << shf)) + button = BUTTON_CLICKED; + if (bstate & (BUTTON1_DOUBLE_CLICKED << shf)) + button = BUTTON_DOUBLE_CLICKED; + + if (bstate & BUTTON_MODIFIER_SHIFT) + button |= PDC_BUTTON_SHIFT; + if (bstate & BUTTON_MODIFIER_CONTROL) + button |= PDC_BUTTON_CONTROL; + if (bstate & BUTTON_MODIFIER_ALT) + button |= PDC_BUTTON_ALT; + } + + pdc_mouse_status.button[i] = button; + } + + if (bstate & BUTTON4_PRESSED) + pdc_mouse_status.changes |= PDC_MOUSE_WHEEL_UP; + else if (bstate & BUTTON5_PRESSED) + pdc_mouse_status.changes |= PDC_MOUSE_WHEEL_DOWN; + + return ungetch(KEY_MOUSE); +}
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 +++ b/pdcurses/move.c Thu Jul 23 18:07:39 2015 +0300 @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ +/* Public Domain Curses */ + +#include <curspriv.h> + +RCSID("$Id: move.c,v 1.28 2008/07/13 16:08:18 wmcbrine Exp $") + +/*man-start************************************************************** + + Name: move + + Synopsis: + int move(int y, int x); + int wmove(WINDOW *win, int y, int x); + + Description: + The cursor associated with the window is moved to the given + location. This does not move the physical cursor of the + terminal until refresh() is called. The position specified is + relative to the upper left corner of the window, which is (0,0). + + Return Value: + All functions return OK on success and ERR on error. + + Portability X/Open BSD SYS V + move Y Y Y + wmove Y Y Y + +**man-end****************************************************************/ + +int move(int y, int x) +{ + PDC_LOG(("move() - called: y=%d x=%d\n", y, x)); + + if (!stdscr || x < 0 || y < 0 || x >= stdscr->_maxx || y >= stdscr->_maxy) + return ERR; + + stdscr->_curx = x; + stdscr->_cury = y; + + return OK; +} + +int wmove(WINDOW *win, int y, int x) +{ + PDC_LOG(("wmove() - called: y=%d x=%d\n", y, x)); + + if (!win || x < 0 || y < 0 || x >= win->_maxx || y >= win->_maxy) + return ERR; + + win->_curx = x; + win->_cury = y; + + return OK; +}
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 +++ b/pdcurses/outopts.c Thu Jul 23 18:07:39 2015 +0300 @@ -0,0 +1,156 @@ +/* Public Domain Curses */ + +#include <curspriv.h> + +RCSID("$Id: outopts.c,v 1.39 2008/07/14 12:22:13 wmcbrine Exp $") + +/*man-start************************************************************** + + Name: outopts + + Synopsis: + int clearok(WINDOW *win, bool bf); + int idlok(WINDOW *win, bool bf); + void idcok(WINDOW *win, bool bf); + void immedok(WINDOW *win, bool bf); + int leaveok(WINDOW *win, bool bf); + int setscrreg(int top, int bot); + int wsetscrreg(WINDOW *win, int top, int bot); + int scrollok(WINDOW *win, bool bf); + + int raw_output(bool bf); + + Description: + With clearok(), if bf is TRUE, the next call to wrefresh() with + this window will clear the screen completely and redraw the + entire screen. + + immedok(), called with a second argument of TRUE, causes an + automatic wrefresh() every time a change is made to the + specified window. + + Normally, the hardware cursor is left at the location of the + window being refreshed. leaveok() allows the cursor to be + left wherever the update happens to leave it. It's useful + for applications where the cursor is not used, since it reduces + the need for cursor motions. If possible, the cursor is made + invisible when this option is enabled. + + wsetscrreg() sets a scrolling region in a window; "top" and + "bot" are the line numbers for the top and bottom margins. If + this option and scrollok() are enabled, any attempt to move off + the bottom margin will cause all lines in the scrolling region + to scroll up one line. setscrreg() is the stdscr version. + + idlok() and idcok() do nothing in PDCurses, but are provided for + compatibility with other curses implementations. + + raw_output() enables the output of raw characters using the + standard *add* and *ins* curses functions (that is, it disables + translation of control characters). + + Return Value: + All functions return OK on success and ERR on error. + + Portability X/Open BSD SYS V + clearok Y Y Y + idlok Y Y Y + idcok Y - 4.0 + immedok Y - 4.0 + leaveok Y Y Y + setscrreg Y Y Y + wsetscrreg Y Y Y + scrollok Y Y Y + raw_output - - - + +**man-end****************************************************************/ + +int clearok(WINDOW *win, bool bf) +{ + PDC_LOG(("clearok() - called\n")); + + if (!win) + return ERR; + + win->_clear = bf; + + return OK; +} + +int idlok(WINDOW *win, bool bf) +{ + PDC_LOG(("idlok() - called\n")); + + return OK; +} + +void idcok(WINDOW *win, bool bf) +{ + PDC_LOG(("idcok() - called\n")); +} + +void immedok(WINDOW *win, bool bf) +{ + PDC_LOG(("immedok() - called\n")); + + if (win) + win->_immed = bf; +} + +int leaveok(WINDOW *win, bool bf) +{ + PDC_LOG(("leaveok() - called\n")); + + if (!win) + return ERR; + + win->_leaveit = bf; + + curs_set(!bf); + + return OK; +} + +int setscrreg(int top, int bottom) +{ + PDC_LOG(("setscrreg() - called: top %d bottom %d\n", top, bottom)); + + return wsetscrreg(stdscr, top, bottom); +} + +int wsetscrreg(WINDOW *win, int top, int bottom) +{ + PDC_LOG(("wsetscrreg() - called: top %d bottom %d\n", top, bottom)); + + if (win && 0 <= top && top <= win->_cury && + win->_cury <= bottom && bottom < win->_maxy) + { + win->_tmarg = top; + win->_bmarg = bottom; + + return OK; + } + else + return ERR; +} + +int scrollok(WINDOW *win, bool bf) +{ + PDC_LOG(("scrollok() - called\n")); + + if (!win) + return ERR; + + win->_scroll = bf; + + return OK; +} + +int raw_output(bool bf) +{ + PDC_LOG(("raw_output() - called\n")); + + SP->raw_out = bf; + + return OK; +}
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 +++ b/pdcurses/overlay.c Thu Jul 23 18:07:39 2015 +0300 @@ -0,0 +1,256 @@ +/* Public Domain Curses */ + +#include <curspriv.h> + +RCSID("$Id: overlay.c,v 1.36 2008/07/14 12:35:23 wmcbrine Exp $") + +/*man-start************************************************************** + + Name: overlay + + Synopsis: + int overlay(const WINDOW *src_w, WINDOW *dst_w) + int overwrite(const WINDOW *src_w, WINDOW *dst_w) + int copywin(const WINDOW *src_w, WINDOW *dst_w, int src_tr, + int src_tc, int dst_tr, int dst_tc, int dst_br, + int dst_bc, bool overlay) + + Description: + overlay() and overwrite() copy all the text from src_w into + dst_w. The windows need not be the same size. Those characters + in the source window that intersect with the destination window + are copied, so that the characters appear in the same physical + position on the screen. The difference between the two functions + is that overlay() is non-destructive (blanks are not copied) + while overwrite() is destructive (blanks are copied). + + copywin() is similar, but doesn't require that the two windows + overlap. The arguments src_tc and src_tr specify the top left + corner of the region to be copied. dst_tc, dst_tr, dst_br, and + dst_bc specify the region within the destination window to copy + to. The argument "overlay", if TRUE, indicates that the copy is + done non-destructively (as in overlay()); blanks in the source + window are not copied to the destination window. When overlay is + FALSE, blanks are copied. + + Return Value: + All functions return OK on success and ERR on error. + + Portability X/Open BSD SYS V + overlay Y Y Y + overwrite Y Y Y + copywin Y - 3.0 + +**man-end****************************************************************/ + +/* Thanks to Andreas Otte <venn@@uni-paderborn.de> for the + corrected overlay()/overwrite() behavior. */ + +static int _copy_win(const WINDOW *src_w, WINDOW *dst_w, int src_tr, + int src_tc, int src_br, int src_bc, int dst_tr, + int dst_tc, bool overlay) +{ + int col, line, y1, fc, *minchng, *maxchng; + chtype *w1ptr, *w2ptr; + + int lc = 0; + int xdiff = src_bc - src_tc; + int ydiff = src_br - src_tr; + + if (!src_w || !dst_w) + return ERR; + + minchng = dst_w->_firstch; + maxchng = dst_w->_lastch; + + for (y1 = 0; y1 < dst_tr; y1++) + { + minchng++; + maxchng++; + } + + for (line = 0; line < ydiff; line++) + { + w1ptr = src_w->_y[line + src_tr] + src_tc; + w2ptr = dst_w->_y[line + dst_tr] + dst_tc; + + fc = _NO_CHANGE; + + for (col = 0; col < xdiff; col++) + { + if ((*w1ptr) != (*w2ptr) && + !((*w1ptr & A_CHARTEXT) == ' ' && overlay)) + { + *w2ptr = *w1ptr; + + if (fc == _NO_CHANGE) + fc = col + dst_tc; + + lc = col + dst_tc; + } + + w1ptr++; + w2ptr++; + } + + if (*minchng == _NO_CHANGE) + { + *minchng = fc; + *maxchng = lc; + } + else if (fc != _NO_CHANGE) + { + if (fc < *minchng) + *minchng = fc; + if (lc > *maxchng) + *maxchng = lc; + } + + minchng++; + maxchng++; + } + + return OK; +} + +int overlay(const WINDOW *src_w, WINDOW *dst_w) +{ + int first_line, first_col, last_line, last_col; + int src_start_x, src_start_y, dst_start_x, dst_start_y; + int xdiff, ydiff; + + PDC_LOG(("overlay() - called\n")); + + if (!src_w || !dst_w) + return ERR; + + first_col = max(dst_w->_begx, src_w->_begx); + first_line = max(dst_w->_begy, src_w->_begy); + + last_col = min(src_w->_begx + src_w->_maxx, dst_w->_begx + dst_w->_maxx); + last_line = min(src_w->_begy + src_w->_maxy, dst_w->_begy + dst_w->_maxy); + + /* determine the overlapping region of the two windows in real + coordinates */ + + /* if no overlapping region, do nothing */ + + if ((last_col < first_col) || (last_line < first_line)) + return OK; + + /* size of overlapping region */ + + xdiff = last_col - first_col; + ydiff = last_line - first_line; + + if (src_w->_begx <= dst_w->_begx) + { + src_start_x = dst_w->_begx - src_w->_begx; + dst_start_x = 0; + } + else + { + dst_start_x = src_w->_begx - dst_w->_begx; + src_start_x = 0; + } + + if (src_w->_begy <= dst_w->_begy) + { + src_start_y = dst_w->_begy - src_w->_begy; + dst_start_y = 0; + } + else + { + dst_start_y = src_w->_begy - dst_w->_begy; + src_start_y = 0; + } + + return _copy_win(src_w, dst_w, src_start_y, src_start_x, + src_start_y + ydiff, src_start_x + xdiff, + dst_start_y, dst_start_x, TRUE); +} + +int overwrite(const WINDOW *src_w, WINDOW *dst_w) +{ + int first_line, first_col, last_line, last_col; + int src_start_x, src_start_y, dst_start_x, dst_start_y; + int xdiff, ydiff; + + PDC_LOG(("overwrite() - called\n")); + + if (!src_w || !dst_w) + return ERR; + + first_col = max(dst_w->_begx, src_w->_begx); + first_line = max(dst_w->_begy, src_w->_begy); + + last_col = min(src_w->_begx + src_w->_maxx, dst_w->_begx + dst_w->_maxx); + last_line = min(src_w->_begy + src_w->_maxy, dst_w->_begy + dst_w->_maxy); + + /* determine the overlapping region of the two windows in real + coordinates */ + + /* if no overlapping region, do nothing */ + + if ((last_col < first_col) || (last_line < first_line)) + return OK; + + /* size of overlapping region */ + + xdiff = last_col - first_col; + ydiff = last_line - first_line; + + if (src_w->_begx <= dst_w->_begx) + { + src_start_x = dst_w->_begx - src_w->_begx; + dst_start_x = 0; + } + else + { + dst_start_x = src_w->_begx - dst_w->_begx; + src_start_x = 0; + } + + if (src_w->_begy <= dst_w->_begy) + { + src_start_y = dst_w->_begy - src_w->_begy; + dst_start_y = 0; + } + else + { + dst_start_y = src_w->_begy - dst_w->_begy; + src_start_y = 0; + } + + return _copy_win(src_w, dst_w, src_start_y, src_start_x, + src_start_y + ydiff, src_start_x + xdiff, + dst_start_y, dst_start_x, FALSE); +} + +int copywin(const WINDOW *src_w, WINDOW *dst_w, int src_tr, int src_tc, + int dst_tr, int dst_tc, int dst_br, int dst_bc, int overlay) +{ + int src_end_x, src_end_y; + int src_rows, src_cols, dst_rows, dst_cols; + int min_rows, min_cols; + + PDC_LOG(("copywin() - called\n")); + + if (!src_w || !dst_w || dst_w == curscr || dst_br > dst_w->_maxy + || dst_bc > dst_w->_maxx || dst_tr < 0 || dst_tc < 0) + return ERR; + + src_rows = src_w->_maxy - src_tr; + src_cols = src_w->_maxx - src_tc; + dst_rows = dst_br - dst_tr + 1; + dst_cols = dst_bc - dst_tc + 1; + + min_rows = min(src_rows, dst_rows); + min_cols = min(src_cols, dst_cols); + + src_end_y = src_tr + min_rows; + src_end_x = src_tc + min_cols; + + return _copy_win(src_w, dst_w, src_tr, src_tc, src_end_y, src_end_x, + dst_tr, dst_tc, overlay); +}
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 +++ b/pdcurses/pad.c Thu Jul 23 18:07:39 2015 +0300 @@ -0,0 +1,259 @@ +/* Public Domain Curses */ + +#include <curspriv.h> + +RCSID("$Id: pad.c,v 1.50 2008/07/14 12:22:13 wmcbrine Exp $") + +/*man-start************************************************************** + + Name: pad + + Synopsis: + WINDOW *newpad(int nlines, int ncols); + WINDOW *subpad(WINDOW *orig, int nlines, int ncols, + int begy, int begx); + int prefresh(WINDOW *win, int py, int px, int sy1, int sx1, + int sy2, int sx2); + int pnoutrefresh(WINDOW *w, int py, int px, int sy1, int sx1, + int sy2, int sx2); + int pechochar(WINDOW *pad, chtype ch); + int pecho_wchar(WINDOW *pad, const cchar_t *wch); + + Description: + A pad is a special kind of window, which is not restricted by + the screen size, and is not necessarily associated with a + particular part of the screen. You can use a pad when you need + a large window, and only a part of the window will be on the + screen at one time. Pads are not refreshed automatically (e.g., + from scrolling or echoing of input). You can't call wrefresh() + with a pad as an argument; use prefresh() or pnoutrefresh() + instead. Note that these routines require additional parameters + to specify the part of the pad to be displayed, and the location + to use on the screen. + + newpad() creates a new pad data structure. + + subpad() creates a new sub-pad within a pad, at position (begy, + begx), with dimensions of nlines lines and ncols columns. This + position is relative to the pad, and not to the screen as with + subwin. Changes to either the parent pad or sub-pad will affect + both. When using sub-pads, you may need to call touchwin() + before calling prefresh(). + + pnoutrefresh() copies the specified pad to the virtual screen. + + prefresh() calls pnoutrefresh(), followed by doupdate(). + + These routines are analogous to wnoutrefresh() and wrefresh(). + (py, px) specifies the upper left corner of the part of the pad + to be displayed; (sy1, sx1) and (sy2, sx2) describe the screen + rectangle that will contain the selected part of the pad. + + pechochar() is functionally equivalent to addch() followed by + a call to prefresh(), with the last-used coordinates and + dimensions. pecho_wchar() is the wide-character version. + + Return Value: + All functions return OK on success and ERR on error. + + Portability X/Open BSD SYS V + newpad Y - Y + subpad Y - Y + prefresh Y - Y + pnoutrefresh Y - Y + pechochar Y - 3.0 + pecho_wchar Y + +**man-end****************************************************************/ + +#include <string.h> + +/* save values for pechochar() */ + +static int save_pminrow, save_pmincol; +static int save_sminrow, save_smincol, save_smaxrow, save_smaxcol; + +WINDOW *newpad(int nlines, int ncols) +{ + WINDOW *win; + + PDC_LOG(("newpad() - called: lines=%d cols=%d\n", nlines, ncols)); + + if ( !(win = PDC_makenew(nlines, ncols, -1, -1)) + || !(win = PDC_makelines(win)) ) + return (WINDOW *)NULL; + + werase(win); + + win->_flags = _PAD; + + /* save default values in case pechochar() is the first call to + prefresh(). */ + + save_pminrow = 0; + save_pmincol = 0; + save_sminrow = 0; + save_smincol = 0; + save_smaxrow = min(LINES, nlines) - 1; + save_smaxcol = min(COLS, ncols) - 1; + + return win; +} + +WINDOW *subpad(WINDOW *orig, int nlines, int ncols, int begy, int begx) +{ + WINDOW *win; + int i; + int j = begy; + int k = begx; + + PDC_LOG(("subpad() - called: lines=%d cols=%d begy=%d begx=%d\n", + nlines, ncols, begy, begx)); + + if (!orig || !(orig->_flags & _PAD)) + return (WINDOW *)NULL; + + /* make sure window fits inside the original one */ + + if ((begy < orig->_begy) || (begx < orig->_begx) || + (begy + nlines) > (orig->_begy + orig->_maxy) || + (begx + ncols) > (orig->_begx + orig->_maxx)) + return (WINDOW *)NULL; + + if (!nlines) + nlines = orig->_maxy - 1 - j; + + if (!ncols) + ncols = orig->_maxx - 1 - k; + + if ( !(win = PDC_makenew(nlines, ncols, begy, begx)) ) + return (WINDOW *)NULL; + + /* initialize window variables */ + + win->_attrs = orig->_attrs; + win->_leaveit = orig->_leaveit; + win->_scroll = orig->_scroll; + win->_nodelay = orig->_nodelay; + win->_use_keypad = orig->_use_keypad; + win->_parent = orig; + + for (i = 0; i < nlines; i++) + win->_y[i] = (orig->_y[j++]) + k; + + win->_flags = _SUBPAD; + + /* save default values in case pechochar() is the first call + to prefresh(). */ + + save_pminrow = 0; + save_pmincol = 0; + save_sminrow = 0; + save_smincol = 0; + save_smaxrow = min(LINES, nlines) - 1; + save_smaxcol = min(COLS, ncols) - 1; + + return win; +} + +int prefresh(WINDOW *win, int py, int px, int sy1, int sx1, int sy2, int sx2) +{ + PDC_LOG(("prefresh() - called\n")); + + if (pnoutrefresh(win, py, px, sy1, sx1, sy2, sx2) == ERR) + return ERR; + + doupdate(); + return OK; +} + +int pnoutrefresh(WINDOW *w, int py, int px, int sy1, int sx1, int sy2, int sx2) +{ + int num_cols; + int sline = sy1; + int pline = py; + + PDC_LOG(("pnoutrefresh() - called\n")); + + if (!w || !(w->_flags & (_PAD|_SUBPAD)) || (sy2 >= LINES) || (sy2 >= COLS)) + return ERR; + + if (py < 0) + py = 0; + if (px < 0) + px = 0; + if (sy1 < 0) + sy1 = 0; + if (sx1 < 0) + sx1 = 0; + + if (sy2 < sy1 || sx2 < sx1) + return ERR; + + num_cols = min((sx2 - sx1 + 1), (w->_maxx - px)); + + while (sline <= sy2) + { + if (pline < w->_maxy) + { + memcpy(curscr->_y[sline] + sx1, w->_y[pline] + px, + num_cols * sizeof(chtype)); + + if ((curscr->_firstch[sline] == _NO_CHANGE) + || (curscr->_firstch[sline] > sx1)) + curscr->_firstch[sline] = sx1; + + if (sx2 > curscr->_lastch[sline]) + curscr->_lastch[sline] = sx2; + + w->_firstch[pline] = _NO_CHANGE; /* updated now */ + w->_lastch[pline] = _NO_CHANGE; /* updated now */ + } + + sline++; + pline++; + } + + if (w->_clear) + { + w->_clear = FALSE; + curscr->_clear = TRUE; + } + + /* position the cursor to the pad's current position if possible -- + is the pad current position going to end up displayed? if not, + then don't move the cursor; if so, move it to the correct place */ + + if (!w->_leaveit && w->_cury >= py && w->_curx >= px && + w->_cury <= py + (sy2 - sy1) && w->_curx <= px + (sx2 - sx1)) + { + curscr->_cury = (w->_cury - py) + sy1; + curscr->_curx = (w->_curx - px) + sx1; + } + + return OK; +} + +int pechochar(WINDOW *pad, chtype ch) +{ + PDC_LOG(("pechochar() - called\n")); + + if (waddch(pad, ch) == ERR) + return ERR; + + return prefresh(pad, save_pminrow, save_pmincol, save_sminrow, + save_smincol, save_smaxrow, save_smaxcol); +} + +#ifdef PDC_WIDE +int pecho_wchar(WINDOW *pad, const cchar_t *wch) +{ + PDC_LOG(("pecho_wchar() - called\n")); + + if (!wch || (waddch(pad, *wch) == ERR)) + return ERR; + + return prefresh(pad, save_pminrow, save_pmincol, save_sminrow, + save_smincol, save_smaxrow, save_smaxcol); +} +#endif
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 +++ b/pdcurses/panel.c Thu Jul 23 18:07:39 2015 +0300 @@ -0,0 +1,630 @@ +/* Public Domain Curses */ + +#include <curspriv.h> + +RCSID("$Id: panel.c,v 1.8 2008/07/14 12:35:23 wmcbrine Exp $") + +/*man-start************************************************************** + + Name: panel + + Synopsis: + int bottom_panel(PANEL *pan); + int del_panel(PANEL *pan); + int hide_panel(PANEL *pan); + int move_panel(PANEL *pan, int starty, int startx); + PANEL *new_panel(WINDOW *win); + PANEL *panel_above(const PANEL *pan); + PANEL *panel_below(const PANEL *pan); + int panel_hidden(const PANEL *pan); + const void *panel_userptr(const PANEL *pan); + WINDOW *panel_window(const PANEL *pan); + int replace_panel(PANEL *pan, WINDOW *win); + int set_panel_userptr(PANEL *pan, const void *uptr); + int show_panel(PANEL *pan); + int top_panel(PANEL *pan); + void update_panels(void); + + Description: + The panel library is built using the curses library, and any + program using panels routines must call one of the curses + initialization routines such as initscr(). A program using these + routines must be linked with the panels and curses libraries. + The header <panel.h> includes the header <curses.h>. + + The panels package gives the applications programmer a way to + have depth relationships between curses windows; a curses window + is associated with every panel. The panels routines allow curses + windows to overlap without making visible the overlapped + portions of underlying windows. The initial curses window, + stdscr, lies beneath all panels. The set of currently visible + panels is the 'deck' of panels. + + The panels package allows the applications programmer to create + panels, fetch and set their associated windows, shuffle panels + in the deck, and manipulate panels in other ways. + + bottom_panel() places pan at the bottom of the deck. The size, + location and contents of the panel are unchanged. + + del_panel() deletes pan, but not its associated winwow. + + hide_panel() removes a panel from the deck and thus hides it + from view. + + move_panel() moves the curses window associated with pan, so + that its upper lefthand corner is at the supplied coordinates. + (Do not use mvwin() on the window.) + + new_panel() creates a new panel associated with win and returns + the panel pointer. The new panel is placed at the top of the + deck. + + panel_above() returns a pointer to the panel in the deck above + pan, or NULL if pan is the top panel. If the value of pan passed + is NULL, this function returns a pointer to the bottom panel in + the deck. + + panel_below() returns a pointer to the panel in the deck below + pan, or NULL if pan is the bottom panel. If the value of pan + passed is NULL, this function returns a pointer to the top panel + in the deck. + + panel_hidden() returns OK if pan is hidden and ERR if it is not. + + panel_userptr() - Each panel has a user pointer available for + maintaining relevant information. This function returns a + pointer to that information previously set up by + set_panel_userptr(). + + panel_window() returns a pointer to the curses window associated + with the panel. + + replace_panel() replaces the current window of pan with win. + + set_panel_userptr() - Each panel has a user pointer available + for maintaining relevant information. This function sets the + value of that information. + + show_panel() makes a previously hidden panel visible and places + it back in the deck on top. + + top_panel() places pan on the top of the deck. The size, + location and contents of the panel are unchanged. + + update_panels() refreshes the virtual screen to reflect the + depth relationships between the panels in the deck. The user + must use doupdate() to refresh the physical screen. + + Return Value: + Each routine that returns a pointer to an object returns NULL if + an error occurs. Each panel routine that returns an integer, + returns OK if it executes successfully and ERR if it does not. + + Portability X/Open BSD SYS V + bottom_panel - - Y + del_panel - - Y + hide_panel - - Y + move_panel - - Y + new_panel - - Y + panel_above - - Y + panel_below - - Y + panel_hidden - - Y + panel_userptr - - Y + panel_window - - Y + replace_panel - - Y + set_panel_userptr - - Y + show_panel - - Y + top_panel - - Y + update_panels - - Y + + Credits: + Original Author - Warren Tucker <wht@n4hgf.mt-park.ga.us> + +**man-end****************************************************************/ + +#include <panel.h> +#include <stdlib.h> + +PANEL *_bottom_panel = (PANEL *)0; +PANEL *_top_panel = (PANEL *)0; +PANEL _stdscr_pseudo_panel = { (WINDOW *)0 }; + +#ifdef PANEL_DEBUG + +static void dPanel(char *text, PANEL *pan) +{ + PDC_LOG(("%s id=%s b=%s a=%s y=%d x=%d", text, pan->user, + pan->below ? pan->below->user : "--", + pan->above ? pan->above->user : "--", + pan->wstarty, pan->wstartx)); +} + +static void dStack(char *fmt, int num, PANEL *pan) +{ + char s80[80]; + + sprintf(s80, fmt, num, pan); + PDC_LOG(("%s b=%s t=%s", s80, _bottom_panel ? _bottom_panel->user : "--", + _top_panel ? _top_panel->user : "--")); + + if (pan) + PDC_LOG(("pan id=%s", pan->user)); + + pan = _bottom_panel; + + while (pan) + { + dPanel("stk", pan); + pan = pan->above; + } +} + +/* debugging hook for wnoutrefresh */ + +static void Wnoutrefresh(PANEL *pan) +{ + dPanel("wnoutrefresh", pan); + wnoutrefresh(pan->win); +} + +static void Touchpan(PANEL *pan) +{ + dPanel("Touchpan", pan); + touchwin(pan->win); +} + +static void Touchline(PANEL *pan, int start, int count) +{ + char s80[80]; + + sprintf(s80, "Touchline s=%d c=%d", start, count); + dPanel(s80, pan); + touchline(pan->win, start, count); +} + +#else /* PANEL_DEBUG */ + +#define dPanel(text, pan) +#define dStack(fmt, num, pan) +#define Wnoutrefresh(pan) wnoutrefresh((pan)->win) +#define Touchpan(pan) touchwin((pan)->win) +#define Touchline(pan, start, count) touchline((pan)->win, start, count) + +#endif /* PANEL_DEBUG */ + +static bool _panels_overlapped(PANEL *pan1, PANEL *pan2) +{ + if (!pan1 || !pan2) + return FALSE; + + return ((pan1->wstarty >= pan2->wstarty && pan1->wstarty < pan2->wendy) + || (pan2->wstarty >= pan1->wstarty && pan2->wstarty < pan1->wendy)) + && ((pan1->wstartx >= pan2->wstartx && pan1->wstartx < pan2->wendx) + || (pan2->wstartx >= pan1->wstartx && pan2->wstartx < pan1->wendx)); +} + +static void _free_obscure(PANEL *pan) +{ + PANELOBS *tobs = pan->obscure; /* "this" one */ + PANELOBS *nobs; /* "next" one */ + + while (tobs) + { + nobs = tobs->above; + free((char *)tobs); + tobs = nobs; + } + pan->obscure = (PANELOBS *)0; +} + +static void _override(PANEL *pan, int show) +{ + int y; + PANEL *pan2; + PANELOBS *tobs = pan->obscure; /* "this" one */ + + if (show == 1) + Touchpan(pan); + else if (!show) + { + Touchpan(pan); + Touchpan(&_stdscr_pseudo_panel); + } + else if (show == -1) + while (tobs && (tobs->pan != pan)) + tobs = tobs->above; + + while (tobs) + { + if ((pan2 = tobs->pan) != pan) + for (y = pan->wstarty; y < pan->wendy; y++) + if ((y >= pan2->wstarty) && (y < pan2->wendy) && + ((is_linetouched(pan->win, y - pan->wstarty)) || + (is_linetouched(stdscr, y)))) + Touchline(pan2, y - pan2->wstarty, 1); + + tobs = tobs->above; + } +} + +static void _calculate_obscure(void) +{ + PANEL *pan, *pan2; + PANELOBS *tobs; /* "this" one */ + PANELOBS *lobs; /* last one */ + + pan = _bottom_panel; + + while (pan) + { + if (pan->obscure) + _free_obscure(pan); + + lobs = (PANELOBS *)0; + pan2 = _bottom_panel; + + while (pan2) + { + if (_panels_overlapped(pan, pan2)) + { + if ((tobs = malloc(sizeof(PANELOBS))) == NULL) + return; + + tobs->pan = pan2; + dPanel("obscured", pan2); + tobs->above = (PANELOBS *)0; + + if (lobs) + lobs->above = tobs; + else + pan->obscure = tobs; + + lobs = tobs; + } + + pan2 = pan2->above; + } + + _override(pan, 1); + pan = pan->above; + } +} + +/* check to see if panel is in the stack */ + +static bool _panel_is_linked(const PANEL *pan) +{ + PANEL *pan2 = _bottom_panel; + + while (pan2) + { + if (pan2 == pan) + return TRUE; + + pan2 = pan2->above; + } + + return FALSE; +} + +/* link panel into stack at top */ + +static void _panel_link_top(PANEL *pan) +{ +#ifdef PANEL_DEBUG + dStack("<lt%d>", 1, pan); + if (_panel_is_linked(pan)) + return; +#endif + pan->above = (PANEL *)0; + pan->below = (PANEL *)0; + + if (_top_panel) + { + _top_panel->above = pan; + pan->below = _top_panel; + } + + _top_panel = pan; + + if (!_bottom_panel) + _bottom_panel = pan; + + _calculate_obscure(); + dStack("<lt%d>", 9, pan); +} + +/* link panel into stack at bottom */ + +static void _panel_link_bottom(PANEL *pan) +{ +#ifdef PANEL_DEBUG + dStack("<lb%d>", 1, pan); + if (_panel_is_linked(pan)) + return; +#endif + pan->above = (PANEL *)0; + pan->below = (PANEL *)0; + + if (_bottom_panel) + { + _bottom_panel->below = pan; + pan->above = _bottom_panel; + } + + _bottom_panel = pan; + + if (!_top_panel) + _top_panel = pan; + + _calculate_obscure(); + dStack("<lb%d>", 9, pan); +} + +static void _panel_unlink(PANEL *pan) +{ + PANEL *prev; + PANEL *next; + +#ifdef PANEL_DEBUG + dStack("<u%d>", 1, pan); + if (!_panel_is_linked(pan)) + return; +#endif + _override(pan, 0); + _free_obscure(pan); + + prev = pan->below; + next = pan->above; + + /* if non-zero, we will not update the list head */ + + if (prev) + { + prev->above = next; + if(next) + next->below = prev; + } + else if (next) + next->below = prev; + + if (pan == _bottom_panel) + _bottom_panel = next; + + if (pan == _top_panel) + _top_panel = prev; + + _calculate_obscure(); + + pan->above = (PANEL *)0; + pan->below = (PANEL *)0; + dStack("<u%d>", 9, pan); + +} + +/************************************************************************ + * The following are the public functions for the panels library. * + ************************************************************************/ + +int bottom_panel(PANEL *pan) +{ + if (!pan) + return ERR; + + if (pan == _bottom_panel) + return OK; + + if (_panel_is_linked(pan)) + hide_panel(pan); + + _panel_link_bottom(pan); + + return OK; +} + +int del_panel(PANEL *pan) +{ + if (pan) + { + if (_panel_is_linked(pan)) + hide_panel(pan); + + free((char *)pan); + return OK; + } + + return ERR; +} + +int hide_panel(PANEL *pan) +{ + if (!pan) + return ERR; + + if (!_panel_is_linked(pan)) + { + pan->above = (PANEL *)0; + pan->below = (PANEL *)0; + return ERR; + } + + _panel_unlink(pan); + + return OK; +} + +int move_panel(PANEL *pan, int starty, int startx) +{ + WINDOW *win; + int maxy, maxx; + + if (!pan) + return ERR; + + if (_panel_is_linked(pan)) + _override(pan, 0); + + win = pan->win; + + if (mvwin(win, starty, startx) == ERR) + return ERR; + + getbegyx(win, pan->wstarty, pan->wstartx); + getmaxyx(win, maxy, maxx); + pan->wendy = pan->wstarty + maxy; + pan->wendx = pan->wstartx + maxx; + + if (_panel_is_linked(pan)) + _calculate_obscure(); + + return OK; +} + +PANEL *new_panel(WINDOW *win) +{ + PANEL *pan = malloc(sizeof(PANEL)); + + if (!_stdscr_pseudo_panel.win) + { + _stdscr_pseudo_panel.win = stdscr; + _stdscr_pseudo_panel.wstarty = 0; + _stdscr_pseudo_panel.wstartx = 0; + _stdscr_pseudo_panel.wendy = LINES; + _stdscr_pseudo_panel.wendx = COLS; + _stdscr_pseudo_panel.user = "stdscr"; + _stdscr_pseudo_panel.obscure = (PANELOBS *)0; + } + + if (pan) + { + int maxy, maxx; + + pan->win = win; + pan->above = (PANEL *)0; + pan->below = (PANEL *)0; + getbegyx(win, pan->wstarty, pan->wstartx); + getmaxyx(win, maxy, maxx); + pan->wendy = pan->wstarty + maxy; + pan->wendx = pan->wstartx + maxx; +#ifdef PANEL_DEBUG + pan->user = "new"; +#else + pan->user = (char *)0; +#endif + pan->obscure = (PANELOBS *)0; + show_panel(pan); + } + + return pan; +} + +PANEL *panel_above(const PANEL *pan) +{ + return pan ? pan->above : _bottom_panel; +} + +PANEL *panel_below(const PANEL *pan) +{ + return pan ? pan->below : _top_panel; +} + +int panel_hidden(const PANEL *pan) +{ + if (!pan) + return ERR; + + return _panel_is_linked(pan) ? ERR : OK; +} + +const void *panel_userptr(const PANEL *pan) +{ + return pan ? pan->user : NULL; +} + +WINDOW *panel_window(const PANEL *pan) +{ + PDC_LOG(("panel_window() - called\n")); + + return pan->win; +} + +int replace_panel(PANEL *pan, WINDOW *win) +{ + int maxy, maxx; + + if (!pan) + return ERR; + + if (_panel_is_linked(pan)) + _override(pan, 0); + + pan->win = win; + getbegyx(win, pan->wstarty, pan->wstartx); + getmaxyx(win, maxy, maxx); + pan->wendy = pan->wstarty + maxy; + pan->wendx = pan->wstartx + maxx; + + if (_panel_is_linked(pan)) + _calculate_obscure(); + + return OK; +} + +int set_panel_userptr(PANEL *pan, const void *uptr) +{ + if (!pan) + return ERR; + + pan->user = uptr; + return OK; +} + +int show_panel(PANEL *pan) +{ + if (!pan) + return ERR; + + if (pan == _top_panel) + return OK; + + if (_panel_is_linked(pan)) + hide_panel(pan); + + _panel_link_top(pan); + + return OK; +} + +int top_panel(PANEL *pan) +{ + return show_panel(pan); +} + +void update_panels(void) +{ + PANEL *pan; + + PDC_LOG(("update_panels() - called\n")); + + pan = _bottom_panel; + + while (pan) + { + _override(pan, -1); + pan = pan->above; + } + + if (is_wintouched(stdscr)) + Wnoutrefresh(&_stdscr_pseudo_panel); + + pan = _bottom_panel; + + while (pan) + { + if (is_wintouched(pan->win) || !pan->above) + Wnoutrefresh(pan); + + pan = pan->above; + } +}
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 +++ b/pdcurses/panel.h Thu Jul 23 18:07:39 2015 +0300 @@ -0,0 +1,58 @@ +/* Public Domain Curses */ + +/* $Id: panel.h,v 1.19 2008/07/13 16:08:16 wmcbrine Exp $ */ + +/*----------------------------------------------------------------------* + * Panels for PDCurses * + *----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#ifndef __PDCURSES_PANEL_H__ +#define __PDCURSES_PANEL_H__ 1 + +#include <curses.h> + +#if defined(__cplusplus) || defined(__cplusplus__) || defined(__CPLUSPLUS) +extern "C" +{ +#endif + +typedef struct panelobs +{ + struct panelobs *above; + struct panel *pan; +} PANELOBS; + +typedef struct panel +{ + WINDOW *win; + int wstarty; + int wendy; + int wstartx; + int wendx; + struct panel *below; + struct panel *above; + const void *user; + struct panelobs *obscure; +} PANEL; + +int bottom_panel(PANEL *pan); +int del_panel(PANEL *pan); +int hide_panel(PANEL *pan); +int move_panel(PANEL *pan, int starty, int startx); +PANEL *new_panel(WINDOW *win); +PANEL *panel_above(const PANEL *pan); +PANEL *panel_below(const PANEL *pan); +int panel_hidden(const PANEL *pan); +const void *panel_userptr(const PANEL *pan); +WINDOW *panel_window(const PANEL *pan); +int replace_panel(PANEL *pan, WINDOW *win); +int set_panel_userptr(PANEL *pan, const void *uptr); +int show_panel(PANEL *pan); +int top_panel(PANEL *pan); +void update_panels(void); + +#if defined(__cplusplus) || defined(__cplusplus__) || defined(__CPLUSPLUS) +} +#endif + +#endif /* __PDCURSES_PANEL_H__ */
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 +++ b/pdcurses/pdcclip.c Thu Jul 23 18:07:39 2015 +0300 @@ -0,0 +1,145 @@ +/* Public Domain Curses */ + +#include "pdcwin.h" + +RCSID("$Id: pdcclip.c,v 1.30 2008/07/14 04:24:52 wmcbrine Exp $") + +/*man-start************************************************************** + + Name: clipboard + + Synopsis: + int PDC_getclipboard(char **contents, long *length); + int PDC_setclipboard(const char *contents, long length); + int PDC_freeclipboard(char *contents); + int PDC_clearclipboard(void); + + Description: + PDC_getclipboard() gets the textual contents of the system's + clipboard. This function returns the contents of the clipboard + in the contents argument. It is the responsibilitiy of the + caller to free the memory returned, via PDC_freeclipboard(). + The length of the clipboard contents is returned in the length + argument. + + PDC_setclipboard copies the supplied text into the system's + clipboard, emptying the clipboard prior to the copy. + + PDC_clearclipboard() clears the internal clipboard. + + Return Values: + indicator of success/failure of call. + PDC_CLIP_SUCCESS the call was successful + PDC_CLIP_MEMORY_ERROR unable to allocate sufficient memory for + the clipboard contents + PDC_CLIP_EMPTY the clipboard contains no text + PDC_CLIP_ACCESS_ERROR no clipboard support + + Portability X/Open BSD SYS V + PDC_getclipboard - - - + PDC_setclipboard - - - + PDC_freeclipboard - - - + PDC_clearclipboard - - - + +**man-end****************************************************************/ + +#ifdef PDC_WIDE +# define PDC_TEXT CF_UNICODETEXT +#else +# define PDC_TEXT CF_OEMTEXT +#endif + +int PDC_getclipboard(char **contents, long *length) +{ + HANDLE handle; + long len; + + PDC_LOG(("PDC_getclipboard() - called\n")); + + if (!OpenClipboard(NULL)) + return PDC_CLIP_ACCESS_ERROR; + + if ((handle = GetClipboardData(PDC_TEXT)) == NULL) + { + CloseClipboard(); + return PDC_CLIP_EMPTY; + } + +#ifdef PDC_WIDE + len = wcslen((wchar_t *)handle) * 3; +#else + len = strlen((char *)handle); +#endif + *contents = (char *)GlobalAlloc(GMEM_FIXED, len + 1); + + if (!*contents) + { + CloseClipboard(); + return PDC_CLIP_MEMORY_ERROR; + } + +#ifdef PDC_WIDE + len = PDC_wcstombs((char *)*contents, (wchar_t *)handle, len); +#else + strcpy((char *)*contents, (char *)handle); +#endif + *length = len; + CloseClipboard(); + + return PDC_CLIP_SUCCESS; +} + +int PDC_setclipboard(const char *contents, long length) +{ + HGLOBAL ptr1; + LPTSTR ptr2; + + PDC_LOG(("PDC_setclipboard() - called\n")); + + if (!OpenClipboard(NULL)) + return PDC_CLIP_ACCESS_ERROR; + + ptr1 = GlobalAlloc(GMEM_MOVEABLE|GMEM_DDESHARE, + (length + 1) * sizeof(TCHAR)); + + if (!ptr1) + return PDC_CLIP_MEMORY_ERROR; + + ptr2 = GlobalLock(ptr1); + +#ifdef PDC_WIDE + PDC_mbstowcs((wchar_t *)ptr2, contents, length); +#else + memcpy((char *)ptr2, contents, length + 1); +#endif + GlobalUnlock(ptr1); + EmptyClipboard(); + + if (!SetClipboardData(PDC_TEXT, ptr1)) + { + GlobalFree(ptr1); + return PDC_CLIP_ACCESS_ERROR; + } + + CloseClipboard(); + GlobalFree(ptr1); + + return PDC_CLIP_SUCCESS; +} + +int PDC_freeclipboard(char *contents) +{ + PDC_LOG(("PDC_freeclipboard() - called\n")); + + GlobalFree(contents); + return PDC_CLIP_SUCCESS; +} + +int PDC_clearclipboard(void) +{ + PDC_LOG(("PDC_clearclipboard() - called\n")); + + EmptyClipboard(); + + return PDC_CLIP_SUCCESS; +}
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 +++ b/pdcurses/pdcdisp.c Thu Jul 23 18:07:39 2015 +0300 @@ -0,0 +1,117 @@ +/* Public Domain Curses */ + +#include "pdcwin.h" + +RCSID("$Id: pdcdisp.c,v 1.47 2008/07/14 04:24:52 wmcbrine Exp $") + +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> + +#ifdef CHTYPE_LONG + +# define A(x) ((chtype)x | A_ALTCHARSET) + +chtype acs_map[128] = +{ + A(0), A(1), A(2), A(3), A(4), A(5), A(6), A(7), A(8), A(9), A(10), + A(11), A(12), A(13), A(14), A(15), A(16), A(17), A(18), A(19), + A(20), A(21), A(22), A(23), A(24), A(25), A(26), A(27), A(28), + A(29), A(30), A(31), ' ', '!', '"', '#', '$', '%', '&', '\'', '(', + ')', '*', + +# ifdef PDC_WIDE + 0x2192, 0x2190, 0x2191, 0x2193, +# else + A(0x1a), A(0x1b), A(0x18), A(0x19), +# endif + + '/', + +# ifdef PDC_WIDE + 0x2588, +# else + 0xdb, +# endif + + '1', '2', '3', '4', '5', '6', '7', '8', '9', ':', ';', '<', '=', + '>', '?', '@', 'A', 'B', 'C', 'D', 'E', 'F', 'G', 'H', 'I', 'J', + 'K', 'L', 'M', 'N', 'O', 'P', 'Q', 'R', 'S', 'T', 'U', 'V', 'W', + 'X', 'Y', 'Z', '[', '\\', ']', '^', '_', + +# ifdef PDC_WIDE + 0x2666, 0x2592, +# else + A(0x04), 0xb1, +# endif + + 'b', 'c', 'd', 'e', + +# ifdef PDC_WIDE + 0x00b0, 0x00b1, 0x2591, 0x00a4, 0x2518, 0x2510, 0x250c, 0x2514, + 0x253c, 0x23ba, 0x23bb, 0x2500, 0x23bc, 0x23bd, 0x251c, 0x2524, + 0x2534, 0x252c, 0x2502, 0x2264, 0x2265, 0x03c0, 0x2260, 0x00a3, + 0x00b7, +# else + 0xf8, 0xf1, 0xb0, A(0x0f), 0xd9, 0xbf, 0xda, 0xc0, 0xc5, 0x2d, 0x2d, + 0xc4, 0x2d, 0x5f, 0xc3, 0xb4, 0xc1, 0xc2, 0xb3, 0xf3, 0xf2, 0xe3, + 0xd8, 0x9c, 0xf9, +# endif + + A(127) +}; + +# undef A + +#endif + +/* position hardware cursor at (y, x) */ + +void PDC_gotoyx(int row, int col) +{ + COORD coord; + + PDC_LOG(("PDC_gotoyx() - called: row %d col %d from row %d col %d\n", + row, col, SP->cursrow, SP->curscol)); + + coord.X = col; + coord.Y = row; + + SetConsoleCursorPosition(pdc_con_out, coord); +} + +/* update the given physical line to look like the corresponding line in + curscr */ + +void PDC_transform_line(int lineno, int x, int len, const chtype *srcp) +{ + CHAR_INFO ci[512]; + int j; + COORD bufSize, bufPos; + SMALL_RECT sr; + + PDC_LOG(("PDC_transform_line() - called: lineno=%d\n", lineno)); + + bufPos.X = bufPos.Y = 0; + + bufSize.X = len; + bufSize.Y = 1; + + sr.Top = lineno; + sr.Bottom = lineno; + sr.Left = x; + sr.Right = x + len - 1; + + for (j = 0; j < len; j++) + { + chtype ch = srcp[j]; + + ci[j].Attributes = pdc_atrtab[ch >> PDC_ATTR_SHIFT]; +#ifdef CHTYPE_LONG + if (ch & A_ALTCHARSET && !(ch & 0xff80)) + ch = acs_map[ch & 0x7f]; +#endif + ci[j].Char.UnicodeChar = ch & A_CHARTEXT; + } + + WriteConsoleOutput(pdc_con_out, ci, bufSize, bufPos, &sr); +}
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 +++ b/pdcurses/pdcgetsc.c Thu Jul 23 18:07:39 2015 +0300 @@ -0,0 +1,57 @@ +/* Public Domain Curses */ + +#include "pdcwin.h" + +RCSID("$Id: pdcgetsc.c,v 1.36 2008/07/14 04:24:52 wmcbrine Exp $") + +/* get the cursor size/shape */ + +int PDC_get_cursor_mode(void) +{ + CONSOLE_CURSOR_INFO ci; + + PDC_LOG(("PDC_get_cursor_mode() - called\n")); + + GetConsoleCursorInfo(pdc_con_out, &ci); + + return ci.dwSize; +} + +/* return number of screen rows */ + +int PDC_get_rows(void) +{ + CONSOLE_SCREEN_BUFFER_INFO scr; + + PDC_LOG(("PDC_get_rows() - called\n")); + + GetConsoleScreenBufferInfo(pdc_con_out, &scr); + + return scr.srWindow.Bottom - scr.srWindow.Top + 1; +} + +/* return number of buffer rows */ + +int PDC_get_buffer_rows(void) +{ + CONSOLE_SCREEN_BUFFER_INFO scr; + + PDC_LOG(("PDC_get_buffer_rows() - called\n")); + + GetConsoleScreenBufferInfo(pdc_con_out, &scr); + + return scr.dwSize.Y; +} + +/* return width of screen/viewport */ + +int PDC_get_columns(void) +{ + CONSOLE_SCREEN_BUFFER_INFO scr; + + PDC_LOG(("PDC_get_columns() - called\n")); + + GetConsoleScreenBufferInfo(pdc_con_out, &scr); + + return scr.srWindow.Right - scr.srWindow.Left + 1; +}
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 +++ b/pdcurses/pdckbd.c Thu Jul 23 18:07:39 2015 +0300 @@ -0,0 +1,656 @@ +/* Public Domain Curses */ + +#include "pdcwin.h" + +RCSID("$Id: pdckbd.c,v 1.115 2008/07/20 20:12:04 wmcbrine Exp $") + +/*man-start************************************************************** + + Name: pdckbd + + Synopsis: + unsigned long PDC_get_input_fd(void); + + Description: + PDC_get_input_fd() returns the file descriptor that PDCurses + reads its input from. It can be used for select(). + + Portability X/Open BSD SYS V + PDC_get_input_fd - - - + +**man-end****************************************************************/ + +unsigned long pdc_key_modifiers = 0L; + +/* These variables are used to store information about the next + Input Event. */ + +static INPUT_RECORD save_ip; +static MOUSE_STATUS old_mouse_status; +static DWORD event_count = 0; +static SHORT left_key; +static int key_count = 0; +static int save_press = 0; + +#define KEV save_ip.Event.KeyEvent +#define MEV save_ip.Event.MouseEvent + +/************************************************************************ + * Table for key code translation of function keys in keypad mode * + * These values are for strict IBM keyboard compatibles only * + ************************************************************************/ + +typedef struct +{ + unsigned short normal; + unsigned short shift; + unsigned short control; + unsigned short alt; + unsigned short extended; +} KPTAB; + +static KPTAB kptab[] = +{ + {0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 0 */ + {0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 1 VK_LBUTTON */ + {0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 2 VK_RBUTTON */ + {0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 3 VK_CANCEL */ + {0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 4 VK_MBUTTON */ + {0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 5 */ + {0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 6 */ + {0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 7 */ + {0x08, 0x08, 0x7F, ALT_BKSP, 0 }, /* 8 VK_BACK */ + {0x09, KEY_BTAB, CTL_TAB, ALT_TAB, 999 }, /* 9 VK_TAB */ + {0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 10 */ + {0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 11 */ + {KEY_B2, 0x35, CTL_PAD5, ALT_PAD5, 0 }, /* 12 VK_CLEAR */ + {0x0D, 0x0D, CTL_ENTER, ALT_ENTER, 1 }, /* 13 VK_RETURN */ + {0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 14 */ + {0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 15 */ + {0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 16 VK_SHIFT HANDLED SEPARATELY */ + {0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 17 VK_CONTROL HANDLED SEPARATELY */ + {0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 18 VK_MENU HANDLED SEPARATELY */ + {0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 19 VK_PAUSE */ + {0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 20 VK_CAPITAL HANDLED SEPARATELY */ + {0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 21 VK_HANGUL */ + {0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 22 */ + {0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 23 VK_JUNJA */ + {0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 24 VK_FINAL */ + {0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 25 VK_HANJA */ + {0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 26 */ + {0x1B, 0x1B, 0x1B, ALT_ESC, 0 }, /* 27 VK_ESCAPE */ + {0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 28 VK_CONVERT */ + {0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 29 VK_NONCONVERT */ + {0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 30 VK_ACCEPT */ + {0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 31 VK_MODECHANGE */ + {0x20, 0x20, 0x20, 0x20, 0 }, /* 32 VK_SPACE */ + {KEY_A3, 0x39, CTL_PAD9, ALT_PAD9, 3 }, /* 33 VK_PRIOR */ + {KEY_C3, 0x33, CTL_PAD3, ALT_PAD3, 4 }, /* 34 VK_NEXT */ + {KEY_C1, 0x31, CTL_PAD1, ALT_PAD1, 5 }, /* 35 VK_END */ + {KEY_A1, 0x37, CTL_PAD7, ALT_PAD7, 6 }, /* 36 VK_HOME */ + {KEY_B1, 0x34, CTL_PAD4, ALT_PAD4, 7 }, /* 37 VK_LEFT */ + {KEY_A2, 0x38, CTL_PAD8, ALT_PAD8, 8 }, /* 38 VK_UP */ + {KEY_B3, 0x36, CTL_PAD6, ALT_PAD6, 9 }, /* 39 VK_RIGHT */ + {KEY_C2, 0x32, CTL_PAD2, ALT_PAD2, 10 }, /* 40 VK_DOWN */ + {0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 41 VK_SELECT */ + {0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 42 VK_PRINT */ + {0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 43 VK_EXECUTE */ + {0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 44 VK_SNAPSHOT*/ + {PAD0, 0x30, CTL_PAD0, ALT_PAD0, 11 }, /* 45 VK_INSERT */ + {PADSTOP, 0x2E, CTL_PADSTOP, ALT_PADSTOP,12 }, /* 46 VK_DELETE */ + {0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 47 VK_HELP */ + {0x30, 0x29, 0, ALT_0, 0 }, /* 48 */ + {0x31, 0x21, 0, ALT_1, 0 }, /* 49 */ + {0x32, 0x40, 0, ALT_2, 0 }, /* 50 */ + {0x33, 0x23, 0, ALT_3, 0 }, /* 51 */ + {0x34, 0x24, 0, ALT_4, 0 }, /* 52 */ + {0x35, 0x25, 0, ALT_5, 0 }, /* 53 */ + {0x36, 0x5E, 0, ALT_6, 0 }, /* 54 */ + {0x37, 0x26, 0, ALT_7, 0 }, /* 55 */ + {0x38, 0x2A, 0, ALT_8, 0 }, /* 56 */ + {0x39, 0x28, 0, ALT_9, 0 }, /* 57 */ + {0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 58 */ + {0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 59 */ + {0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 60 */ + {0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 61 */ + {0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 62 */ + {0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 63 */ + {0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 64 */ + {0x61, 0x41, 0x01, ALT_A, 0 }, /* 65 */ + {0x62, 0x42, 0x02, ALT_B, 0 }, /* 66 */ + {0x63, 0x43, 0x03, ALT_C, 0 }, /* 67 */ + {0x64, 0x44, 0x04, ALT_D, 0 }, /* 68 */ + {0x65, 0x45, 0x05, ALT_E, 0 }, /* 69 */ + {0x66, 0x46, 0x06, ALT_F, 0 }, /* 70 */ + {0x67, 0x47, 0x07, ALT_G, 0 }, /* 71 */ + {0x68, 0x48, 0x08, ALT_H, 0 }, /* 72 */ + {0x69, 0x49, 0x09, ALT_I, 0 }, /* 73 */ + {0x6A, 0x4A, 0x0A, ALT_J, 0 }, /* 74 */ + {0x6B, 0x4B, 0x0B, ALT_K, 0 }, /* 75 */ + {0x6C, 0x4C, 0x0C, ALT_L, 0 }, /* 76 */ + {0x6D, 0x4D, 0x0D, ALT_M, 0 }, /* 77 */ + {0x6E, 0x4E, 0x0E, ALT_N, 0 }, /* 78 */ + {0x6F, 0x4F, 0x0F, ALT_O, 0 }, /* 79 */ + {0x70, 0x50, 0x10, ALT_P, 0 }, /* 80 */ + {0x71, 0x51, 0x11, ALT_Q, 0 }, /* 81 */ + {0x72, 0x52, 0x12, ALT_R, 0 }, /* 82 */ + {0x73, 0x53, 0x13, ALT_S, 0 }, /* 83 */ + {0x74, 0x54, 0x14, ALT_T, 0 }, /* 84 */ + {0x75, 0x55, 0x15, ALT_U, 0 }, /* 85 */ + {0x76, 0x56, 0x16, ALT_V, 0 }, /* 86 */ + {0x77, 0x57, 0x17, ALT_W, 0 }, /* 87 */ + {0x78, 0x58, 0x18, ALT_X, 0 }, /* 88 */ + {0x79, 0x59, 0x19, ALT_Y, 0 }, /* 89 */ + {0x7A, 0x5A, 0x1A, ALT_Z, 0 }, /* 90 */ + {0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 91 VK_LWIN */ + {0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 92 VK_RWIN */ + {0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 93 VK_APPS */ + {0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 94 */ + {0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 95 */ + {0x30, 0, CTL_PAD0, ALT_PAD0, 0 }, /* 96 VK_NUMPAD0 */ + {0x31, 0, CTL_PAD1, ALT_PAD1, 0 }, /* 97 VK_NUMPAD1 */ + {0x32, 0, CTL_PAD2, ALT_PAD2, 0 }, /* 98 VK_NUMPAD2 */ + {0x33, 0, CTL_PAD3, ALT_PAD3, 0 }, /* 99 VK_NUMPAD3 */ + {0x34, 0, CTL_PAD4, ALT_PAD4, 0 }, /* 100 VK_NUMPAD4 */ + {0x35, 0, CTL_PAD5, ALT_PAD5, 0 }, /* 101 VK_NUMPAD5 */ + {0x36, 0, CTL_PAD6, ALT_PAD6, 0 }, /* 102 VK_NUMPAD6 */ + {0x37, 0, CTL_PAD7, ALT_PAD7, 0 }, /* 103 VK_NUMPAD7 */ + {0x38, 0, CTL_PAD8, ALT_PAD8, 0 }, /* 104 VK_NUMPAD8 */ + {0x39, 0, CTL_PAD9, ALT_PAD9, 0 }, /* 105 VK_NUMPAD9 */ + {PADSTAR, SHF_PADSTAR,CTL_PADSTAR, ALT_PADSTAR,999 }, /* 106 VK_MULTIPLY*/ + {PADPLUS, SHF_PADPLUS,CTL_PADPLUS, ALT_PADPLUS,999 }, /* 107 VK_ADD */ + {0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 108 VK_SEPARATOR */ + {PADMINUS, SHF_PADMINUS,CTL_PADMINUS,ALT_PADMINUS,999}, /* 109 VK_SUBTRACT*/ + {0x2E, 0, CTL_PADSTOP, ALT_PADSTOP,0 }, /* 110 VK_DECIMAL */ + {PADSLASH, SHF_PADSLASH,CTL_PADSLASH,ALT_PADSLASH,2 }, /* 111 VK_DIVIDE */ + {KEY_F(1), KEY_F(13), KEY_F(25), KEY_F(37), 0 }, /* 112 VK_F1 */ + {KEY_F(2), KEY_F(14), KEY_F(26), KEY_F(38), 0 }, /* 113 VK_F2 */ + {KEY_F(3), KEY_F(15), KEY_F(27), KEY_F(39), 0 }, /* 114 VK_F3 */ + {KEY_F(4), KEY_F(16), KEY_F(28), KEY_F(40), 0 }, /* 115 VK_F4 */ + {KEY_F(5), KEY_F(17), KEY_F(29), KEY_F(41), 0 }, /* 116 VK_F5 */ + {KEY_F(6), KEY_F(18), KEY_F(30), KEY_F(42), 0 }, /* 117 VK_F6 */ + {KEY_F(7), KEY_F(19), KEY_F(31), KEY_F(43), 0 }, /* 118 VK_F7 */ + {KEY_F(8), KEY_F(20), KEY_F(32), KEY_F(44), 0 }, /* 119 VK_F8 */ + {KEY_F(9), KEY_F(21), KEY_F(33), KEY_F(45), 0 }, /* 120 VK_F9 */ + {KEY_F(10), KEY_F(22), KEY_F(34), KEY_F(46), 0 }, /* 121 VK_F10 */ + {KEY_F(11), KEY_F(23), KEY_F(35), KEY_F(47), 0 }, /* 122 VK_F11 */ + {KEY_F(12), KEY_F(24), KEY_F(36), KEY_F(48), 0 }, /* 123 VK_F12 */ + + /* 124 through 218 */ + + {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, + {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, + {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, + {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, + {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, + {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, + {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, + {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, + {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, + {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, + {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, + {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, + {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, + {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, + {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, + {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, + {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, + {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, + {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, + {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, + {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, + {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, + {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, + {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, + + {0x5B, 0x7B, 0x1B, ALT_LBRACKET,0 }, /* 219 */ + {0x5C, 0x7C, 0x1C, ALT_BSLASH, 0 }, /* 220 */ + {0x5D, 0x7D, 0x1D, ALT_RBRACKET,0 }, /* 221 */ + {0, 0, 0x27, ALT_FQUOTE, 0 }, /* 222 */ + {0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 223 */ + {0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 224 */ + {0, 0, 0, 0, 0 } /* 225 */ +}; + +static KPTAB ext_kptab[] = +{ + {0, 0, 0, 0, }, /* MUST BE EMPTY */ + {PADENTER, SHF_PADENTER, CTL_PADENTER, ALT_PADENTER}, /* 13 */ + {PADSLASH, SHF_PADSLASH, CTL_PADSLASH, ALT_PADSLASH}, /* 111 */ + {KEY_PPAGE, KEY_SPREVIOUS, CTL_PGUP, ALT_PGUP }, /* 33 */ + {KEY_NPAGE, KEY_SNEXT, CTL_PGDN, ALT_PGDN }, /* 34 */ + {KEY_END, KEY_SEND, CTL_END, ALT_END }, /* 35 */ + {KEY_HOME, KEY_SHOME, CTL_HOME, ALT_HOME }, /* 36 */ + {KEY_LEFT, KEY_SLEFT, CTL_LEFT, ALT_LEFT }, /* 37 */ + {KEY_UP, KEY_SUP, CTL_UP, ALT_UP }, /* 38 */ + {KEY_RIGHT, KEY_SRIGHT, CTL_RIGHT, ALT_RIGHT }, /* 39 */ + {KEY_DOWN, KEY_SDOWN, CTL_DOWN, ALT_DOWN }, /* 40 */ + {KEY_IC, KEY_SIC, CTL_INS, ALT_INS }, /* 45 */ + {KEY_DC, KEY_SDC, CTL_DEL, ALT_DEL }, /* 46 */ + {PADSLASH, SHF_PADSLASH, CTL_PADSLASH, ALT_PADSLASH}, /* 191 */ +}; + +/* End of kptab[] */ + +unsigned long PDC_get_input_fd(void) +{ + PDC_LOG(("PDC_get_input_fd() - called\n")); + + return 0L; +} + +void PDC_set_keyboard_binary(bool on) +{ + PDC_LOG(("PDC_set_keyboard_binary() - called\n")); +} + +/* check if a key or mouse event is waiting */ + +bool PDC_check_key(void) +{ + if (key_count > 0) + return TRUE; + + GetNumberOfConsoleInputEvents(pdc_con_in, &event_count); + + return (event_count != 0); +} + +/* _get_key_count returns 0 if save_ip doesn't contain an event which + should be passed back to the user. This function filters "useless" + events. + + The function returns the number of keys waiting. This may be > 1 + if the repetition of real keys pressed so far are > 1. + + Returns 0 on NUMLOCK, CAPSLOCK, SCROLLLOCK. + + Returns 1 for SHIFT, ALT, CTRL only if no other key has been pressed + in between, and SP->return_key_modifiers is set; these are returned + on keyup. + + Normal keys are returned on keydown only. The number of repetitions + are returned. Dead keys (diacritics) are omitted. See below for a + description. +*/ + +static int _get_key_count(void) +{ + int num_keys = 0, vk; + + PDC_LOG(("_get_key_count() - called\n")); + + vk = KEV.wVirtualKeyCode; + + if (KEV.bKeyDown) + { + /* key down */ + + save_press = 0; + + if (vk == VK_CAPITAL || vk == VK_NUMLOCK || vk == VK_SCROLL) + { + /* throw away these modifiers */ + } + else if (vk == VK_SHIFT || vk == VK_CONTROL || vk == VK_MENU) + { + /* These keys are returned on keyup only. */ + + save_press = vk; + switch (vk) + { + case VK_SHIFT: + left_key = GetKeyState(VK_LSHIFT); + break; + case VK_CONTROL: + left_key = GetKeyState(VK_LCONTROL); + break; + case VK_MENU: + left_key = GetKeyState(VK_LMENU); + } + } + else + { + /* Check for diacritics. These are dead keys. Some locales + have modified characters like umlaut-a, which is an "a" + with two dots on it. In some locales you have to press a + special key (the dead key) immediately followed by the + "a" to get a composed umlaut-a. The special key may have + a normal meaning with different modifiers. */ + + if (KEV.uChar.UnicodeChar || !(MapVirtualKey(vk, 2) & 0x80000000)) + num_keys = KEV.wRepeatCount; + } + } + else + { + /* key up */ + + /* Only modifier keys or the results of ALT-numpad entry are + returned on keyup */ + + if ((vk == VK_MENU && KEV.uChar.UnicodeChar) || + ((vk == VK_SHIFT || vk == VK_CONTROL || vk == VK_MENU) && + vk == save_press)) + { + save_press = 0; + num_keys = 1; + } + } + + PDC_LOG(("_get_key_count() - returning: num_keys %d\n", num_keys)); + + return num_keys; +} + +/* _process_key_event returns -1 if the key in save_ip should be + ignored. Otherwise it returns the keycode which should be returned + by PDC_get_key(). save_ip must be a key event. + + CTRL-ALT support has been disabled, when is it emitted plainly? */ + +static int _process_key_event(void) +{ + int key = (unsigned short)KEV.uChar.UnicodeChar; + WORD vk = KEV.wVirtualKeyCode; + DWORD state = KEV.dwControlKeyState; + + int idx; + BOOL enhanced; + + SP->key_code = TRUE; + + /* Save the key modifiers if required. Do this first to allow to + detect e.g. a pressed CTRL key after a hit of NUMLOCK. */ + + if (SP->save_key_modifiers) + { + if (state & (LEFT_ALT_PRESSED|RIGHT_ALT_PRESSED)) + pdc_key_modifiers |= PDC_KEY_MODIFIER_ALT; + + if (state & SHIFT_PRESSED) + pdc_key_modifiers |= PDC_KEY_MODIFIER_SHIFT; + + if (state & (LEFT_CTRL_PRESSED|RIGHT_CTRL_PRESSED)) + pdc_key_modifiers |= PDC_KEY_MODIFIER_CONTROL; + + if (state & NUMLOCK_ON) + pdc_key_modifiers |= PDC_KEY_MODIFIER_NUMLOCK; + } + + /* Handle modifier keys hit by themselves */ + + switch (vk) + { + case VK_SHIFT: /* shift */ + if (!SP->return_key_modifiers) + return -1; + + return (left_key & 0x8000) ? KEY_SHIFT_L : KEY_SHIFT_R; + + case VK_CONTROL: /* control */ + if (!SP->return_key_modifiers) + return -1; + + return (left_key & 0x8000) ? KEY_CONTROL_L : KEY_CONTROL_R; + + case VK_MENU: /* alt */ + if (!key) + { + if (!SP->return_key_modifiers) + return -1; + + return (left_key & 0x8000) ? KEY_ALT_L : KEY_ALT_R; + } + } + + /* The system may emit Ascii or Unicode characters depending on + whether ReadConsoleInputA or ReadConsoleInputW is used. + + Normally, if key != 0 then the system did the translation + successfully. But this is not true for LEFT_ALT (different to + RIGHT_ALT). In case of LEFT_ALT we can get key != 0. So + check for this first. */ + + if (key && ( !(state & LEFT_ALT_PRESSED) || + (state & RIGHT_ALT_PRESSED) )) + { + /* This code should catch all keys returning a printable + character. Characters above 0x7F should be returned as + positive codes. But if'ndef NUMKEYPAD we have to return + extended keycodes for keypad codes. */ + +#ifndef NUMKEYPAD + if (kptab[vk].extended == 0) +#endif + { + SP->key_code = FALSE; + return key; + } + } + + /* This case happens if a functional key has been entered. */ + + if ((state & ENHANCED_KEY) && (kptab[vk].extended != 999)) + { + enhanced = TRUE; + idx = kptab[vk].extended; + } + else + { + enhanced = FALSE; + idx = vk; + } + + if (state & SHIFT_PRESSED) + key = enhanced ? ext_kptab[idx].shift : kptab[idx].shift; + + else if (state & (LEFT_CTRL_PRESSED|RIGHT_CTRL_PRESSED)) + key = enhanced ? ext_kptab[idx].control : kptab[idx].control; + + else if (state & (LEFT_ALT_PRESSED|RIGHT_ALT_PRESSED)) + key = enhanced ? ext_kptab[idx].alt : kptab[idx].alt; + + else + key = enhanced ? ext_kptab[idx].normal : kptab[idx].normal; + + if (key < KEY_CODE_YES) + SP->key_code = FALSE; + + return key; +} + +static int _process_mouse_event(void) +{ + static const DWORD button_mask[] = {1, 4, 2}; + short action, shift_flags = 0; + int i; + + save_press = 0; + SP->key_code = TRUE; + + memset(&pdc_mouse_status, 0, sizeof(MOUSE_STATUS)); + + /* Handle scroll wheel */ + + if (MEV.dwEventFlags == 4) + { + pdc_mouse_status.changes = (MEV.dwButtonState & 0xFF000000) ? + PDC_MOUSE_WHEEL_DOWN : PDC_MOUSE_WHEEL_UP; + + pdc_mouse_status.x = -1; + pdc_mouse_status.y = -1; + + memset(&old_mouse_status, 0, sizeof(old_mouse_status)); + + return KEY_MOUSE; + } + + action = (MEV.dwEventFlags == 2) ? BUTTON_DOUBLE_CLICKED : + ((MEV.dwEventFlags == 1) ? BUTTON_MOVED : BUTTON_PRESSED); + + for (i = 0; i < 3; i++) + pdc_mouse_status.button[i] = + (MEV.dwButtonState & button_mask[i]) ? action : 0; + + if (action == BUTTON_PRESSED && MEV.dwButtonState & 7 && SP->mouse_wait) + { + /* Check for a click -- a PRESS followed immediately by a release */ + + if (!event_count) + { + napms(SP->mouse_wait); + + GetNumberOfConsoleInputEvents(pdc_con_in, &event_count); + } + + if (event_count) + { + INPUT_RECORD ip; + DWORD count; + bool have_click = FALSE; + + PeekConsoleInput(pdc_con_in, &ip, 1, &count); + + for (i = 0; i < 3; i++) + { + if (pdc_mouse_status.button[i] == BUTTON_PRESSED && + !(ip.Event.MouseEvent.dwButtonState & button_mask[i])) + { + pdc_mouse_status.button[i] = BUTTON_CLICKED; + have_click = TRUE; + } + } + + /* If a click was found, throw out the event */ + + if (have_click) + ReadConsoleInput(pdc_con_in, &ip, 1, &count); + } + } + + pdc_mouse_status.x = MEV.dwMousePosition.X; + pdc_mouse_status.y = MEV.dwMousePosition.Y; + + pdc_mouse_status.changes = 0; + + for (i = 0; i < 3; i++) + { + if (old_mouse_status.button[i] != pdc_mouse_status.button[i]) + pdc_mouse_status.changes |= (1 << i); + + if (pdc_mouse_status.button[i] == BUTTON_MOVED) + { + /* Discard non-moved "moves" */ + + if (pdc_mouse_status.x == old_mouse_status.x && + pdc_mouse_status.y == old_mouse_status.y) + return -1; + + /* Motion events always flag the button as changed */ + + pdc_mouse_status.changes |= (1 << i); + pdc_mouse_status.changes |= PDC_MOUSE_MOVED; + break; + } + } + + old_mouse_status = pdc_mouse_status; + + /* Treat click events as release events for comparison purposes */ + + for (i = 0; i < 3; i++) + { + if (old_mouse_status.button[i] == BUTTON_CLICKED || + old_mouse_status.button[i] == BUTTON_DOUBLE_CLICKED) + old_mouse_status.button[i] = BUTTON_RELEASED; + } + + /* Check for SHIFT/CONTROL/ALT */ + + if (MEV.dwControlKeyState & (LEFT_ALT_PRESSED|RIGHT_ALT_PRESSED)) + shift_flags |= BUTTON_ALT; + + if (MEV.dwControlKeyState & (LEFT_CTRL_PRESSED|RIGHT_CTRL_PRESSED)) + shift_flags |= BUTTON_CONTROL; + + if (MEV.dwControlKeyState & SHIFT_PRESSED) + shift_flags |= BUTTON_SHIFT; + + if (shift_flags) + { + for (i = 0; i < 3; i++) + { + if (pdc_mouse_status.changes & (1 << i)) + pdc_mouse_status.button[i] |= shift_flags; + } + } + + return KEY_MOUSE; +} + +/* return the next available key or mouse event */ + +int PDC_get_key(void) +{ + pdc_key_modifiers = 0L; + + if (!key_count) + { + DWORD count; + + ReadConsoleInput(pdc_con_in, &save_ip, 1, &count); + event_count--; + + if (save_ip.EventType == MOUSE_EVENT) + key_count = 1; + else if (save_ip.EventType == KEY_EVENT) + key_count = _get_key_count(); + } + + if (key_count) + { + key_count--; + + switch (save_ip.EventType) + { + case KEY_EVENT: + return _process_key_event(); + + case MOUSE_EVENT: + return _process_mouse_event(); + } + } + + return -1; +} + +/* discard any pending keyboard or mouse input -- this is the core + routine for flushinp() */ + +void PDC_flushinp(void) +{ + PDC_LOG(("PDC_flushinp() - called\n")); + + FlushConsoleInputBuffer(pdc_con_in); +} + +int PDC_mouse_set(void) +{ + /* If turning on mouse input: Set ENABLE_MOUSE_INPUT, and clear + all other flags, including the extended flags; + If turning off the mouse: Set QuickEdit Mode to the status it + had on startup, and clear all other flags */ + + SetConsoleMode(pdc_con_in, SP->_trap_mbe ? + (ENABLE_MOUSE_INPUT|0x0080) : (pdc_quick_edit|0x0080)); + + memset(&old_mouse_status, 0, sizeof(old_mouse_status)); + + return OK; +} + +int PDC_modifiers_set(void) +{ + return OK; +}
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 +++ b/pdcurses/pdcscrn.c Thu Jul 23 18:07:39 2015 +0300 @@ -0,0 +1,620 @@ +/* Public Domain Curses */ + +#include "pdcwin.h" + +RCSID("$Id: pdcscrn.c,v 1.92 2008/07/20 20:12:04 wmcbrine Exp $") + +#ifdef CHTYPE_LONG +# define PDC_OFFSET 32 +#else +# define PDC_OFFSET 8 +#endif + +/* COLOR_PAIR to attribute encoding table. */ + +unsigned char *pdc_atrtab = (unsigned char *)NULL; + +HANDLE pdc_con_out = INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE; +HANDLE pdc_con_in = INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE; + +DWORD pdc_quick_edit; + +static short curstoreal[16], realtocurs[16] = +{ + COLOR_BLACK, COLOR_BLUE, COLOR_GREEN, COLOR_CYAN, COLOR_RED, + COLOR_MAGENTA, COLOR_YELLOW, COLOR_WHITE, COLOR_BLACK + 8, + COLOR_BLUE + 8, COLOR_GREEN + 8, COLOR_CYAN + 8, COLOR_RED + 8, + COLOR_MAGENTA + 8, COLOR_YELLOW + 8, COLOR_WHITE + 8 +}; + +enum { PDC_RESTORE_NONE, PDC_RESTORE_BUFFER, PDC_RESTORE_WINDOW }; + +/* Struct for storing console registry keys, and for use with the + undocumented WM_SETCONSOLEINFO message. Originally by James Brown, + www.catch22.net. */ + +static struct +{ + ULONG Length; + COORD ScreenBufferSize; + COORD WindowSize; + ULONG WindowPosX; + ULONG WindowPosY; + + COORD FontSize; + ULONG FontFamily; + ULONG FontWeight; + WCHAR FaceName[32]; + + ULONG CursorSize; + ULONG FullScreen; + ULONG QuickEdit; + ULONG AutoPosition; + ULONG InsertMode; + + USHORT ScreenColors; + USHORT PopupColors; + ULONG HistoryNoDup; + ULONG HistoryBufferSize; + ULONG NumberOfHistoryBuffers; + + COLORREF ColorTable[16]; + + ULONG CodePage; + HWND Hwnd; + + WCHAR ConsoleTitle[0x100]; +} console_info; + +static CONSOLE_SCREEN_BUFFER_INFO orig_scr; + +static CHAR_INFO *ci_save = NULL; +static DWORD old_console_mode = 0; + +static bool is_nt; + +static HWND _find_console_handle(void) +{ + TCHAR orgtitle[1024], temptitle[1024]; + HWND wnd; + + GetConsoleTitle(orgtitle, 1024); + + wsprintf(temptitle, TEXT("%d/%d"), GetTickCount(), GetCurrentProcessId()); + SetConsoleTitle(temptitle); + + Sleep(40); + + wnd = FindWindow(NULL, temptitle); + + SetConsoleTitle(orgtitle); + + return wnd; +} + +/* Undocumented console message */ + +#define WM_SETCONSOLEINFO (WM_USER + 201) + +/* Wrapper around WM_SETCONSOLEINFO. We need to create the necessary + section (file-mapping) object in the context of the process which + owns the console, before posting the message. Originally by JB. */ + +static void _set_console_info(void) +{ + CONSOLE_SCREEN_BUFFER_INFO csbi; + CONSOLE_CURSOR_INFO cci; + DWORD dwConsoleOwnerPid; + HANDLE hProcess; + HANDLE hSection, hDupSection; + PVOID ptrView; + + /* Each-time initialization for console_info */ + + GetConsoleCursorInfo(pdc_con_out, &cci); + console_info.CursorSize = cci.dwSize; + + GetConsoleScreenBufferInfo(pdc_con_out, &csbi); + console_info.ScreenBufferSize = csbi.dwSize; + + console_info.WindowSize.X = csbi.srWindow.Right - csbi.srWindow.Left + 1; + console_info.WindowSize.Y = csbi.srWindow.Bottom - csbi.srWindow.Top + 1; + + console_info.WindowPosX = csbi.srWindow.Left; + console_info.WindowPosY = csbi.srWindow.Top; + + /* Open the process which "owns" the console */ + + GetWindowThreadProcessId(console_info.Hwnd, &dwConsoleOwnerPid); + + hProcess = OpenProcess(PROCESS_ALL_ACCESS, FALSE, dwConsoleOwnerPid); + + /* Create a SECTION object backed by page-file, then map a view of + this section into the owner process so we can write the contents + of the CONSOLE_INFO buffer into it */ + + hSection = CreateFileMapping(INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE, 0, PAGE_READWRITE, + 0, sizeof(console_info), 0); + + /* Copy our console structure into the section-object */ + + ptrView = MapViewOfFile(hSection, FILE_MAP_WRITE|FILE_MAP_READ, + 0, 0, sizeof(console_info)); + + memcpy(ptrView, &console_info, sizeof(console_info)); + + UnmapViewOfFile(ptrView); + + /* Map the memory into owner process */ + + DuplicateHandle(GetCurrentProcess(), hSection, hProcess, &hDupSection, + 0, FALSE, DUPLICATE_SAME_ACCESS); + + /* Send console window the "update" message */ + + SendMessage(console_info.Hwnd, WM_SETCONSOLEINFO, (WPARAM)hDupSection, 0); + + CloseHandle(hSection); + CloseHandle(hProcess); +} + +/* One-time initialization for console_info -- color table and font info + from the registry; other values from functions. */ + +static void _init_console_info(void) +{ + DWORD scrnmode, len; + HKEY reghnd; + int i; + + console_info.Hwnd = _find_console_handle(); + console_info.Length = sizeof(console_info); + + GetConsoleMode(pdc_con_in, &scrnmode); + console_info.QuickEdit = !!(scrnmode & 0x0040); + console_info.InsertMode = !!(scrnmode & 0x0020); + + console_info.FullScreen = FALSE; + console_info.AutoPosition = 0x10000; + console_info.ScreenColors = SP->orig_back << 4 | SP->orig_fore; + console_info.PopupColors = 0xf5; + + console_info.HistoryNoDup = FALSE; + console_info.HistoryBufferSize = 50; + console_info.NumberOfHistoryBuffers = 4; + + console_info.CodePage = GetConsoleOutputCP(); + + RegOpenKeyEx(HKEY_CURRENT_USER, TEXT("Console"), 0, + KEY_QUERY_VALUE, ®hnd); + + len = sizeof(DWORD); + + /* Default color table */ + + for (i = 0; i < 16; i++) + { + char tname[13]; + + sprintf(tname, "ColorTable%02d", i); + RegQueryValueExA(reghnd, tname, NULL, NULL, + (LPBYTE)(&(console_info.ColorTable[i])), &len); + } + + /* Font info */ + + RegQueryValueEx(reghnd, TEXT("FontSize"), NULL, NULL, + (LPBYTE)(&console_info.FontSize), &len); + RegQueryValueEx(reghnd, TEXT("FontFamily"), NULL, NULL, + (LPBYTE)(&console_info.FontFamily), &len); + RegQueryValueEx(reghnd, TEXT("FontWeight"), NULL, NULL, + (LPBYTE)(&console_info.FontWeight), &len); + + len = sizeof(WCHAR) * 32; + RegQueryValueExW(reghnd, L"FaceName", NULL, NULL, + (LPBYTE)(console_info.FaceName), &len); + + RegCloseKey(reghnd); +} + +/* close the physical screen -- may restore the screen to its state + before PDC_scr_open(); miscellaneous cleanup */ + +void PDC_scr_close(void) +{ + COORD origin; + SMALL_RECT rect; + + PDC_LOG(("PDC_scr_close() - called\n")); + + PDC_reset_shell_mode(); + + if (SP->_restore != PDC_RESTORE_NONE) + { + if (SP->_restore == PDC_RESTORE_WINDOW) + { + rect.Top = orig_scr.srWindow.Top; + rect.Left = orig_scr.srWindow.Left; + rect.Bottom = orig_scr.srWindow.Bottom; + rect.Right = orig_scr.srWindow.Right; + } + else /* PDC_RESTORE_BUFFER */ + { + rect.Top = rect.Left = 0; + rect.Bottom = orig_scr.dwSize.Y - 1; + rect.Right = orig_scr.dwSize.X - 1; + } + + origin.X = origin.Y = 0; + + if (!WriteConsoleOutput(pdc_con_out, ci_save, orig_scr.dwSize, + origin, &rect)) + return; + } + + if (SP->visibility != 1) + curs_set(1); + + /* Position cursor to the bottom left of the screen. */ + + PDC_gotoyx(PDC_get_buffer_rows() - 2, 0); +} + +void PDC_scr_free(void) +{ + if (SP) + free(SP); + if (pdc_atrtab) + free(pdc_atrtab); + + pdc_atrtab = (unsigned char *)NULL; +} + +/* open the physical screen -- allocate SP, miscellaneous intialization, + and may save the existing screen for later restoration */ + +int PDC_scr_open(int argc, char **argv) +{ + COORD bufsize, origin; + SMALL_RECT rect; + const char *str; + CONSOLE_SCREEN_BUFFER_INFO csbi; + int i; + + PDC_LOG(("PDC_scr_open() - called\n")); + + SP = calloc(1, sizeof(SCREEN)); + pdc_atrtab = calloc(PDC_COLOR_PAIRS * PDC_OFFSET, 1); + + if (!SP || !pdc_atrtab) + return ERR; + + for (i = 0; i < 16; i++) + curstoreal[realtocurs[i]] = i; + + pdc_con_out = GetStdHandle(STD_OUTPUT_HANDLE); + pdc_con_in = GetStdHandle(STD_INPUT_HANDLE); + + if (GetFileType(pdc_con_in) != FILE_TYPE_CHAR) + { + fprintf(stderr, "\nRedirection is not supported.\n"); + exit(1); + } + + is_nt = !(GetVersion() & 0x80000000); + + GetConsoleScreenBufferInfo(pdc_con_out, &csbi); + GetConsoleScreenBufferInfo(pdc_con_out, &orig_scr); + GetConsoleMode(pdc_con_in, &old_console_mode); + + /* preserve QuickEdit Mode setting for use in PDC_mouse_set() when + the mouse is not enabled -- other console input settings are + cleared */ + + pdc_quick_edit = old_console_mode & 0x0040; + + SP->lines = (str = getenv("LINES")) ? atoi(str) : PDC_get_rows(); + SP->cols = (str = getenv("COLS")) ? atoi(str) : PDC_get_columns(); + + SP->mouse_wait = PDC_CLICK_PERIOD; + SP->audible = TRUE; + + if (SP->lines < 2 || SP->lines > csbi.dwMaximumWindowSize.Y) + { + fprintf(stderr, "LINES value must be >= 2 and <= %d: got %d\n", + csbi.dwMaximumWindowSize.Y, SP->lines); + + return ERR; + } + + if (SP->cols < 2 || SP->cols > csbi.dwMaximumWindowSize.X) + { + fprintf(stderr, "COLS value must be >= 2 and <= %d: got %d\n", + csbi.dwMaximumWindowSize.X, SP->cols); + + return ERR; + } + + SP->orig_fore = csbi.wAttributes & 0x0f; + SP->orig_back = (csbi.wAttributes & 0xf0) >> 4; + + SP->orig_attr = TRUE; + + SP->_restore = PDC_RESTORE_NONE; + + if (getenv("PDC_RESTORE_SCREEN")) + { + /* Attempt to save the complete console buffer */ + + ci_save = malloc(orig_scr.dwSize.X * orig_scr.dwSize.Y * + sizeof(CHAR_INFO)); + + if (!ci_save) + { + PDC_LOG(("PDC_scr_open() - malloc failure (1)\n")); + + return ERR; + } + + bufsize.X = orig_scr.dwSize.X; + bufsize.Y = orig_scr.dwSize.Y; + + origin.X = origin.Y = 0; + + rect.Top = rect.Left = 0; + rect.Bottom = orig_scr.dwSize.Y - 1; + rect.Right = orig_scr.dwSize.X - 1; + + if (!ReadConsoleOutput(pdc_con_out, ci_save, bufsize, origin, &rect)) + { + /* We can't save the complete buffer, so try and save just + the displayed window */ + + free(ci_save); + ci_save = NULL; + + bufsize.X = orig_scr.srWindow.Right - orig_scr.srWindow.Left + 1; + bufsize.Y = orig_scr.srWindow.Bottom - orig_scr.srWindow.Top + 1; + + ci_save = malloc(bufsize.X * bufsize.Y * sizeof(CHAR_INFO)); + + if (!ci_save) + { + PDC_LOG(("PDC_scr_open() - malloc failure (2)\n")); + + return ERR; + } + + origin.X = origin.Y = 0; + + rect.Top = orig_scr.srWindow.Top; + rect.Left = orig_scr.srWindow.Left; + rect.Bottom = orig_scr.srWindow.Bottom; + rect.Right = orig_scr.srWindow.Right; + + if (!ReadConsoleOutput(pdc_con_out, ci_save, bufsize, + origin, &rect)) + { +#ifdef PDCDEBUG + CHAR LastError[256]; + + FormatMessage(FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_SYSTEM, NULL, + GetLastError(), MAKELANGID(LANG_NEUTRAL, + SUBLANG_DEFAULT), LastError, 256, NULL); + + PDC_LOG(("PDC_scr_open() - %s\n", LastError)); +#endif + free(ci_save); + ci_save = NULL; + + return ERR; + } + + SP->_restore = PDC_RESTORE_WINDOW; + } + else + SP->_restore = PDC_RESTORE_BUFFER; + } + + SP->_preserve = (getenv("PDC_PRESERVE_SCREEN") != NULL); + + PDC_reset_prog_mode(); + + SP->mono = FALSE; + + return OK; +} + + /* Calls SetConsoleWindowInfo with the given parameters, but fits them + if a scoll bar shrinks the maximum possible value. The rectangle + must at least fit in a half-sized window. */ + +static BOOL _fit_console_window(HANDLE con_out, CONST SMALL_RECT *rect) +{ + SMALL_RECT run; + SHORT mx, my; + + if (SetConsoleWindowInfo(con_out, TRUE, rect)) + return TRUE; + + run = *rect; + run.Right /= 2; + run.Bottom /= 2; + + mx = run.Right; + my = run.Bottom; + + if (!SetConsoleWindowInfo(con_out, TRUE, &run)) + return FALSE; + + for (run.Right = rect->Right; run.Right >= mx; run.Right--) + if (SetConsoleWindowInfo(con_out, TRUE, &run)) + break; + + if (run.Right < mx) + return FALSE; + + for (run.Bottom = rect->Bottom; run.Bottom >= my; run.Bottom--) + if (SetConsoleWindowInfo(con_out, TRUE, &run)) + return TRUE; + + return FALSE; +} + +/* the core of resize_term() */ + +int PDC_resize_screen(int nlines, int ncols) +{ + SMALL_RECT rect; + COORD size, max; + + if (nlines < 2 || ncols < 2) + return ERR; + + max = GetLargestConsoleWindowSize(pdc_con_out); + + rect.Left = rect.Top = 0; + rect.Right = ncols - 1; + + if (rect.Right > max.X) + rect.Right = max.X; + + rect.Bottom = nlines - 1; + + if (rect.Bottom > max.Y) + rect.Bottom = max.Y; + + size.X = rect.Right + 1; + size.Y = rect.Bottom + 1; + + _fit_console_window(pdc_con_out, &rect); + SetConsoleScreenBufferSize(pdc_con_out, size); + _fit_console_window(pdc_con_out, &rect); + SetConsoleScreenBufferSize(pdc_con_out, size); + SetConsoleActiveScreenBuffer(pdc_con_out); + + return OK; +} + +void PDC_reset_prog_mode(void) +{ + PDC_LOG(("PDC_reset_prog_mode() - called.\n")); + + if (is_nt) + { + COORD bufsize; + SMALL_RECT rect; + + bufsize.X = orig_scr.srWindow.Right - orig_scr.srWindow.Left + 1; + bufsize.Y = orig_scr.srWindow.Bottom - orig_scr.srWindow.Top + 1; + + rect.Top = rect.Left = 0; + rect.Bottom = bufsize.Y - 1; + rect.Right = bufsize.X - 1; + + SetConsoleScreenBufferSize(pdc_con_out, bufsize); + SetConsoleWindowInfo(pdc_con_out, TRUE, &rect); + SetConsoleScreenBufferSize(pdc_con_out, bufsize); + SetConsoleActiveScreenBuffer(pdc_con_out); + } + + PDC_mouse_set(); +} + +void PDC_reset_shell_mode(void) +{ + PDC_LOG(("PDC_reset_shell_mode() - called.\n")); + + if (is_nt) + { + SetConsoleScreenBufferSize(pdc_con_out, orig_scr.dwSize); + SetConsoleWindowInfo(pdc_con_out, TRUE, &orig_scr.srWindow); + SetConsoleScreenBufferSize(pdc_con_out, orig_scr.dwSize); + SetConsoleWindowInfo(pdc_con_out, TRUE, &orig_scr.srWindow); + SetConsoleActiveScreenBuffer(pdc_con_out); + } + + SetConsoleMode(pdc_con_in, old_console_mode); +} + +void PDC_restore_screen_mode(int i) +{ +} + +void PDC_save_screen_mode(int i) +{ +} + +void PDC_init_pair(short pair, short fg, short bg) +{ + unsigned char att, temp_bg; + chtype i; + + fg = curstoreal[fg]; + bg = curstoreal[bg]; + + for (i = 0; i < PDC_OFFSET; i++) + { + att = fg | (bg << 4); + + if (i & (A_REVERSE >> PDC_ATTR_SHIFT)) + att = bg | (fg << 4); + if (i & (A_UNDERLINE >> PDC_ATTR_SHIFT)) + att = 1; + if (i & (A_INVIS >> PDC_ATTR_SHIFT)) + { + temp_bg = att >> 4; + att = temp_bg << 4 | temp_bg; + } + if (i & (A_BOLD >> PDC_ATTR_SHIFT)) + att |= 8; + if (i & (A_BLINK >> PDC_ATTR_SHIFT)) + att |= 128; + + pdc_atrtab[pair * PDC_OFFSET + i] = att; + } +} + +int PDC_pair_content(short pair, short *fg, short *bg) +{ + *fg = realtocurs[pdc_atrtab[pair * PDC_OFFSET] & 0x0F]; + *bg = realtocurs[(pdc_atrtab[pair * PDC_OFFSET] & 0xF0) >> 4]; + + return OK; +} + +bool PDC_can_change_color(void) +{ + return is_nt; +} + +int PDC_color_content(short color, short *red, short *green, short *blue) +{ + DWORD col; + + if (!console_info.Hwnd) + _init_console_info(); + + col = console_info.ColorTable[curstoreal[color]]; + + *red = DIVROUND(GetRValue(col) * 1000, 255); + *green = DIVROUND(GetGValue(col) * 1000, 255); + *blue = DIVROUND(GetBValue(col) * 1000, 255); + + return OK; +} + +int PDC_init_color(short color, short red, short green, short blue) +{ + if (!console_info.Hwnd) + _init_console_info(); + + console_info.ColorTable[curstoreal[color]] = + RGB(DIVROUND(red * 255, 1000), + DIVROUND(green * 255, 1000), + DIVROUND(blue * 255, 1000)); + + _set_console_info(); + + return OK; +}
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 +++ b/pdcurses/pdcsetsc.c Thu Jul 23 18:07:39 2015 +0300 @@ -0,0 +1,89 @@ +/* Public Domain Curses */ + +#include "pdcwin.h" + +RCSID("$Id: pdcsetsc.c,v 1.40 2008/07/14 04:24:52 wmcbrine Exp $") + +/*man-start************************************************************** + + Name: pdcsetsc + + Synopsis: + int PDC_set_blink(bool blinkon); + void PDC_set_title(const char *title); + + Description: + PDC_set_blink() toggles whether the A_BLINK attribute sets an + actual blink mode (TRUE), or sets the background color to high + intensity (FALSE). The default is platform-dependent (FALSE in + most cases). It returns OK if it could set the state to match + the given parameter, ERR otherwise. Current platforms also + adjust the value of COLORS according to this function -- 16 for + FALSE, and 8 for TRUE. + + PDC_set_title() sets the title of the window in which the curses + program is running. This function may not do anything on some + platforms. (Currently it only works in Win32 and X11.) + + Portability X/Open BSD SYS V + PDC_set_blink - - - + PDC_set_title - - - + +**man-end****************************************************************/ + +int PDC_curs_set(int visibility) +{ + CONSOLE_CURSOR_INFO cci; + int ret_vis; + + PDC_LOG(("PDC_curs_set() - called: visibility=%d\n", visibility)); + + ret_vis = SP->visibility; + + if (GetConsoleCursorInfo(pdc_con_out, &cci) == FALSE) + return ERR; + + switch(visibility) + { + case 0: /* invisible */ + cci.bVisible = FALSE; + break; + case 2: /* highly visible */ + cci.bVisible = TRUE; + cci.dwSize = 95; + break; + default: /* normal visibility */ + cci.bVisible = TRUE; + cci.dwSize = SP->orig_cursor; + break; + } + + if (SetConsoleCursorInfo(pdc_con_out, &cci) == FALSE) + return ERR; + + SP->visibility = visibility; + return ret_vis; +} + +void PDC_set_title(const char *title) +{ +#ifdef PDC_WIDE + wchar_t wtitle[512]; +#endif + PDC_LOG(("PDC_set_title() - called:<%s>\n", title)); + +#ifdef PDC_WIDE + PDC_mbstowcs(wtitle, title, 511); + SetConsoleTitleW(wtitle); +#else + SetConsoleTitleA(title); +#endif +} + +int PDC_set_blink(bool blinkon) +{ + if (pdc_color_started) + COLORS = 16; + + return blinkon ? ERR : OK; +}
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 +++ b/pdcurses/pdcurses.rc Thu Jul 23 18:07:39 2015 +0300 @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +#include "winver.h" + +1 VERSIONINFO + FILEVERSION 3,4,0,0 + PRODUCTVERSION 3,4,0,0 + FILEFLAGSMASK 0x3fL + FILEFLAGS 0x0L + FILEOS VOS_UNKNOWN + FILETYPE VFT_DLL + FILESUBTYPE 0x0L +BEGIN + BLOCK "StringFileInfo" + BEGIN + BLOCK "040904b0" + BEGIN + VALUE "Maintainer", "William McBrine\0" + VALUE "FileDescription", "Public Domain Curses\0" + VALUE "FileVersion", "3.4.0\0" + VALUE "InternalName", "PDCurses\0" + VALUE "LegalCopyright", "Public Domain\0" + VALUE "OriginalFilename", "PDCURSES.DLL\0" + VALUE "ProductName", "Public Domain Curses Library\0" + VALUE "ProductVersion", "3.4.0\0" + END + END +END + +1 ICON DISCARDABLE "PDCURSES.ico"
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 +++ b/pdcurses/pdcutil.c Thu Jul 23 18:07:39 2015 +0300 @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +/* Public Domain Curses */ + +#include "pdcwin.h" + +RCSID("$Id: pdcutil.c,v 1.14 2008/07/14 04:24:52 wmcbrine Exp $") + +void PDC_beep(void) +{ + PDC_LOG(("PDC_beep() - called\n")); + +/* MessageBeep(MB_OK); */ + MessageBeep(0XFFFFFFFF); +} + +void PDC_napms(int ms) +{ + PDC_LOG(("PDC_napms() - called: ms=%d\n", ms)); + + Sleep(ms); +} + +const char *PDC_sysname(void) +{ + return "Win32"; +}
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 +++ b/pdcurses/pdcwin.h Thu Jul 23 18:07:39 2015 +0300 @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +/* Public Domain Curses */ + +/* $Id: pdcwin.h,v 1.6 2008/07/13 06:36:32 wmcbrine Exp $ */ + +#ifdef PDC_WIDE +# define UNICODE +#endif + +#include <windows.h> +#undef MOUSE_MOVED +#include <curspriv.h> + +extern unsigned char *pdc_atrtab; +extern HANDLE pdc_con_out, pdc_con_in; +extern DWORD pdc_quick_edit; + +extern int PDC_get_buffer_rows(void);
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 +++ b/pdcurses/printw.c Thu Jul 23 18:07:39 2015 +0300 @@ -0,0 +1,123 @@ +/* Public Domain Curses */ + +#include <curspriv.h> + +RCSID("$Id: printw.c,v 1.40 2008/07/13 16:08:18 wmcbrine Exp $") + +/*man-start************************************************************** + + Name: printw + + Synopsis: + int printw(const char *fmt, ...); + int wprintw(WINDOW *win, const char *fmt, ...); + int mvprintw(int y, int x, const char *fmt, ...); + int mvwprintw(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const char *fmt,...); + int vwprintw(WINDOW *win, const char *fmt, va_list varglist); + int vw_printw(WINDOW *win, const char *fmt, va_list varglist); + + Description: + The printw() functions add a formatted string to the window at + the current or specified cursor position. The format strings are + the same as used in the standard C library's printf(). (printw() + can be used as a drop-in replacement for printf().) + + Return Value: + All functions return the number of characters printed, or + ERR on error. + + Portability X/Open BSD SYS V + printw Y Y Y + wprintw Y Y Y + mvprintw Y Y Y + mvwprintw Y Y Y + vwprintw Y - 4.0 + vw_printw Y + +**man-end****************************************************************/ + +#include <string.h> + +int vwprintw(WINDOW *win, const char *fmt, va_list varglist) +{ + char printbuf[513]; + int len; + + PDC_LOG(("vwprintw() - called\n")); + +#ifdef HAVE_VSNPRINTF + len = vsnprintf(printbuf, 512, fmt, varglist); +#else + len = vsprintf(printbuf, fmt, varglist); +#endif + return (waddstr(win, printbuf) == ERR) ? ERR : len; +} + +int printw(const char *fmt, ...) +{ + va_list args; + int retval; + + PDC_LOG(("printw() - called\n")); + + va_start(args, fmt); + retval = vwprintw(stdscr, fmt, args); + va_end(args); + + return retval; +} + +int wprintw(WINDOW *win, const char *fmt, ...) +{ + va_list args; + int retval; + + PDC_LOG(("wprintw() - called\n")); + + va_start(args, fmt); + retval = vwprintw(win, fmt, args); + va_end(args); + + return retval; +} + +int mvprintw(int y, int x, const char *fmt, ...) +{ + va_list args; + int retval; + + PDC_LOG(("mvprintw() - called\n")); + + if (move(y, x) == ERR) + return ERR; + + va_start(args, fmt); + retval = vwprintw(stdscr, fmt, args); + va_end(args); + + return retval; +} + +int mvwprintw(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const char *fmt, ...) +{ + va_list args; + int retval; + + PDC_LOG(("mvwprintw() - called\n")); + + if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR) + return ERR; + + va_start(args, fmt); + retval = vwprintw(win, fmt, args); + va_end(args); + + return retval; +} + +int vw_printw(WINDOW *win, const char *fmt, va_list varglist) +{ + PDC_LOG(("vw_printw() - called\n")); + + return vwprintw(win, fmt, varglist); +}
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 +++ b/pdcurses/refresh.c Thu Jul 23 18:07:39 2015 +0300 @@ -0,0 +1,276 @@ +/* Public Domain Curses */ + +#include <curspriv.h> + +RCSID("$Id: refresh.c,v 1.56 2008/07/13 16:08:18 wmcbrine Exp $") + +/*man-start************************************************************** + + Name: refresh + + Synopsis: + int refresh(void); + int wrefresh(WINDOW *win); + int wnoutrefresh(WINDOW *win); + int doupdate(void); + int redrawwin(WINDOW *win); + int wredrawln(WINDOW *win, int beg_line, int num_lines); + + Description: + wrefresh() copies the named window to the physical terminal + screen, taking into account what is already there in order to + optimize cursor movement. refresh() does the same, using stdscr. + These routines must be called to get any output on the terminal, + as other routines only manipulate data structures. Unless + leaveok() has been enabled, the physical cursor of the terminal + is left at the location of the window's cursor. + + wnoutrefresh() and doupdate() allow multiple updates with more + efficiency than wrefresh() alone. wrefresh() works by first + calling wnoutrefresh(), which copies the named window to the + virtual screen. It then calls doupdate(), which compares the + virtual screen to the physical screen and does the actual + update. A series of calls to wrefresh() will result in + alternating calls to wnoutrefresh() and doupdate(), causing + several bursts of output to the screen. By first calling + wnoutrefresh() for each window, it is then possible to call + doupdate() only once. + + In PDCurses, redrawwin() is equivalent to touchwin(), and + wredrawln() is the same as touchline(). In some other curses + implementations, there's a subtle distinction, but it has no + meaning in PDCurses. + + Return Value: + All functions return OK on success and ERR on error. + + Portability X/Open BSD SYS V + refresh Y Y Y + wrefresh Y Y Y + wnoutrefresh Y Y Y + doupdate Y Y Y + redrawwin Y - 4.0 + wredrawln Y - 4.0 + +**man-end****************************************************************/ + +#include <string.h> + +int wnoutrefresh(WINDOW *win) +{ + int begy, begx; /* window's place on screen */ + int i, j; + + PDC_LOG(("wnoutrefresh() - called: win=%p\n", win)); + + if ( !win || (win->_flags & (_PAD|_SUBPAD)) ) + return ERR; + + begy = win->_begy; + begx = win->_begx; + + for (i = 0, j = begy; i < win->_maxy; i++, j++) + { + if (win->_firstch[i] != _NO_CHANGE) + { + chtype *src = win->_y[i]; + chtype *dest = curscr->_y[j] + begx; + + int first = win->_firstch[i]; /* first changed */ + int last = win->_lastch[i]; /* last changed */ + + /* ignore areas on the outside that are marked as changed, + but really aren't */ + + while (first <= last && src[first] == dest[first]) + first++; + + while (last >= first && src[last] == dest[last]) + last--; + + /* if any have really changed... */ + + if (first <= last) + { + memcpy(dest + first, src + first, + (last - first + 1) * sizeof(chtype)); + + first += begx; + last += begx; + + if (first < curscr->_firstch[j] || + curscr->_firstch[j] == _NO_CHANGE) + curscr->_firstch[j] = first; + + if (last > curscr->_lastch[j]) + curscr->_lastch[j] = last; + } + + win->_firstch[i] = _NO_CHANGE; /* updated now */ + } + + win->_lastch[i] = _NO_CHANGE; /* updated now */ + } + + if (win->_clear) + win->_clear = FALSE; + + if (!win->_leaveit) + { + curscr->_cury = win->_cury + begy; + curscr->_curx = win->_curx + begx; + } + + return OK; +} + +int doupdate(void) +{ + int y; + bool clearall; + + PDC_LOG(("doupdate() - called\n")); + + if (!curscr) + return ERR; + + if (isendwin()) /* coming back after endwin() called */ + { + reset_prog_mode(); + clearall = TRUE; + SP->alive = TRUE; /* so isendwin() result is correct */ + } + else + clearall = curscr->_clear; + + for (y = 0; y < SP->lines; y++) + { + PDC_LOG(("doupdate() - Transforming line %d of %d: %s\n", + y, SP->lines, (curscr->_firstch[y] != _NO_CHANGE) ? + "Yes" : "No")); + + if (clearall || curscr->_firstch[y] != _NO_CHANGE) + { + int first, last; + + chtype *src = curscr->_y[y]; + chtype *dest = pdc_lastscr->_y[y]; + + if (clearall) + { + first = 0; + last = COLS - 1; + } + else + { + first = curscr->_firstch[y]; + last = curscr->_lastch[y]; + } + + while (first <= last) + { + int len = 0; + + /* build up a run of changed cells; if two runs are + separated by a single unchanged cell, ignore the + break */ + + if (clearall) + len = last - first + 1; + else + while (first + len <= last && + (src[first + len] != dest[first + len] || + (len && first + len < last && + src[first + len + 1] != dest[first + len + 1]) + ) + ) + len++; + + /* update the screen, and pdc_lastscr */ + + if (len) + { + PDC_transform_line(y, first, len, src + first); + memcpy(dest + first, src + first, len * sizeof(chtype)); + first += len; + } + + /* skip over runs of unchanged cells */ + + while (first <= last && src[first] == dest[first]) + first++; + } + + curscr->_firstch[y] = _NO_CHANGE; + curscr->_lastch[y] = _NO_CHANGE; + } + } + + curscr->_clear = FALSE; + + if (SP->visibility) + PDC_gotoyx(curscr->_cury, curscr->_curx); + + SP->cursrow = curscr->_cury; + SP->curscol = curscr->_curx; + + return OK; +} + +int wrefresh(WINDOW *win) +{ + bool save_clear; + + PDC_LOG(("wrefresh() - called\n")); + + if ( !win || (win->_flags & (_PAD|_SUBPAD)) ) + return ERR; + + save_clear = win->_clear; + + if (win == curscr) + curscr->_clear = TRUE; + else + wnoutrefresh(win); + + if (save_clear && win->_maxy == SP->lines && win->_maxx == SP->cols) + curscr->_clear = TRUE; + + return doupdate(); +} + +int refresh(void) +{ + PDC_LOG(("refresh() - called\n")); + + return wrefresh(stdscr); +} + +int wredrawln(WINDOW *win, int start, int num) +{ + int i; + + PDC_LOG(("wredrawln() - called: win=%p start=%d num=%d\n", + win, start, num)); + + if (!win || start > win->_maxy || start + num > win->_maxy) + return ERR; + + for (i = start; i < start + num; i++) + { + win->_firstch[i] = 0; + win->_lastch[i] = win->_maxx - 1; + } + + return OK; +} + +int redrawwin(WINDOW *win) +{ + PDC_LOG(("redrawwin() - called: win=%p\n", win)); + + if (!win) + return ERR; + + return wredrawln(win, 0, win->_maxy); +}
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 +++ b/pdcurses/scanw.c Thu Jul 23 18:07:39 2015 +0300 @@ -0,0 +1,575 @@ +/* Public Domain Curses */ + +#include <curspriv.h> + +RCSID("$Id: scanw.c,v 1.42 2008/07/14 12:22:13 wmcbrine Exp $") + +/*man-start************************************************************** + + Name: scanw + + Synopsis: + int scanw(const char *fmt, ...); + int wscanw(WINDOW *win, const char *fmt, ...); + int mvscanw(int y, int x, const char *fmt, ...); + int mvwscanw(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const char *fmt, ...); + int vwscanw(WINDOW *win, const char *fmt, va_list varglist); + int vw_scanw(WINDOW *win, const char *fmt, va_list varglist); + + Description: + These routines correspond to the standard C library's scanf() + family. Each gets a string from the window via wgetnstr(), and + uses the resulting line as input for the scan. + + Return Value: + On successful completion, these functions return the number of + items successfully matched. Otherwise they return ERR. + + Portability X/Open BSD SYS V + scanw Y Y Y + wscanw Y Y Y + mvscanw Y Y Y + mvwscanw Y Y Y + vwscanw Y - 4.0 + vw_scanw Y + +**man-end****************************************************************/ + +#include <string.h> + +#ifndef HAVE_VSSCANF +# include <stdlib.h> +# include <ctype.h> +# include <limits.h> + +static int _pdc_vsscanf(const char *, const char *, va_list); + +# define vsscanf _pdc_vsscanf +#endif + +int vwscanw(WINDOW *win, const char *fmt, va_list varglist) +{ + char scanbuf[256]; + + PDC_LOG(("vwscanw() - called\n")); + + if (wgetnstr(win, scanbuf, 255) == ERR) + return ERR; + + return vsscanf(scanbuf, fmt, varglist); +} + +int scanw(const char *fmt, ...) +{ + va_list args; + int retval; + + PDC_LOG(("scanw() - called\n")); + + va_start(args, fmt); + retval = vwscanw(stdscr, fmt, args); + va_end(args); + + return retval; +} + +int wscanw(WINDOW *win, const char *fmt, ...) +{ + va_list args; + int retval; + + PDC_LOG(("wscanw() - called\n")); + + va_start(args, fmt); + retval = vwscanw(win, fmt, args); + va_end(args); + + return retval; +} + +int mvscanw(int y, int x, const char *fmt, ...) +{ + va_list args; + int retval; + + PDC_LOG(("mvscanw() - called\n")); + + if (move(y, x) == ERR) + return ERR; + + va_start(args, fmt); + retval = vwscanw(stdscr, fmt, args); + va_end(args); + + return retval; +} + +int mvwscanw(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const char *fmt, ...) +{ + va_list args; + int retval; + + PDC_LOG(("mvscanw() - called\n")); + + if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR) + return ERR; + + va_start(args, fmt); + retval = vwscanw(win, fmt, args); + va_end(args); + + return retval; +} + +int vw_scanw(WINDOW *win, const char *fmt, va_list varglist) +{ + PDC_LOG(("vw_scanw() - called\n")); + + return vwscanw(win, fmt, varglist); +} + +#ifndef HAVE_VSSCANF + +/* _pdc_vsscanf() - Internal routine to parse and format an input + buffer. It scans a series of input fields; each field is formatted + according to a supplied format string and the formatted input is + stored in the variable number of addresses passed. Returns the number + of input fields or EOF on error. + + Don't compile this unless required. Some compilers (at least Borland + C++ 3.0) have to link with math libraries due to the use of floats. + + Based on vsscanf.c and input.c from emx 0.8f library source, + Copyright (c) 1990-1992 by Eberhard Mattes, who has kindly agreed to + its inclusion in PDCurses. */ + +#define WHITE(x) ((x) == ' ' || (x) == '\t' || (x) == '\n') + +#define NEXT(x) \ + do { \ + x = *buf++; \ + if (!x) \ + return (count ? count : EOF); \ + ++chars; \ + } while (0) + +#define UNGETC() \ + do { \ + --buf; --chars; \ + } while (0) + +static int _pdc_vsscanf(const char *buf, const char *fmt, va_list arg_ptr) +{ + int count, chars, c, width, radix, d, i; + int *int_ptr; + long *long_ptr; + short *short_ptr; + char *char_ptr; + unsigned char f; + char neg, assign, ok, size; + long n; + char map[256], end; + double dx, dd, *dbl_ptr; + float *flt_ptr; + int exp; + char eneg; + + count = 0; + chars = 0; + c = 0; + while ((f = *fmt) != 0) + { + if (WHITE(f)) + { + do + { + ++fmt; + f = *fmt; + } + while (WHITE(f)); + do + { + c = *buf++; + if (!c) + { + if (!f || count) + return count; + else + return EOF; + } else + ++chars; + } + while (WHITE(c)); + UNGETC(); + } else if (f != '%') + { + NEXT(c); + if (c != f) + return count; + ++fmt; + } else + { + assign = TRUE; + width = INT_MAX; + char_ptr = NULL; + ++fmt; + if (*fmt == '*') + { + assign = FALSE; + ++fmt; + } + if (isdigit(*fmt)) + { + width = 0; + while (isdigit(*fmt)) + width = width * 10 + (*fmt++ - '0'); + if (!width) + width = INT_MAX; + } + size = 0; + if (*fmt == 'h' || *fmt == 'l') + size = *fmt++; + f = *fmt; + switch (f) + { + case 'c': + if (width == INT_MAX) + width = 1; + if (assign) + char_ptr = va_arg(arg_ptr, char *); + while (width > 0) + { + --width; + NEXT(c); + if (assign) + { + *char_ptr++ = (char) c; + ++count; + } + } + break; + case '[': + memset(map, 0, 256); + end = 0; + ++fmt; + if (*fmt == '^') + { + ++fmt; + end = 1; + } + i = 0; + for (;;) + { + f = (unsigned char) *fmt; + switch (f) + { + case 0: + /* avoid skipping past 0 */ + --fmt; + NEXT(c); + goto string; + case ']': + if (i > 0) + { + NEXT(c); + goto string; + } + /* no break */ + default: + if (fmt[1] == '-' && fmt[2] + && f < (unsigned char)fmt[2]) + { + memset(map + f, 1, (unsigned char)fmt[2] - f); + fmt += 2; + } + else + map[f] = 1; + break; + } + ++fmt; + ++i; + } + case 's': + memset(map, 0, 256); + map[' '] = 1; + map['\n'] = 1; + map['\r'] = 1; + map['\t'] = 1; + end = 1; + do + { + NEXT(c); + } + while (WHITE(c)); + string: + if (assign) + char_ptr = va_arg(arg_ptr, char *); + while (width > 0 && map[(unsigned char) c] != end) + { + --width; + if (assign) + *char_ptr++ = (char) c; + c = *buf++; + if (!c) + break; + else + ++chars; + } + if (assign) + { + *char_ptr = 0; + ++count; + } + if (!c) + return count; + else + UNGETC(); + break; + case 'f': + case 'e': + case 'E': + case 'g': + case 'G': + neg = ok = FALSE; + dx = 0.0; + do + { + NEXT(c); + } + while (WHITE(c)); + if (c == '+') + { + NEXT(c); + --width; + } else if (c == '-') + { + neg = TRUE; + NEXT(c); + --width; + } + while (width > 0 && isdigit(c)) + { + --width; + dx = dx * 10.0 + (double) (c - '0'); + ok = TRUE; + c = *buf++; + if (!c) + break; + else + ++chars; + } + if (width > 0 && c == '.') + { + --width; + dd = 10.0; + NEXT(c); + while (width > 0 && isdigit(c)) + { + --width; + dx += (double) (c - '0') / dd; + dd *= 10.0; + ok = TRUE; + c = *buf++; + if (!c) + break; + else + ++chars; + } + } + if (!ok) + return count; + if (width > 0 && (c == 'e' || c == 'E')) + { + eneg = FALSE; + exp = 0; + NEXT(c); + --width; + if (width > 0 && c == '+') + { + NEXT(c); + --width; + } else if (width > 0 && c == '-') + { + eneg = TRUE; + NEXT(c); + --width; + } + if (!(width > 0 && isdigit(c))) + { + UNGETC(); + return count; + } + while (width > 0 && isdigit(c)) + { + --width; + exp = exp * 10 + (c - '0'); + c = *buf++; + if (!c) + break; + else + ++chars; + } + if (eneg) + exp = -exp; + while (exp > 0) + { + dx *= 10.0; + --exp; + } + while (exp < 0) + { + dx /= 10.0; + ++exp; + } + } + if (assign) + { + if (neg) + dx = -dx; + if (size == 'l') + { + dbl_ptr = va_arg(arg_ptr, double *); + *dbl_ptr = dx; + } + else + { + flt_ptr = va_arg(arg_ptr, float *); + *flt_ptr = (float)dx; + } + ++count; + } + if (!c) + return count; + else + UNGETC(); + break; + case 'i': + neg = FALSE; + radix = 10; + do + { + NEXT(c); + } + while (WHITE(c)); + if (!(width > 0 && c == '0')) + goto scan_complete_number; + NEXT(c); + --width; + if (width > 0 && (c == 'x' || c == 'X')) + { + NEXT(c); + radix = 16; + --width; + } + else if (width > 0 && (c >= '0' && c <= '7')) + radix = 8; + goto scan_unsigned_number; + case 'd': + case 'u': + case 'o': + case 'x': + case 'X': + do + { + NEXT(c); + } + while (WHITE(c)); + switch (f) + { + case 'o': + radix = 8; + break; + case 'x': + case 'X': + radix = 16; + break; + default: + radix = 10; + break; + } + scan_complete_number: + neg = FALSE; + if (width > 0 && c == '+') + { + NEXT(c); + --width; + } + else if (width > 0 && c == '-' && radix == 10) + { + neg = TRUE; + NEXT(c); + --width; + } + scan_unsigned_number: + n = 0; + ok = FALSE; + while (width > 0) + { + --width; + if (isdigit(c)) + d = c - '0'; + else if (isupper(c)) + d = c - 'A' + 10; + else if (islower(c)) + d = c - 'a' + 10; + else + break; + if (d < 0 || d >= radix) + break; + ok = TRUE; + n = n * radix + d; + c = *buf++; + if (!c) + break; + else + ++chars; + } + if (!ok) + return count; + if (assign) + { + if (neg) + n = -n; + switch (size) + { + case 'h': + short_ptr = va_arg(arg_ptr, short *); + *short_ptr = (short) n; + break; + case 'l': + long_ptr = va_arg(arg_ptr, long *); + *long_ptr = (long) n; + break; + default: + int_ptr = va_arg(arg_ptr, int *); + *int_ptr = (int) n; + } + ++count; + } + if (!c) + return count; + else + UNGETC(); + break; + case 'n': + if (assign) + { + int_ptr = va_arg(arg_ptr, int *); + *int_ptr = chars; + ++count; + } + break; + default: + if (!f) /* % at end of string */ + return count; + NEXT(c); + if (c != f) + return count; + break; + } + ++fmt; + } + } + return count; +} +#endif /* HAVE_VSSCANF */
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 +++ b/pdcurses/scr_dump.c Thu Jul 23 18:07:39 2015 +0300 @@ -0,0 +1,210 @@ +/* Public Domain Curses */ + +#include <curspriv.h> + +RCSID("$Id: scr_dump.c,v 1.30 2008/07/13 16:08:18 wmcbrine Exp $") + +/*man-start************************************************************** + + Name: scr_dump + + Synopsis: + int putwin(WINDOW *win, FILE *filep); + WINDOW *getwin(FILE *filep); + int scr_dump(const char *filename); + int scr_init(const char *filename); + int scr_restore(const char *filename); + int scr_set(const char *filename); + + Description: + getwin() reads window-related data previously stored in a file + by putwin(). It then creates and initialises a new window using + that data. + + putwin() writes all data associated with a window into a file, + using an unspecified format. This information can be retrieved + later using getwin(). + + scr_dump() writes the current contents of the virtual screen to + the file named by filename in an unspecified format. + + scr_restore() function sets the virtual screen to the contents + of the file named by filename, which must have been written + using scr_dump(). The next refresh operation restores the screen + to the way it looked in the dump file. + + In PDCurses, scr_init() does nothing, and scr_set() is a synonym + for scr_restore(). Also, scr_dump() and scr_restore() save and + load from curscr. This differs from some other implementations, + where scr_init() works with curscr, and scr_restore() works with + newscr; but the effect should be the same. (PDCurses has no + newscr.) + + Return Value: + On successful completion, getwin() returns a pointer to the + window it created. Otherwise, it returns a null pointer. Other + functions return OK or ERR. + + Portability X/Open BSD SYS V + putwin Y + getwin Y + scr_dump Y + scr_init Y + scr_restore Y + scr_set Y + +**man-end****************************************************************/ + +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> + +#define DUMPVER 1 /* Should be updated whenever the WINDOW struct is + changed */ + +int putwin(WINDOW *win, FILE *filep) +{ + static const char *marker = "PDC"; + static const unsigned char version = DUMPVER; + + PDC_LOG(("putwin() - called\n")); + + /* write the marker and the WINDOW struct */ + + if (filep && fwrite(marker, strlen(marker), 1, filep) + && fwrite(&version, 1, 1, filep) + && fwrite(win, sizeof(WINDOW), 1, filep)) + { + int i; + + /* write each line */ + + for (i = 0; i < win->_maxy && win->_y[i]; i++) + if (!fwrite(win->_y[i], win->_maxx * sizeof(chtype), 1, filep)) + return ERR; + + return OK; + } + + return ERR; +} + +WINDOW *getwin(FILE *filep) +{ + WINDOW *win; + char marker[4]; + int i, nlines, ncols; + + PDC_LOG(("getwin() - called\n")); + + if ( !(win = malloc(sizeof(WINDOW))) ) + return (WINDOW *)NULL; + + /* check for the marker, and load the WINDOW struct */ + + if (!filep || !fread(marker, 4, 1, filep) || strncmp(marker, "PDC", 3) + || marker[3] != DUMPVER || !fread(win, sizeof(WINDOW), 1, filep)) + { + free(win); + return (WINDOW *)NULL; + } + + nlines = win->_maxy; + ncols = win->_maxx; + + /* allocate the line pointer array */ + + if ( !(win->_y = malloc(nlines * sizeof(chtype *))) ) + { + free(win); + return (WINDOW *)NULL; + } + + /* allocate the minchng and maxchng arrays */ + + if ( !(win->_firstch = malloc(nlines * sizeof(int))) ) + { + free(win->_y); + free(win); + return (WINDOW *)NULL; + } + + if ( !(win->_lastch = malloc(nlines * sizeof(int))) ) + { + free(win->_firstch); + free(win->_y); + free(win); + return (WINDOW *)NULL; + } + + /* allocate the lines */ + + if ( !(win = PDC_makelines(win)) ) + return (WINDOW *)NULL; + + /* read them */ + + for (i = 0; i < nlines; i++) + { + if (!fread(win->_y[i], ncols * sizeof(chtype), 1, filep)) + { + delwin(win); + return (WINDOW *)NULL; + } + } + + touchwin(win); + + return win; +} + +int scr_dump(const char *filename) +{ + FILE *filep; + + PDC_LOG(("scr_dump() - called: filename %s\n", filename)); + + if (filename && (filep = fopen(filename, "wb")) != NULL) + { + int result = putwin(curscr, filep); + fclose(filep); + return result; + } + + return ERR; +} + +int scr_init(const char *filename) +{ + PDC_LOG(("scr_init() - called: filename %s\n", filename)); + + return OK; +} + +int scr_restore(const char *filename) +{ + FILE *filep; + + PDC_LOG(("scr_restore() - called: filename %s\n", filename)); + + if (filename && (filep = fopen(filename, "rb")) != NULL) + { + WINDOW *replacement = getwin(filep); + fclose(filep); + + if (replacement) + { + int result = overwrite(replacement, curscr); + delwin(replacement); + return result; + } + } + + return ERR; +} + +int scr_set(const char *filename) +{ + PDC_LOG(("scr_set() - called: filename %s\n", filename)); + + return scr_restore(filename); +}
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 +++ b/pdcurses/scroll.c Thu Jul 23 18:07:39 2015 +0300 @@ -0,0 +1,98 @@ +/* Public Domain Curses */ + +#include <curspriv.h> + +RCSID("$Id: scroll.c,v 1.36 2008/07/13 16:08:18 wmcbrine Exp $") + +/*man-start************************************************************** + + Name: scroll + + Synopsis: + int scroll(WINDOW *win); + int scrl(int n); + int wscrl(WINDOW *win, int n); + + Description: + scroll() causes the window to scroll up one line. This involves + moving the lines in the window data strcture. + + With a positive n, scrl() and wscrl() scroll the window up n + lines (line i + n becomes i); otherwise they scroll the window + down n lines. + + For these functions to work, scrolling must be enabled via + scrollok(). Note also that scrolling is not allowed if the + supplied window is a pad. + + Return Value: + All functions return OK on success and ERR on error. + + Portability X/Open BSD SYS V + scroll Y Y Y + scrl Y - 4.0 + wscrl Y - 4.0 + +**man-end****************************************************************/ + +int wscrl(WINDOW *win, int n) +{ + int i, l, dir, start, end; + chtype blank, *temp; + + /* Check if window scrolls. Valid for window AND pad */ + + if (!win || !win->_scroll || !n) + return ERR; + + blank = win->_bkgd; + + if (n > 0) + { + start = win->_tmarg; + end = win->_bmarg; + dir = 1; + } + else + { + start = win->_bmarg; + end = win->_tmarg; + dir = -1; + } + + for (l = 0; l < (n * dir); l++) + { + temp = win->_y[start]; + + /* re-arrange line pointers */ + + for (i = start; i != end; i += dir) + win->_y[i] = win->_y[i + dir]; + + win->_y[end] = temp; + + /* make a blank line */ + + for (i = 0; i < win->_maxx; i++) + *temp++ = blank; + } + + touchline(win, win->_tmarg, win->_bmarg - win->_tmarg + 1); + + PDC_sync(win); + return OK; +} + +int scrl(int n) +{ + PDC_LOG(("scrl() - called\n")); + + return wscrl(stdscr, n); +} + +int scroll(WINDOW *win) +{ + PDC_LOG(("scroll() - called\n")); + + return wscrl(win, 1); +}
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 +++ b/pdcurses/slk.c Thu Jul 23 18:07:39 2015 +0300 @@ -0,0 +1,643 @@ +/* Public Domain Curses */ + +#include <curspriv.h> + +RCSID("$Id: slk.c,v 1.61 2008/07/13 16:08:18 wmcbrine Exp $") + +/*man-start************************************************************** + + Name: slk + + Synopsis: + int slk_init(int fmt); + int slk_set(int labnum, const char *label, int justify); + int slk_refresh(void); + int slk_noutrefresh(void); + char *slk_label(int labnum); + int slk_clear(void); + int slk_restore(void); + int slk_touch(void); + int slk_attron(const chtype attrs); + int slk_attr_on(const attr_t attrs, void *opts); + int slk_attrset(const chtype attrs); + int slk_attr_set(const attr_t attrs, short color_pair, void *opts); + int slk_attroff(const chtype attrs); + int slk_attr_off(const attr_t attrs, void *opts); + int slk_color(short color_pair); + + int slk_wset(int labnum, const wchar_t *label, int justify); + + int PDC_mouse_in_slk(int y, int x); + void PDC_slk_free(void); + void PDC_slk_initialize(void); + + wchar_t *slk_wlabel(int labnum) + + Description: + These functions manipulate a window that contain Soft Label Keys + (SLK). To use the SLK functions, a call to slk_init() must be + made BEFORE initscr() or newterm(). slk_init() removes 1 or 2 + lines from the useable screen, depending on the format selected. + + The line(s) removed from the screen are used as a separate + window, in which SLKs are displayed. + + slk_init() requires a single parameter which describes the + format of the SLKs as follows: + + 0 3-2-3 format + 1 4-4 format + 2 4-4-4 format (ncurses extension) + 3 4-4-4 format with index line (ncurses extension) + 2 lines used + 55 5-5 format (pdcurses format) + + slk_refresh(), slk_noutrefresh() and slk_touch() are analogous + to refresh(), noutrefresh() and touch(). + + Return Value: + All functions return OK on success and ERR on error. + + Portability X/Open BSD SYS V + slk_init Y - Y + slk_set Y - Y + slk_refresh Y - Y + slk_noutrefresh Y - Y + slk_label Y - Y + slk_clear Y - Y + slk_restore Y - Y + slk_touch Y - Y + slk_attron Y - Y + slk_attrset Y - Y + slk_attroff Y - Y + slk_attr_on Y + slk_attr_set Y + slk_attr_off Y + slk_wset Y + PDC_mouse_in_slk - - - + PDC_slk_free - - - + PDC_slk_initialize - - - + slk_wlabel - - - + +**man-end****************************************************************/ + +#include <stdlib.h> + +enum { LABEL_NORMAL = 8, LABEL_EXTENDED = 10, LABEL_NCURSES_EXTENDED = 12 }; + +static int label_length = 0; +static int labels = 0; +static int label_fmt = 0; +static int label_line = 0; +static bool hidden = FALSE; + +static struct SLK { + chtype label[32]; + int len; + int format; + int start_col; +} *slk = (struct SLK *)NULL; + +/* slk_init() is the slk initialization routine. + This must be called before initscr(). + + label_fmt = 0, 1 or 55. + 0 = 3-2-3 format + 1 = 4 - 4 format + 2 = 4-4-4 format (ncurses extension for PC 12 function keys) + 3 = 4-4-4 format (ncurses extension for PC 12 function keys - + with index line) + 55 = 5 - 5 format (extended for PC, 10 function keys) */ + +int slk_init(int fmt) +{ + PDC_LOG(("slk_init() - called\n")); + + if (SP) + return ERR; + + switch (fmt) + { + case 0: /* 3 - 2 - 3 */ + labels = LABEL_NORMAL; + break; + + case 1: /* 4 - 4 */ + labels = LABEL_NORMAL; + break; + + case 2: /* 4 4 4 */ + labels = LABEL_NCURSES_EXTENDED; + break; + + case 3: /* 4 4 4 with index */ + labels = LABEL_NCURSES_EXTENDED; + break; + + case 55: /* 5 - 5 */ + labels = LABEL_EXTENDED; + break; + + default: + return ERR; + } + + label_fmt = fmt; + + slk = calloc(labels, sizeof(struct SLK)); + + if (!slk) + labels = 0; + + return slk ? OK : ERR; +} + +/* draw a single button */ + +static void _drawone(int num) +{ + int i, col, slen; + + if (hidden) + return; + + slen = slk[num].len; + + switch (slk[num].format) + { + case 0: /* LEFT */ + col = 0; + break; + + case 1: /* CENTER */ + col = (label_length - slen) / 2; + + if (col + slen > label_length) + --col; + break; + + default: /* RIGHT */ + col = label_length - slen; + } + + wmove(SP->slk_winptr, label_line, slk[num].start_col); + + for (i = 0; i < label_length; ++i) + waddch(SP->slk_winptr, (i >= col && i < (col + slen)) ? + slk[num].label[i - col] : ' '); +} + +/* redraw each button */ + +static void _redraw(void) +{ + int i; + + for (i = 0; i < labels; ++i) + _drawone(i); +} + +/* slk_set() Used to set a slk label to a string. + + labnum = 1 - 8 (or 10) (number of the label) + label = string (8 or 7 bytes total), or NULL + justify = 0 : left, 1 : center, 2 : right */ + +int slk_set(int labnum, const char *label, int justify) +{ +#ifdef PDC_WIDE + wchar_t wlabel[32]; + + PDC_mbstowcs(wlabel, label, 31); + return slk_wset(labnum, wlabel, justify); +#else + PDC_LOG(("slk_set() - called\n")); + + if (labnum < 1 || labnum > labels || justify < 0 || justify > 2) + return ERR; + + labnum--; + + if (!label || !(*label)) + { + /* Clear the label */ + + *slk[labnum].label = 0; + slk[labnum].format = 0; + slk[labnum].len = 0; + } + else + { + int i, j = 0; + + /* Skip leading spaces */ + + while (label[j] == ' ') + j++; + + /* Copy it */ + + for (i = 0; i < label_length; i++) + { + chtype ch = label[i + j]; + + slk[labnum].label[i] = ch; + + if (!ch) + break; + } + + /* Drop trailing spaces */ + + while ((i + j) && (label[i + j - 1] == ' ')) + i--; + + slk[labnum].label[i] = 0; + slk[labnum].format = justify; + slk[labnum].len = i; + } + + _drawone(labnum); + + return OK; +#endif +} + +int slk_refresh(void) +{ + PDC_LOG(("slk_refresh() - called\n")); + + return (slk_noutrefresh() == ERR) ? ERR : doupdate(); +} + +int slk_noutrefresh(void) +{ + PDC_LOG(("slk_noutrefresh() - called\n")); + + return wnoutrefresh(SP->slk_winptr); +} + +char *slk_label(int labnum) +{ + static char temp[33]; +#ifdef PDC_WIDE + wchar_t *wtemp = slk_wlabel(labnum); + + PDC_wcstombs(temp, wtemp, 32); +#else + chtype *p; + int i; + + PDC_LOG(("slk_label() - called\n")); + + if (labnum < 1 || labnum > labels) + return (char *)0; + + for (i = 0, p = slk[labnum - 1].label; *p; i++) + temp[i] = *p++; + + temp[i] = '\0'; +#endif + return temp; +} + +int slk_clear(void) +{ + PDC_LOG(("slk_clear() - called\n")); + + hidden = TRUE; + werase(SP->slk_winptr); + return wrefresh(SP->slk_winptr); +} + +int slk_restore(void) +{ + PDC_LOG(("slk_restore() - called\n")); + + hidden = FALSE; + _redraw(); + return wrefresh(SP->slk_winptr); +} + +int slk_touch(void) +{ + PDC_LOG(("slk_touch() - called\n")); + + return touchwin(SP->slk_winptr); +} + +int slk_attron(const chtype attrs) +{ + int rc; + + PDC_LOG(("slk_attron() - called\n")); + + rc = wattron(SP->slk_winptr, attrs); + _redraw(); + + return rc; +} + +int slk_attr_on(const attr_t attrs, void *opts) +{ + PDC_LOG(("slk_attr_on() - called\n")); + + return slk_attron(attrs); +} + +int slk_attroff(const chtype attrs) +{ + int rc; + + PDC_LOG(("slk_attroff() - called\n")); + + rc = wattroff(SP->slk_winptr, attrs); + _redraw(); + + return rc; +} + +int slk_attr_off(const attr_t attrs, void *opts) +{ + PDC_LOG(("slk_attr_off() - called\n")); + + return slk_attroff(attrs); +} + +int slk_attrset(const chtype attrs) +{ + int rc; + + PDC_LOG(("slk_attrset() - called\n")); + + rc = wattrset(SP->slk_winptr, attrs); + _redraw(); + + return rc; +} + +int slk_color(short color_pair) +{ + int rc; + + PDC_LOG(("slk_color() - called\n")); + + rc = wcolor_set(SP->slk_winptr, color_pair, NULL); + _redraw(); + + return rc; +} + +int slk_attr_set(const attr_t attrs, short color_pair, void *opts) +{ + PDC_LOG(("slk_attr_set() - called\n")); + + return slk_attrset(attrs | COLOR_PAIR(color_pair)); +} + +static void _slk_calc(void) +{ + int i, center, col = 0; + label_length = COLS / labels; + + if (label_length > 31) + label_length = 31; + + switch (label_fmt) + { + case 0: /* 3 - 2 - 3 F-Key layout */ + + --label_length; + + slk[0].start_col = col; + slk[1].start_col = (col += label_length); + slk[2].start_col = (col += label_length); + + center = COLS / 2; + + slk[3].start_col = center - label_length + 1; + slk[4].start_col = center + 1; + + col = COLS - (label_length * 3) + 1; + + slk[5].start_col = col; + slk[6].start_col = (col += label_length); + slk[7].start_col = (col += label_length); + break; + + case 1: /* 4 - 4 F-Key layout */ + + for (i = 0; i < 8; i++) + { + slk[i].start_col = col; + col += label_length; + + if (i == 3) + col = COLS - (label_length * 4) + 1; + } + + break; + + case 2: /* 4 4 4 F-Key layout */ + case 3: /* 4 4 4 F-Key layout with index */ + + for (i = 0; i < 4; i++) + { + slk[i].start_col = col; + col += label_length; + } + + center = COLS/2; + + slk[4].start_col = center - (label_length * 2) + 1; + slk[5].start_col = center - label_length - 1; + slk[6].start_col = center + 1; + slk[7].start_col = center + label_length + 1; + + col = COLS - (label_length * 4) + 1; + + for (i = 8; i < 12; i++) + { + slk[i].start_col = col; + col += label_length; + } + + break; + + default: /* 5 - 5 F-Key layout */ + + for (i = 0; i < 10; i++) + { + slk[i].start_col = col; + col += label_length; + + if (i == 4) + col = COLS - (label_length * 5) + 1; + } + } + + --label_length; + + /* make sure labels are all in window */ + + _redraw(); +} + +void PDC_slk_initialize(void) +{ + if (slk) + { + if (label_fmt == 3) + { + SP->slklines = 2; + label_line = 1; + } + else + SP->slklines = 1; + + if (!SP->slk_winptr) + { + if ( !(SP->slk_winptr = newwin(SP->slklines, COLS, + LINES - SP->slklines, 0)) ) + return; + + wattrset(SP->slk_winptr, A_REVERSE); + } + + _slk_calc(); + + /* if we have an index line, display it now */ + + if (label_fmt == 3) + { + chtype save_attr; + int i; + + save_attr = SP->slk_winptr->_attrs; + wattrset(SP->slk_winptr, A_NORMAL); + wmove(SP->slk_winptr, 0, 0); + whline(SP->slk_winptr, 0, COLS); + + for (i = 0; i < labels; i++) + mvwprintw(SP->slk_winptr, 0, slk[i].start_col, "F%d", i + 1); + + SP->slk_winptr->_attrs = save_attr; + } + + touchwin(SP->slk_winptr); + } +} + +void PDC_slk_free(void) +{ + if (slk) + { + if (SP->slk_winptr) + { + delwin(SP->slk_winptr); + SP->slk_winptr = (WINDOW *)NULL; + } + + free(slk); + slk = (struct SLK *)NULL; + + label_length = 0; + labels = 0; + label_fmt = 0; + label_line = 0; + hidden = FALSE; + } +} + +int PDC_mouse_in_slk(int y, int x) +{ + int i; + + PDC_LOG(("PDC_mouse_in_slk() - called: y->%d x->%d\n", y, x)); + + /* If the line on which the mouse was clicked is NOT the last line + of the screen, we are not interested in it. */ + + if (!slk || !SP->slk_winptr || (y != SP->slk_winptr->_begy + label_line)) + return 0; + + for (i = 0; i < labels; i++) + if (x >= slk[i].start_col && x < (slk[i].start_col + label_length)) + return i + 1; + + return 0; +} + +#ifdef PDC_WIDE +int slk_wset(int labnum, const wchar_t *label, int justify) +{ + PDC_LOG(("slk_wset() - called\n")); + + if (labnum < 1 || labnum > labels || justify < 0 || justify > 2) + return ERR; + + labnum--; + + if (!label || !(*label)) + { + /* Clear the label */ + + *slk[labnum].label = 0; + slk[labnum].format = 0; + slk[labnum].len = 0; + } + else + { + int i, j = 0; + + /* Skip leading spaces */ + + while (label[j] == L' ') + j++; + + /* Copy it */ + + for (i = 0; i < label_length; i++) + { + chtype ch = label[i + j]; + + slk[labnum].label[i] = ch; + + if (!ch) + break; + } + + /* Drop trailing spaces */ + + while ((i + j) && (label[i + j - 1] == L' ')) + i--; + + slk[labnum].label[i] = 0; + slk[labnum].format = justify; + slk[labnum].len = i; + } + + _drawone(labnum); + + return OK; +} + +wchar_t *slk_wlabel(int labnum) +{ + static wchar_t temp[33]; + chtype *p; + int i; + + PDC_LOG(("slk_wlabel() - called\n")); + + if (labnum < 1 || labnum > labels) + return (wchar_t *)0; + + for (i = 0, p = slk[labnum - 1].label; *p; i++) + temp[i] = *p++; + + temp[i] = '\0'; + + return temp; +} +#endif
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 +++ b/pdcurses/term.h Thu Jul 23 18:07:39 2015 +0300 @@ -0,0 +1,57 @@ +/* Public Domain Curses */ + +/* $Id: term.h,v 1.16 2008/07/13 16:08:16 wmcbrine Exp $ */ + +/* PDCurses doesn't operate with terminfo, but we need these functions for + compatibility, to allow some things (notably, interface libraries for + other languages) to be compiled. Anyone who tries to actually _use_ + them will be disappointed, since they only return ERR. */ + +#ifndef __PDCURSES_TERM_H__ +#define __PDCURSES_TERM_H__ 1 + +#include <curses.h> + +#if defined(__cplusplus) || defined(__cplusplus__) || defined(__CPLUSPLUS) +extern "C" +{ +#endif + +typedef struct +{ + const char *_termname; +} TERMINAL; + +#ifdef PDC_DLL_BUILD +# ifndef CURSES_LIBRARY +__declspec(dllimport) TERMINAL *cur_term; +# else +__declspec(dllexport) extern TERMINAL *cur_term; +# endif +#else +extern TERMINAL *cur_term; +#endif + +int del_curterm(TERMINAL *); +int putp(const char *); +int restartterm(const char *, int, int *); +TERMINAL *set_curterm(TERMINAL *); +int setterm(const char *); +int setupterm(const char *, int, int *); +int tgetent(char *, const char *); +int tgetflag(const char *); +int tgetnum(const char *); +char *tgetstr(const char *, char **); +char *tgoto(const char *, int, int); +int tigetflag(const char *); +int tigetnum(const char *); +char *tigetstr(const char *); +char *tparm(const char *, long, long, long, long, long, + long, long, long, long); +int tputs(const char *, int, int (*)(int)); + +#if defined(__cplusplus) || defined(__cplusplus__) || defined(__CPLUSPLUS) +} +#endif + +#endif /* __PDCURSES_TERM_H__ */
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 +++ b/pdcurses/termattr.c Thu Jul 23 18:07:39 2015 +0300 @@ -0,0 +1,176 @@ +/* Public Domain Curses */ + +#include <curspriv.h> + +RCSID("$Id: termattr.c,v 1.54 2008/07/13 16:08:18 wmcbrine Exp $") + +/*man-start************************************************************** + + Name: termattr + + Synopsis: + int baudrate(void); + char erasechar(void); + bool has_ic(void); + bool has_il(void); + char killchar(void); + char *longname(void); + chtype termattrs(void); + attr_t term_attrs(void); + char *termname(void); + + int erasewchar(wchar_t *ch); + int killwchar(wchar_t *ch); + + char wordchar(void); + + Description: + baudrate() is supposed to return the output speed of the + terminal. In PDCurses, it simply returns INT_MAX. + + has_ic and has_il() return TRUE. These functions have meaning in + some other implementations of curses. + + erasechar() and killchar() return ^H and ^U, respectively -- the + ERASE and KILL characters. In other curses implementations, + these may vary by terminal type. erasewchar() and killwchar() + are the wide-character versions; they take a pointer to a + location in which to store the character, and return OK or ERR. + + longname() returns a pointer to a static area containing a + verbose description of the current terminal. The maximum length + of the string is 128 characters. It is defined only after the + call to initscr() or newterm(). + + termname() returns a pointer to a static area containing a + short description of the current terminal (14 characters). + + termattrs() returns a logical OR of all video attributes + supported by the terminal. + + wordchar() is a PDCurses extension of the concept behind the + functions erasechar() and killchar(), returning the "delete + word" character, ^W. + + Portability X/Open BSD SYS V + baudrate Y Y Y + erasechar Y Y Y + has_ic Y Y Y + has_il Y Y Y + killchar Y Y Y + longname Y Y Y + termattrs Y Y Y + termname Y Y Y + erasewchar Y + killwchar Y + term_attrs Y + wordchar - - - + +**man-end****************************************************************/ + +#include <string.h> +#include <limits.h> + +int baudrate(void) +{ + PDC_LOG(("baudrate() - called\n")); + + return INT_MAX; +} + +char erasechar(void) +{ + PDC_LOG(("erasechar() - called\n")); + + return _ECHAR; /* character delete char (^H) */ +} + +bool has_ic(void) +{ + PDC_LOG(("has_ic() - called\n")); + + return TRUE; +} + +bool has_il(void) +{ + PDC_LOG(("has_il() - called\n")); + + return TRUE; +} + +char killchar(void) +{ + PDC_LOG(("killchar() - called\n")); + + return _DLCHAR; /* line delete char (^U) */ +} + +char *longname(void) +{ + PDC_LOG(("longname() - called\n")); + + return ttytype + 9; /* skip "pdcurses|" */ +} + +chtype termattrs(void) +{ + chtype temp = A_BLINK | A_BOLD | A_INVIS | A_REVERSE | A_UNDERLINE; + + /* note: blink is bold background on some platforms */ + + PDC_LOG(("termattrs() - called\n")); + + if (!SP->mono) + temp |= A_COLOR; + + return temp; +} + +attr_t term_attrs(void) +{ + PDC_LOG(("term_attrs() - called\n")); + + return WA_BLINK | WA_BOLD | WA_INVIS | WA_LEFT | WA_REVERSE | + WA_RIGHT | WA_UNDERLINE; +} + +char *termname(void) +{ + PDC_LOG(("termname() - called\n")); + + return "pdcurses"; +} + +char wordchar(void) +{ + PDC_LOG(("wordchar() - called\n")); + + return _DWCHAR; /* word delete char */ +} + +#ifdef PDC_WIDE +int erasewchar(wchar_t *ch) +{ + PDC_LOG(("erasewchar() - called\n")); + + if (!ch) + return ERR; + + *ch = (wchar_t)_ECHAR; + + return OK; +} + +int killwchar(wchar_t *ch) +{ + PDC_LOG(("killwchar() - called\n")); + + if (!ch) + return ERR; + + *ch = (wchar_t)_DLCHAR; + + return OK; +} +#endif
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 +++ b/pdcurses/terminfo.c Thu Jul 23 18:07:39 2015 +0300 @@ -0,0 +1,215 @@ +/* Public Domain Curses */ + +#include <curspriv.h> + +RCSID("$Id: terminfo.c,v 1.37 2008/07/21 12:29:20 wmcbrine Exp $") + +/*man-start************************************************************** + + Name: terminfo + + Synopsis: + int mvcur(int oldrow, int oldcol, int newrow, int newcol); + int vidattr(chtype attr); + int vid_attr(attr_t attr, short color_pair, void *opt); + int vidputs(chtype attr, int (*putfunc)(int)); + int vid_puts(attr_t attr, short color_pair, void *opt, + int (*putfunc)(int)); + + int del_curterm(TERMINAL *); + int putp(const char *); + int restartterm(const char *, int, int *); + TERMINAL *set_curterm(TERMINAL *); + int setterm(const char *term); + int setupterm(const char *, int, int *); + int tgetent(char *, const char *); + int tgetflag(const char *); + int tgetnum(const char *); + char *tgetstr(const char *, char **); + char *tgoto(const char *, int, int); + int tigetflag(const char *); + int tigetnum(const char *); + char *tigetstr(const char *); + char *tparm(const char *,long, long, long, long, long, long, + long, long, long); + int tputs(const char *, int, int (*)(int)); + + Description: + mvcur() lets you move the physical cursor without updating any + window cursor positions. It returns OK or ERR. + + The rest of these functions are currently implemented as stubs, + returning the appropriate errors and doing nothing else. + + Portability X/Open BSD SYS V + mvcur Y Y Y + +**man-end****************************************************************/ + +#include <term.h> + +TERMINAL *cur_term = NULL; + +int mvcur(int oldrow, int oldcol, int newrow, int newcol) +{ + PDC_LOG(("mvcur() - called: oldrow %d oldcol %d newrow %d newcol %d\n", + oldrow, oldcol, newrow, newcol)); + + if ((newrow >= LINES) || (newcol >= COLS) || (newrow < 0) || (newcol < 0)) + return ERR; + + PDC_gotoyx(newrow, newcol); + SP->cursrow = newrow; + SP->curscol = newcol; + + return OK; +} + +int vidattr(chtype attr) +{ + PDC_LOG(("vidattr() - called: attr %d\n", attr)); + + return ERR; +} + +int vid_attr(attr_t attr, short color_pair, void *opt) +{ + PDC_LOG(("vid_attr() - called\n")); + + return ERR; +} + +int vidputs(chtype attr, int (*putfunc)(int)) +{ + PDC_LOG(("vidputs() - called: attr %d\n", attr)); + + return ERR; +} + +int vid_puts(attr_t attr, short color_pair, void *opt, int (*putfunc)(int)) +{ + PDC_LOG(("vid_puts() - called\n")); + + return ERR; +} + +int del_curterm(TERMINAL *oterm) +{ + PDC_LOG(("del_curterm() - called\n")); + + return ERR; +} + +int putp(const char *str) +{ + PDC_LOG(("putp() - called: str %s\n", str)); + + return ERR; +} + +int restartterm(const char *term, int filedes, int *errret) +{ + PDC_LOG(("restartterm() - called\n")); + + if (errret) + *errret = -1; + + return ERR; +} + +TERMINAL *set_curterm(TERMINAL *nterm) +{ + PDC_LOG(("set_curterm() - called\n")); + + return (TERMINAL *)NULL; +} + +int setterm(const char *term) +{ + PDC_LOG(("setterm() - called\n")); + + return ERR; +} + +int setupterm(const char *term, int filedes, int *errret) +{ + PDC_LOG(("setupterm() - called\n")); + + if (errret) + *errret = -1; + else + fprintf(stderr, "There is no terminfo database\n"); + + return ERR; +} + +int tgetent(char *bp, const char *name) +{ + PDC_LOG(("tgetent() - called: name %s\n", name)); + + return ERR; +} + +int tgetflag(const char *id) +{ + PDC_LOG(("tgetflag() - called: id %s\n", id)); + + return ERR; +} + +int tgetnum(const char *id) +{ + PDC_LOG(("tgetnum() - called: id %s\n", id)); + + return ERR; +} + +char *tgetstr(const char *id, char **area) +{ + PDC_LOG(("tgetstr() - called: id %s\n", id)); + + return (char *)NULL; +} + +char *tgoto(const char *cap, int col, int row) +{ + PDC_LOG(("tgoto() - called\n")); + + return (char *)NULL; +} + +int tigetflag(const char *capname) +{ + PDC_LOG(("tigetflag() - called: capname %s\n", capname)); + + return -1; +} + +int tigetnum(const char *capname) +{ + PDC_LOG(("tigetnum() - called: capname %s\n", capname)); + + return -2; +} + +char *tigetstr(const char *capname) +{ + PDC_LOG(("tigetstr() - called: capname %s\n", capname)); + + return (char *)(-1); +} + +char *tparm(const char *cap, long p1, long p2, long p3, long p4, + long p5, long p6, long p7, long p8, long p9) +{ + PDC_LOG(("tparm() - called: cap %s\n", cap)); + + return (char *)NULL; +} + +int tputs(const char *str, int affcnt, int (*putfunc)(int)) +{ + PDC_LOG(("tputs() - called\n")); + + return ERR; +}
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 +++ b/pdcurses/touch.c Thu Jul 23 18:07:39 2015 +0300 @@ -0,0 +1,160 @@ +/* Public Domain Curses */ + +#include <curspriv.h> + +RCSID("$Id: touch.c,v 1.29 2008/07/13 16:08:18 wmcbrine Exp $") + +/*man-start************************************************************** + + Name: touch + + Synopsis: + int touchwin(WINDOW *win); + int touchline(WINDOW *win, int start, int count); + int untouchwin(WINDOW *win); + int wtouchln(WINDOW *win, int y, int n, int changed); + bool is_linetouched(WINDOW *win, int line); + bool is_wintouched(WINDOW *win); + + Description: + touchwin() and touchline() throw away all information about + which parts of the window have been touched, pretending that the + entire window has been drawn on. This is sometimes necessary + when using overlapping windows, since a change to one window + will affect the other window, but the records of which lines + have been changed in the other window will not reflect the + change. + + untouchwin() marks all lines in the window as unchanged since + the last call to wrefresh(). + + wtouchln() makes n lines in the window, starting at line y, look + as if they have (changed == 1) or have not (changed == 0) been + changed since the last call to wrefresh(). + + is_linetouched() returns TRUE if the specified line in the + specified window has been changed since the last call to + wrefresh(). + + is_wintouched() returns TRUE if the specified window + has been changed since the last call to wrefresh(). + + Return Value: + All functions return OK on success and ERR on error except + is_wintouched() and is_linetouched(). + + Portability X/Open BSD SYS V + touchwin Y Y Y + touchline Y - 3.0 + untouchwin Y - 4.0 + wtouchln Y Y Y + is_linetouched Y - 4.0 + is_wintouched Y - 4.0 + +**man-end****************************************************************/ + +int touchwin(WINDOW *win) +{ + int i; + + PDC_LOG(("touchwin() - called: Win=%x\n", win)); + + if (!win) + return ERR; + + for (i = 0; i < win->_maxy; i++) + { + win->_firstch[i] = 0; + win->_lastch[i] = win->_maxx - 1; + } + + return OK; +} + +int touchline(WINDOW *win, int start, int count) +{ + int i; + + PDC_LOG(("touchline() - called: win=%p start %d count %d\n", + win, start, count)); + + if (!win || start > win->_maxy || start + count > win->_maxy) + return ERR; + + for (i = start; i < start + count; i++) + { + win->_firstch[i] = 0; + win->_lastch[i] = win->_maxx - 1; + } + + return OK; +} + +int untouchwin(WINDOW *win) +{ + int i; + + PDC_LOG(("untouchwin() - called: win=%p", win)); + + if (!win) + return ERR; + + for (i = 0; i < win->_maxy; i++) + { + win->_firstch[i] = _NO_CHANGE; + win->_lastch[i] = _NO_CHANGE; + } + + return OK; +} + +int wtouchln(WINDOW *win, int y, int n, int changed) +{ + int i; + + PDC_LOG(("wtouchln() - called: win=%p y=%d n=%d changed=%d\n", + win, y, n, changed)); + + if (!win || y > win->_maxy || y + n > win->_maxy) + return ERR; + + for (i = y; i < y + n; i++) + { + if (changed) + { + win->_firstch[i] = 0; + win->_lastch[i] = win->_maxx - 1; + } + else + { + win->_firstch[i] = _NO_CHANGE; + win->_lastch[i] = _NO_CHANGE; + } + } + + return OK; +} + +bool is_linetouched(WINDOW *win, int line) +{ + PDC_LOG(("is_linetouched() - called: win=%p line=%d\n", win, line)); + + if (!win || line > win->_maxy || line < 0) + return FALSE; + + return (win->_firstch[line] != _NO_CHANGE) ? TRUE : FALSE; +} + +bool is_wintouched(WINDOW *win) +{ + int i; + + PDC_LOG(("is_wintouched() - called: win=%p\n", win)); + + if (win) + for (i = 0; i < win->_maxy; i++) + if (win->_firstch[i] != _NO_CHANGE) + return TRUE; + + return FALSE; +}
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 +++ b/pdcurses/util.c Thu Jul 23 18:07:39 2015 +0300 @@ -0,0 +1,309 @@ +/* Public Domain Curses */ + +#include <curspriv.h> + +RCSID("$Id: util.c,v 1.71 2008/07/13 16:08:18 wmcbrine Exp $") + +/*man-start************************************************************** + + Name: util + + Synopsis: + char *unctrl(chtype c); + void filter(void); + void use_env(bool x); + int delay_output(int ms); + + int getcchar(const cchar_t *wcval, wchar_t *wch, attr_t *attrs, + short *color_pair, void *opts); + int setcchar(cchar_t *wcval, const wchar_t *wch, const attr_t attrs, + short color_pair, const void *opts); + wchar_t *wunctrl(cchar_t *wc); + + int PDC_mbtowc(wchar_t *pwc, const char *s, size_t n); + size_t PDC_mbstowcs(wchar_t *dest, const char *src, size_t n); + size_t PDC_wcstombs(char *dest, const wchar_t *src, size_t n); + + Description: + unctrl() expands the text portion of the chtype c into a + printable string. Control characters are changed to the "^X" + notation; others are passed through. wunctrl() is the wide- + character version of the function. + + filter() and use_env() are no-ops in PDCurses. + + delay_output() inserts an ms millisecond pause in output. + + getcchar() works in two modes: When wch is not NULL, it reads + the cchar_t pointed to by wcval and stores the attributes in + attrs, the color pair in color_pair, and the text in the + wide-character string wch. When wch is NULL, getcchar() merely + returns the number of wide characters in wcval. In either mode, + the opts argument is unused. + + setcchar constructs a cchar_t at wcval from the wide-character + text at wch, the attributes in attr and the color pair in + color_pair. The opts argument is unused. + + Currently, the length returned by getcchar() is always 1 or 0. + Similarly, setcchar() will only take the first wide character + from wch, and ignore any others that it "should" take (i.e., + combining characters). Nor will it correctly handle any + character outside the basic multilingual plane (UCS-2). + + Return Value: + unctrl() and wunctrl() return NULL on failure. delay_output() + always returns OK. + + getcchar() returns the number of wide characters wcval points to + when wch is NULL; when it's not, getcchar() returns OK or ERR. + + setcchar() returns OK or ERR. + + Portability X/Open BSD SYS V + unctrl Y Y Y + filter Y - 3.0 + use_env Y - 4.0 + delay_output Y Y Y + getcchar Y + setcchar Y + wunctrl Y + PDC_mbtowc - - - + PDC_mbstowcs - - - + PDC_wcstombs - - - + +**man-end****************************************************************/ + +#ifdef PDC_WIDE +# ifdef PDC_FORCE_UTF8 +# include <string.h> +# else +# include <stdlib.h> +# endif +#endif + +char *unctrl(chtype c) +{ + static char strbuf[3] = {0, 0, 0}; + + chtype ic; + + PDC_LOG(("unctrl() - called\n")); + + ic = c & A_CHARTEXT; + + if (ic >= 0x20 && ic != 0x7f) /* normal characters */ + { + strbuf[0] = (char)ic; + strbuf[1] = '\0'; + return strbuf; + } + + strbuf[0] = '^'; /* '^' prefix */ + + if (ic == 0x7f) /* 0x7f == DEL */ + strbuf[1] = '?'; + else /* other control */ + strbuf[1] = (char)(ic + '@'); + + return strbuf; +} + +void filter(void) +{ + PDC_LOG(("filter() - called\n")); +} + +void use_env(bool x) +{ + PDC_LOG(("use_env() - called: x %d\n", x)); +} + +int delay_output(int ms) +{ + PDC_LOG(("delay_output() - called: ms %d\n", ms)); + + return napms(ms); +} + +#ifdef PDC_WIDE +int getcchar(const cchar_t *wcval, wchar_t *wch, attr_t *attrs, + short *color_pair, void *opts) +{ + if (!wcval) + return ERR; + + if (wch) + { + if (!attrs || !color_pair) + return ERR; + + *wch = (*wcval & A_CHARTEXT); + *attrs = (*wcval & (A_ATTRIBUTES & ~A_COLOR)); + *color_pair = PAIR_NUMBER(*wcval & A_COLOR); + + if (*wch) + *++wch = L'\0'; + + return OK; + } + else + return ((*wcval & A_CHARTEXT) != L'\0'); +} + +int setcchar(cchar_t *wcval, const wchar_t *wch, const attr_t attrs, + short color_pair, const void *opts) +{ + if (!wcval || !wch) + return ERR; + + *wcval = *wch | attrs | COLOR_PAIR(color_pair); + + return OK; +} + +wchar_t *wunctrl(cchar_t *wc) +{ + static wchar_t strbuf[3] = {0, 0, 0}; + + cchar_t ic; + + PDC_LOG(("wunctrl() - called\n")); + + ic = *wc & A_CHARTEXT; + + if (ic >= 0x20 && ic != 0x7f) /* normal characters */ + { + strbuf[0] = (wchar_t)ic; + strbuf[1] = L'\0'; + return strbuf; + } + + strbuf[0] = '^'; /* '^' prefix */ + + if (ic == 0x7f) /* 0x7f == DEL */ + strbuf[1] = '?'; + else /* other control */ + strbuf[1] = (wchar_t)(ic + '@'); + + return strbuf; +} + +int PDC_mbtowc(wchar_t *pwc, const char *s, size_t n) +{ +# ifdef PDC_FORCE_UTF8 + wchar_t key; + int i = -1; + const unsigned char *string; + + if (!s || (n < 1)) + return -1; + + if (!*s) + return 0; + + string = (const unsigned char *)s; + + key = string[0]; + + /* Simplistic UTF-8 decoder -- only does the BMP, minimal validation */ + + if (key & 0x80) + { + if ((key & 0xe0) == 0xc0) + { + if (1 < n) + { + key = ((key & 0x1f) << 6) | (string[1] & 0x3f); + i = 2; + } + } + else if ((key & 0xe0) == 0xe0) + { + if (2 < n) + { + key = ((key & 0x0f) << 12) | ((string[1] & 0x3f) << 6) | + (string[2] & 0x3f); + i = 3; + } + } + } + else + i = 1; + + if (i) + *pwc = key; + + return i; +# else + return mbtowc(pwc, s, n); +# endif +} + +size_t PDC_mbstowcs(wchar_t *dest, const char *src, size_t n) +{ +# ifdef PDC_FORCE_UTF8 + size_t i = 0, len; + + if (!src || !dest) + return 0; + + len = strlen(src); + + while (*src && i < n) + { + int retval = PDC_mbtowc(dest + i, src, len); + + if (retval < 1) + return -1; + + src += retval; + len -= retval; + i++; + } +# else + size_t i = mbstowcs(dest, src, n); +# endif + dest[i] = 0; + return i; +} + +size_t PDC_wcstombs(char *dest, const wchar_t *src, size_t n) +{ +# ifdef PDC_FORCE_UTF8 + size_t i = 0; + + if (!src || !dest) + return 0; + + while (*src && i < n) + { + chtype code = *src++; + + if (code < 0x80) + { + dest[i] = code; + i++; + } + else + if (code < 0x800) + { + dest[i] = ((code & 0x07c0) >> 6) | 0xc0; + dest[i + 1] = (code & 0x003f) | 0x80; + i += 2; + } + else + { + dest[i] = ((code & 0xf000) >> 12) | 0xe0; + dest[i + 1] = ((code & 0x0fc0) >> 6) | 0x80; + dest[i + 2] = (code & 0x003f) | 0x80; + i += 3; + } + } +# else + size_t i = wcstombs(dest, src, n); +# endif + dest[i] = '\0'; + return i; +} +#endif
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 +++ b/pdcurses/window.c Thu Jul 23 18:07:39 2015 +0300 @@ -0,0 +1,562 @@ +/* Public Domain Curses */ + +#include <curspriv.h> + +RCSID("$Id: window.c,v 1.62 2008/07/13 16:08:18 wmcbrine Exp $") + +/*man-start************************************************************** + + Name: window + + Synopsis: + WINDOW *newwin(int nlines, int ncols, int begy, int begx); + WINDOW *derwin(WINDOW* orig, int nlines, int ncols, + int begy, int begx); + WINDOW *subwin(WINDOW* orig, int nlines, int ncols, + int begy, int begx); + WINDOW *dupwin(WINDOW *win); + int delwin(WINDOW *win); + int mvwin(WINDOW *win, int y, int x); + int mvderwin(WINDOW *win, int pary, int parx); + int syncok(WINDOW *win, bool bf); + void wsyncup(WINDOW *win); + void wcursyncup(WINDOW *win); + void wsyncdown(WINDOW *win); + + WINDOW *resize_window(WINDOW *win, int nlines, int ncols); + int wresize(WINDOW *win, int nlines, int ncols); + WINDOW *PDC_makelines(WINDOW *win); + WINDOW *PDC_makenew(int nlines, int ncols, int begy, int begx); + void PDC_sync(WINDOW *win); + + Description: + newwin() creates a new window with the given number of lines, + nlines and columns, ncols. The upper left corner of the window + is at line begy, column begx. If nlines is zero, it defaults to + LINES - begy; ncols to COLS - begx. Create a new full-screen + window by calling newwin(0, 0, 0, 0). + + delwin() deletes the named window, freeing all associated + memory. In the case of overlapping windows, subwindows should be + deleted before the main window. + + mvwin() moves the window so that the upper left-hand corner is + at position (y,x). If the move would cause the window to be off + the screen, it is an error and the window is not moved. Moving + subwindows is allowed. + + subwin() creates a new subwindow within a window. The + dimensions of the subwindow are nlines lines and ncols columns. + The subwindow is at position (begy, begx) on the screen. This + position is relative to the screen, and not to the window orig. + Changes made to either window will affect both. When using this + routine, you will often need to call touchwin() before calling + wrefresh(). + + derwin() is the same as subwin(), except that begy and begx are + relative to the origin of the window orig rather than the + screen. There is no difference between subwindows and derived + windows. + + mvderwin() moves a derived window (or subwindow) inside its + parent window. The screen-relative parameters of the window are + not changed. This routine is used to display different parts of + the parent window at the same physical position on the screen. + + dupwin() creates an exact duplicate of the window win. + + wsyncup() causes a touchwin() of all of the window's parents. + + If wsyncok() is called with a second argument of TRUE, this + causes a wsyncup() to be called every time the window is + changed. + + wcursyncup() causes the current cursor position of all of a + window's ancestors to reflect the current cursor position of the + current window. + + wsyncdown() causes a touchwin() of the current window if any of + its parent's windows have been touched. + + resize_window() allows the user to resize an existing window. It + returns the pointer to the new window, or NULL on failure. + + wresize() is an ncurses-compatible wrapper for resize_window(). + Note that, unlike ncurses, it will NOT process any subwindows of + the window. (However, you still can call it _on_ subwindows.) It + returns OK or ERR. + + PDC_makenew() allocates all data for a new WINDOW * except the + actual lines themselves. If it's unable to allocate memory for + the window structure, it will free all allocated memory and + return a NULL pointer. + + PDC_makelines() allocates the memory for the lines. + + PDC_sync() handles wrefresh() and wsyncup() calls when a window + is changed. + + Return Value: + newwin(), subwin(), derwin() and dupwin() return a pointer + to the new window, or NULL on failure. delwin(), mvwin(), + mvderwin() and syncok() return OK or ERR. wsyncup(), + wcursyncup() and wsyncdown() return nothing. + + Errors: + It is an error to call resize_window() before calling initscr(). + Also, an error will be generated if we fail to create a newly + sized replacement window for curscr, or stdscr. This could + happen when increasing the window size. NOTE: If this happens, + the previously successfully allocated windows are left alone; + i.e., the resize is NOT cancelled for those windows. + + Portability X/Open BSD SYS V + newwin Y Y Y + delwin Y Y Y + mvwin Y Y Y + subwin Y Y Y + derwin Y - Y + mvderwin Y - Y + dupwin Y - 4.0 + wsyncup Y - 4.0 + syncok Y - 4.0 + wcursyncup Y - 4.0 + wsyncdown Y - 4.0 + resize_window - - - + wresize - - - + PDC_makelines - - - + PDC_makenew - - - + PDC_sync - - - + +**man-end****************************************************************/ + +#include <stdlib.h> + +WINDOW *PDC_makenew(int nlines, int ncols, int begy, int begx) +{ + WINDOW *win; + + PDC_LOG(("PDC_makenew() - called: lines %d cols %d begy %d begx %d\n", + nlines, ncols, begy, begx)); + + /* allocate the window structure itself */ + + if ((win = calloc(1, sizeof(WINDOW))) == (WINDOW *)NULL) + return win; + + /* allocate the line pointer array */ + + if ((win->_y = malloc(nlines * sizeof(chtype *))) == NULL) + { + free(win); + return (WINDOW *)NULL; + } + + /* allocate the minchng and maxchng arrays */ + + if ((win->_firstch = malloc(nlines * sizeof(int))) == NULL) + { + free(win->_y); + free(win); + return (WINDOW *)NULL; + } + + if ((win->_lastch = malloc(nlines * sizeof(int))) == NULL) + { + free(win->_firstch); + free(win->_y); + free(win); + return (WINDOW *)NULL; + } + + /* initialize window variables */ + + win->_maxy = nlines; /* real max screen size */ + win->_maxx = ncols; /* real max screen size */ + win->_begy = begy; + win->_begx = begx; + win->_bkgd = ' '; /* wrs 4/10/93 -- initialize background to blank */ + win->_clear = (bool) ((nlines == LINES) && (ncols == COLS)); + win->_bmarg = nlines - 1; + win->_parx = win->_pary = -1; + + /* init to say window all changed */ + + touchwin(win); + + return win; +} + +WINDOW *PDC_makelines(WINDOW *win) +{ + int i, j, nlines, ncols; + + PDC_LOG(("PDC_makelines() - called: lines %d cols %d\n", nlines, ncols)); + + if (!win) + return (WINDOW *)NULL; + + nlines = win->_maxy; + ncols = win->_maxx; + + for (i = 0; i < nlines; i++) + { + if ((win->_y[i] = malloc(ncols * sizeof(chtype))) == NULL) + { + /* if error, free all the data */ + + for (j = 0; j < i; j++) + free(win->_y[j]); + + free(win->_firstch); + free(win->_lastch); + free(win->_y); + free(win); + + return (WINDOW *)NULL; + } + } + + return win; +} + +void PDC_sync(WINDOW *win) +{ + PDC_LOG(("PDC_sync() - called:\n")); + + if (win->_immed) + wrefresh(win); + if (win->_sync) + wsyncup(win); +} + +WINDOW *newwin(int nlines, int ncols, int begy, int begx) +{ + WINDOW *win; + + PDC_LOG(("newwin() - called:lines=%d cols=%d begy=%d begx=%d\n", + nlines, ncols, begy, begx)); + + if (!nlines) + nlines = LINES - begy; + if (!ncols) + ncols = COLS - begx; + + if ( (begy + nlines > SP->lines || begx + ncols > SP->cols) + || !(win = PDC_makenew(nlines, ncols, begy, begx)) + || !(win = PDC_makelines(win)) ) + return (WINDOW *)NULL; + + werase(win); + + return win; +} + +int delwin(WINDOW *win) +{ + int i; + + PDC_LOG(("delwin() - called\n")); + + if (!win) + return ERR; + + /* subwindows use parents' lines */ + + if (!(win->_flags & (_SUBWIN|_SUBPAD))) + for (i = 0; i < win->_maxy && win->_y[i]; i++) + if (win->_y[i]) + free(win->_y[i]); + + free(win->_firstch); + free(win->_lastch); + free(win->_y); + free(win); + + return OK; +} + +int mvwin(WINDOW *win, int y, int x) +{ + PDC_LOG(("mvwin() - called\n")); + + if (!win || (y + win->_maxy > LINES || y < 0) + || (x + win->_maxx > COLS || x < 0)) + return ERR; + + win->_begy = y; + win->_begx = x; + touchwin(win); + + return OK; +} + +WINDOW *subwin(WINDOW *orig, int nlines, int ncols, int begy, int begx) +{ + WINDOW *win; + int i; + int j = begy - orig->_begy; + int k = begx - orig->_begx; + + PDC_LOG(("subwin() - called: lines %d cols %d begy %d begx %d\n", + nlines, ncols, begy, begx)); + + /* make sure window fits inside the original one */ + + if (!orig || (begy < orig->_begy) || (begx < orig->_begx) || + (begy + nlines) > (orig->_begy + orig->_maxy) || + (begx + ncols) > (orig->_begx + orig->_maxx)) + return (WINDOW *)NULL; + + if (!nlines) + nlines = orig->_maxy - 1 - j; + if (!ncols) + ncols = orig->_maxx - 1 - k; + + if ( !(win = PDC_makenew(nlines, ncols, begy, begx)) ) + return (WINDOW *)NULL; + + /* initialize window variables */ + + win->_attrs = orig->_attrs; + win->_bkgd = orig->_bkgd; + win->_leaveit = orig->_leaveit; + win->_scroll = orig->_scroll; + win->_nodelay = orig->_nodelay; + win->_use_keypad = orig->_use_keypad; + win->_immed = orig->_immed; + win->_sync = orig->_sync; + win->_pary = j; + win->_parx = k; + win->_parent = orig; + + for (i = 0; i < nlines; i++, j++) + win->_y[i] = orig->_y[j] + k; + + win->_flags |= _SUBWIN; + + return win; +} + +WINDOW *derwin(WINDOW *orig, int nlines, int ncols, int begy, int begx) +{ + return subwin(orig, nlines, ncols, begy + orig->_begy, begx + orig->_begx); +} + +int mvderwin(WINDOW *win, int pary, int parx) +{ + int i, j; + WINDOW *mypar; + + if (!win || !(win->_parent)) + return ERR; + + mypar = win->_parent; + + if (pary < 0 || parx < 0 || (pary + win->_maxy) > mypar->_maxy || + (parx + win->_maxx) > mypar->_maxx) + return ERR; + + j = pary; + + for (i = 0; i < win->_maxy; i++) + win->_y[i] = (mypar->_y[j++]) + parx; + + win->_pary = pary; + win->_parx = parx; + + return OK; +} + +WINDOW *dupwin(WINDOW *win) +{ + WINDOW *new; + chtype *ptr, *ptr1; + int nlines, ncols, begy, begx, i; + + if (!win) + return (WINDOW *)NULL; + + nlines = win->_maxy; + ncols = win->_maxx; + begy = win->_begy; + begx = win->_begx; + + if ( !(new = PDC_makenew(nlines, ncols, begy, begx)) + || !(new = PDC_makelines(new)) ) + return (WINDOW *)NULL; + + /* copy the contents of win into new */ + + for (i = 0; i < nlines; i++) + { + for (ptr = new->_y[i], ptr1 = win->_y[i]; + ptr < new->_y[i] + ncols; ptr++, ptr1++) + *ptr = *ptr1; + + new->_firstch[i] = 0; + new->_lastch[i] = ncols - 1; + } + + new->_curx = win->_curx; + new->_cury = win->_cury; + new->_maxy = win->_maxy; + new->_maxx = win->_maxx; + new->_begy = win->_begy; + new->_begx = win->_begx; + new->_flags = win->_flags; + new->_attrs = win->_attrs; + new->_clear = win->_clear; + new->_leaveit = win->_leaveit; + new->_scroll = win->_scroll; + new->_nodelay = win->_nodelay; + new->_use_keypad = win->_use_keypad; + new->_tmarg = win->_tmarg; + new->_bmarg = win->_bmarg; + new->_parx = win->_parx; + new->_pary = win->_pary; + new->_parent = win->_parent; + new->_bkgd = win->_bkgd; + new->_flags = win->_flags; + + return new; +} + +WINDOW *resize_window(WINDOW *win, int nlines, int ncols) +{ + WINDOW *new; + int i, save_cury, save_curx, new_begy, new_begx; + + PDC_LOG(("resize_window() - called: nlines %d ncols %d\n", + nlines, ncols)); + + if (!win) + return (WINDOW *)NULL; + + if (win->_flags & _SUBPAD) + { + if ( !(new = subpad(win->_parent, nlines, ncols, + win->_begy, win->_begx)) ) + return (WINDOW *)NULL; + } + else if (win->_flags & _SUBWIN) + { + if ( !(new = subwin(win->_parent, nlines, ncols, + win->_begy, win->_begx)) ) + return (WINDOW *)NULL; + } + else + { + if (win == SP->slk_winptr) + { + new_begy = SP->lines - SP->slklines; + new_begx = 0; + } + else + { + new_begy = win->_begy; + new_begx = win->_begx; + } + + if ( !(new = PDC_makenew(nlines, ncols, new_begy, new_begx)) ) + return (WINDOW *)NULL; + } + + save_curx = min(win->_curx, new->_maxx); + save_cury = min(win->_cury, new->_maxy); + + if (!(win->_flags & (_SUBPAD|_SUBWIN))) + { + if ( !(new = PDC_makelines(new)) ) + return (WINDOW *)NULL; + + werase(new); + + copywin(win, new, 0, 0, 0, 0, min(win->_maxy, new->_maxy) - 1, + min(win->_maxx, new->_maxx) - 1, FALSE); + + for (i = 0; i < win->_maxy && win->_y[i]; i++) + if (win->_y[i]) + free(win->_y[i]); + } + + new->_flags = win->_flags; + new->_attrs = win->_attrs; + new->_clear = win->_clear; + new->_leaveit = win->_leaveit; + new->_scroll = win->_scroll; + new->_nodelay = win->_nodelay; + new->_use_keypad = win->_use_keypad; + new->_tmarg = (win->_tmarg > new->_maxy - 1) ? 0 : win->_tmarg; + new->_bmarg = (win->_bmarg == win->_maxy - 1) ? + new->_maxy - 1 : min(win->_bmarg, (new->_maxy - 1)); + new->_parent = win->_parent; + new->_immed = win->_immed; + new->_sync = win->_sync; + new->_bkgd = win->_bkgd; + + new->_curx = save_curx; + new->_cury = save_cury; + + free(win->_firstch); + free(win->_lastch); + free(win->_y); + + *win = *new; + free(new); + + return win; +} + +int wresize(WINDOW *win, int nlines, int ncols) +{ + return (resize_window(win, nlines, ncols) ? OK : ERR); +} + +void wsyncup(WINDOW *win) +{ + WINDOW *tmp; + + PDC_LOG(("wsyncup() - called\n")); + + for (tmp = win; tmp; tmp = tmp->_parent) + touchwin(tmp); +} + +int syncok(WINDOW *win, bool bf) +{ + PDC_LOG(("syncok() - called\n")); + + if (!win) + return ERR; + + win->_sync = bf; + + return OK; +} + +void wcursyncup(WINDOW *win) +{ + WINDOW *tmp; + + PDC_LOG(("wcursyncup() - called\n")); + + for (tmp = win; tmp && tmp->_parent; tmp = tmp->_parent) + wmove(tmp->_parent, tmp->_pary + tmp->_cury, tmp->_parx + tmp->_curx); +} + +void wsyncdown(WINDOW *win) +{ + WINDOW *tmp; + + PDC_LOG(("wsyncdown() - called\n")); + + for (tmp = win; tmp; tmp = tmp->_parent) + { + if (is_wintouched(tmp)) + { + touchwin(win); + break; + } + } +}
